The Bay State Monthly β€” Volume 2, No. 6, March, 1885 eBook

The Bay State Monthly β€” Volume 2, No. 6, March, 1885

The following sections of this BookRags Literature Study Guide is offprint from Gale's For Students Series: Presenting Analysis, Context, and Criticism on Commonly Studied Works: Introduction, Author Biography, Plot Summary, Characters, Themes, Style, Historical Context, Critical Overview, Criticism and Critical Essays, Media Adaptations, Topics for Further Study, Compare & Contrast, What Do I Read Next?, For Further Study, and Sources.

(c)1998-2002; (c)2002 by Gale. Gale is an imprint of The Gale Group, Inc., a division of Thomson Learning, Inc. Gale and Design and Thomson Learning are trademarks used herein under license.

The following sections, if they exist, are offprint from Beacham's Encyclopedia of Popular Fiction: "Social Concerns", "Thematic Overview", "Techniques", "Literary Precedents", "Key Questions", "Related Titles", "Adaptations", "Related Web Sites". (c)1994-2005, by Walton Beacham.

The following sections, if they exist, are offprint from Beacham's Guide to Literature for Young Adults: "About the Author", "Overview", "Setting", "Literary Qualities", "Social Sensitivity", "Topics for Discussion", "Ideas for Reports and Papers". (c)1994-2005, by Walton Beacham.

All other sections in this Literature Study Guide are owned and copyrighted by BookRags, Inc.

Table of Contents

Table of Contents
Section Page

Start of eBook1
HIS START IN LIFE.1
HIS BUSINESS LIFE.2
MR. WALLACE IN POLITICS.4
MR. WALLACE AS A CITIZEN.7
II.50
A ROMANCE OF COLONIAL DAYS58
CHAPTER XI.58
CHAPTER XII61
CHAPTER XIII.63
A POPULAR HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATED65
DISTINGUISHING FEATURES.66
SPECIAL PRICES.66
ALDEN & LASSIG, DESIGNERS AND BUILDERS OF66
MANUFACTURERS OF66
SUBSCRIBE FOR THE66
BOSTON66
HOBBS, GORDON & CO.’S67
THE SOIL68
HEALTH.68
THE CLIMATE69
A GOOD INVESTMENT,69
MANUFACTURERS AND DEALERS IN70
OFFICERS: 70
GENERAL PURPOSES.70
WITH72
PRESS NOTICES.72
INSIDE ROUTE TO73
CONNECTING WITH74
AND ALL POINTS74
AND AT74
MANUFACTURERS OF74
FALL RIVER LINE74
ONLY 49 MILES OF RAIL75
NO NIGHT CHANGES75
CONCORD STEAM-HEATING COMPANY75
INCLUDING75
SOLE MANUFACTURERS OF75
HARPER’S PERIODICALS.79
HARPER’S PERIODICALS.80
SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN80
PATENTS80
PHOTO-ELECTROTYPE81
STARK’S ILLUSTRATED81
ADDRESS ALL ORDERS TO82
CLOTH AND EXTRA83
CALENDARS FOR 188583
AN ELEGANT LOT OF83
CONTENTS OF VOLUME II.83
NUMBER 2.83
NUMBER 3.83
ADVERTISEMENT.84
OUR THEORY PROVED.84
SAFEGUARDS AGAINST EPIDEMICS.84
SCIENTIFIC SPECIFICS.85
RECOGNIZED STANDARDS.85
STRONG GUARANTEES.85
PROOFS OF PERMANENCY.85
FRUIT FARM86
SAFE INVESTMENTS86
EVERY LOAN GUARANTEED.86
REFERENCES BY PERMISSION.86
FICTION.89
MISCELLANEOUS FEATURES.89
JOHN BURROUGHS89
APOTHECARY90
LAWRENCE BARRETT91
DENMAN THOMPSON91
CONTENTS OF VOLUME I.91
BOOK NOTICES.94
CAMBRIDGE SERMONS.103
A HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN PEOPLE.104
LOTHROP’S ILLUSTRATED POEMS.119
LOTHROP’S POPULAR LIBRARY EDITIONS.119
LOTHROP’S GOLDEN TREASURY SERIES.121
LOTHROP’S SPARE MINUTE SERIES.121
LOTHROP’S CHOICE NEW EDITIONS OF FAMOUS S.S.  BOOKS IN SETS.122
LOTHROP’S YOUNG FOLKS’ LIBRARY.123
LOTHROP’S STANDARD BOOKS FOR YOUTHS.123
LOTHROP’S TEMPERANCE LIBRARY.123
LOTHROP’S POPULAR LOW-PRICE LIBRARIES.124
LOTHROP’S POPULAR PANSY BOOKS.124
MISCELLANEOUS.125
PANSY’S NEW BOOKS.125
LOTHROP’S SELECT SUNDAY-SCHOOL LIBRARIES.126
LOTHROP’S BOOKS FOR SUPERINTENDENTS.126
LOTHROP’S BOOKS FOR ANNIVERSARIES AND CONCERTS.126
A THOUSAND OTHER CHOICE BOOKS.126
Helps and Hindrances to the Cross129
Living Truths. (SPARE MINUTE SERIES.)129
Story of the Manuscripts.130
Story of Puff.133
Short-Comings and Long-Goings.  Price, $1.25140
Margaret Worthington.  Price $1.50141
YONGE’S HISTORICAL STORIES.142
YOUNG VOYAGER’S LIBRARY, THE. 12 vols. 18 mo. $2.40142
FIVE LITTLE PEPPERS AND HOW THEY GREW. $1.50.143
SO AS BY FIRE. $1.25.143
WHO TOLD IT TO ME.143
THE PETTIBONE NAME. $1.25.143
HALF YEAR AT BRONCKTON. $1.25.143
WHAT THE SEVEN DID.143
THE GOLDEN WEST.143
AESOP’S FABLES, VERSIFIED.144
YENSIE WALTON BOOKS. 12mo, cloth, Illust. $1.50 each. 5 vols. $7.50145
HILL REST SERIES. 3 vols., 16mo, $3.75146
ROCKY FORK147
LOTHROP’S148
THE PANSY.148
BABYLAND.148
148
AMERICAN EXPLORATIONS IN THE ICE ZONES149
JANUARY PUBLICATIONS149

Page 1

HIS START IN LIFE.

Rodney Wallace was born in New Ipswich, New Hampshire, December 21, 1823, and is therefore in the full vigor of manhood.  We may infer that his boyhood was not blessed with the advantages which usually crown the early life of so many lads, and strew their path with roses, from the fact that at the age of twelve he left home to work on a farm for wages, with agreement for limited opportunities for schooling.  He is a son of David and Roxanna Wallace.

It seems likely that the family is of Scotch origin.  David Wallace seemed to think so, since he dropped the spelling Wallis, and adopted the form in which the name is now written.  In 1639, Robert Wallis was living in Ipswich, Massachusetts.  Benoni Wallis, of this family, removed to Lunenburg and there married Rebecca Morse, of Lynn, July 2, 1755.  She died in Lunenburg August 25, 1790, and he died March 15, 1792.  David, son of Benoni and Rebecca Wallis, was born October 16, 1760.  He married Susannah Lowe, and lived in Ashburnham where he died January 14, 1842.  David, son of David and Susannah Wallis, was born at Ashburnham July 14, 1797.  He married July 8, 1821, Roxanna Gower of New Ipswich, where he lived till he removed to Rindge, New Hampshire, in 1846.  He died at Rindge, May 29, 1857; and his wife died at Fitchburg, February 27, 1876.  He was the first of his family in this country to adopt the spelling Wallace, instead of Wallis.  He had eight children, of whom the subject of this sketch was the second.

As we have said, at the age of twelve, when most lads are comfortably cared for at home, young Wallace started out in life for himself.  He let himself to a farmer for forty dollars for the first year, with the privilege of attending school eight weeks in the winter.  It turns out that the first forty dollars he earned were the beginning of a large fortune, without a dishonest dollar in it, and that the eight weeks of schooling of that winter on the farm, was the beginning of a knowledge, gleaned here and there as opportunity offered, which fits him for prominent positions of trust and responsibility.

At an early age, sixteen I think, he was charged with the responsibility of driving freight teams from Rindge to Boston, returning with loads of merchandise.  In the discharge of this trust he displayed the energy, tact, and trustworthiness which were prophecies of the man.  He was taking his first lessons in the school of business, and proved himself an apt scholar.

Dr. Stephen Jewett was a somewhat notable physician of Rindge.  His fame in the cure of chronic and acute diseases was wide spread.  He was frequently called upon to make professional visits in Boston and other New England cities and towns.  His medicines attained a wide celebrity.  Their manufacture and sale became a large and lucrative business, and was carried on after the death of Dr. Jewett, by his son, Stephen Jewett, Jr.  The energy which young

Page 2

Wallace had already shown induced Mr. Jewett to put the whole business of selling these medicines into his hands.  He entered into this employment in 1843, at the age of twenty, and continued in it till he came to Fitchburg in 1853.  In selling these medicines he travelled over five of the New England States.  He said to the writer that this was a good school in geography for him, for he became acquainted with the topography of these states, and the location of all their important places.

Such were the beginnings of a business career of great prosperity.  It was in these ways that he got his start in life, and in these lesser employments he proved himself worthy of and equal to the greater tasks yet before him.  Here he showed the same judgment and far-sighted wisdom, which have marked his career in the larger, more conspicuous circles of the business world, and won him a name which is everywhere repeated with respect, and a reputation for integrity and honest dealing which any man might covet.

HIS BUSINESS LIFE.

In 1853 Mr. Wallace came to Fitchburg and entered upon that period which, for convenience, I have named his business life.  He formed a co-partnership with Stephen Shepley, known as Shepley and Wallace.  They were wholesale dealers in books, stationery, paper-stock, and cotton-waste.  This firm continued under the name of Shepley and Wallace, and R. Wallace and Co. till July 1, 1865.  On this day the firm dissolved, and the business was divided.  Mr. Wallace took the department of paper-stock and cotton-waste, which he still carries on.  To what proportions it has grown, under his management, may be judged from the fact that the business done amounts at least to $200,000 a year.

December 31, 1864, Stephen Shepley, Benjamin Snow, and Rodney Wallace bought the Lyon Paper Mill and the Kimball Scythe Shops at West Fitchburg, and began the manufacture of paper under the name of the Fitchburg Paper Company, Stephen E. Denton was taken into the firm as a partner soon after.  He had charge of the business at the mill.  In July, 1865, Rodney Wallace and Benjamin Snow bought the interest of Stephen Shepley; and the Fitchburg Paper Company was then Wallace, Snow, and Denton.  Mr. Denton died in June,1868.  January 7, 1869, Mr. Wallace bought the interest of Benjamin Snow.  January 23 of the same year he bought the interest of Mr. Denton’s estate of his widow, who was at that time residing in New York.  From that date till the present the Fitchburg Paper Company is Rodney Wallace.  He retains the old firm name.

Since becoming sole owner, he has added largely to the original property.  A neat village of dwellings has grown up around his mills, which deserves a name of its own.  Wallaceville would be an appropriate name.  He has put in a substantial stone dam at great expense.  In 1878 he erected a new brick mill, with all the modern improvements, doubling the capacity of the establishment.  It is now capable of producing from 15,000 to 18,000 pounds of paper every twenty-four hours.  Just across the Nashua River is the Fitchburg Railroad.  He has a freight station of his own, where he receives all his freight and ships all his paper.

Page 3

Mr. Wallace has conducted his business with rare sagacity, with unblemished integrity, and with an eye to the welfare of his employees, as well as to his own personal interests.  If it were not like praising a man to his face, since he still lives, many instances might be cited to prove that it has not been his policy to get the most out of his employees for the least possible return.  But it is enough to say that he has no difficulty in keeping men in his employ.  Somehow he has hit upon a plan by which he has kept the irrepressible conflict between capital and labor at a distance.

Aside from his own business, which makes large drafts upon his time, strength, and thought, he has been closely identified with numerous other corporate and monetary interests.  He has thus had a large share in contributing to the growth and prosperity of the enterprising city in which he lives.  Its business interests, to a large degree, have enjoyed his wisdom, and profited by his sagacity.  Since 1864 he has been President and Director of the Fitchburg Gas Company; a Director of Putnam Machine Company since the same year; a Director of the Fitchburg National Bank since 1866; a partner in the Fitchburg Woolen Mills since 1877; a Trustee of Smith College since 1878.  He is a Director of the Fitchburg Mutual Fire Insurance Company; a Trustee of the Fitchburg Savings Bank; a Director of the Fitchburg Railroad; a partner of the Parkhill Manufacturing Company.  Besides these, he has had the settlement of large and important estates, demanding time, good judgment, and unbending integrity.  We would especially note the large estate of the late Ephraim Murdock, Jr., of Winchendon, and that of the late Hon. Wm. H. Vose of Fitchburg.  These facts speak for themselves, and show the esteem in which Mr. Wallace is held by his fellow citizens, as a wise counsellor, and as a man of integrity and uprightness of character, as well as of rare good judgment in all matters pertaining to the transaction of business.  Another says, “In whatever enterprise Mr. Wallace has been engaged, he has not only been fortunate in its pecuniary interests, but also in the speedy command of the confidence and respect of his associates.  True moral principles have been united with unquestioned probity, business tact, and liberal, intelligent management.”  He has won a large fortune, without parting with his honesty in earning a single dollar.  As his property has increased, his generous spirit has seen larger opportunities and at once embraced them.  He has not been among those who withhold more than is meet and tend to poverty.  Property in such hands is not a grinding monopoly, but a wide blessing.  Such men can afford to be wealthy.  They represent the true socialistic spirit, which is, that private capital should be held as a public good.

Largely through the influence of Mr. Wallace various improvements have been made in Fitchburg, which contribute to its attractiveness.  The business of the city is in no small degree indebted to him for facilities with which communication can be had with the world outside.  Prominent mention may be made of the beautiful Union Railway station at Fitchburg in securing whose erection, and in planning which, Mr. Wallace was largely instrumental.

Page 4

MR. WALLACE IN POLITICS.

Mr. Wallace has had no ambitious longings for political life.  And yet his fellow citizens would not be likely to let such a man remain wholly out of public life.  So it is true to say that whatever office Mr. Wallace has held, has sought him.  He was selectman of the town during the years 1864, 1865, and 1867.  In 1873 he was representative to the Genral Court, to which office he was elected in the fall of 1872 by nearly every ballot cast.  He was re-nominated the next year without dissent or opposition, but declined a re-election on account of ill health.  While a member of the Legislature he was on the Committee on Manufactures, a position which his ability and experience fitted him to fill.

The most conspicuous political office he has held is that of Councillor.  While holding that position he represented one of the largest and most important districts of the State.  In it are included the thriving city of Worcester and the sister city of Fitchburg, which, with their varied industries, needed a man of large and ripe judgment to represent them.  He served three terms, during the years 1880, 1881, and 1882, or throughout the entire administration of Governor Long.  His election was so entirely unanimous that for the last two years he had no competitor in the field, Democrats as well as Republicans supporting him.  While on the Council he was a member of the following important committees:  on Pardons, on Harbors and Public Lands, on Military Affairs, and on Warrants.

At the close of Governor Long’s administration he refused to allow furthur use of his name for the office he had so ably filled for three years.  He celebrated his retirement from this position as a servant of the public by a brilliant reception tendered to Governor Long in the City Hall, Fitchburg, December 7, 1882.  He thus gave his fellow citizens and constituents an opportunity to look Massachusett’s popular Governor in the face and take him by the hand.

The following account of the reception, appeared in the Fitchburg Sentinel of Friday, December 8, which I quote: 

“The reception tendered to Governor Long in City Hall, Thursday evening, by Councillor Rodney Wallace and wife, was the most enjoyable and brilliant entertainment ever given in this city, and will be long remembered with pleasure by all who participated.  The reception was given by Mr. and Mrs. Wallace as a compliment to Governor Long, with whom Mr. Wallace has been associated as Councilor for three years, and to give their friends here an opportunity to spend an evening socially with His Excellency.  Some 450 cards of invitation were sent out, including about 700 persons, and nearly 600 were present on Thursday evening.  The storm and blizzard-like weather that reached this city early in the afternoon prevented the attendance of some of Mr. Wallace’s business associates from abroad.  The intention was to give all a pleasant, social evening, and the result was a full realization of the pleasure anticipated for some days.

* * * * *

Page 5

Guests were received at the west entrance over which a canopy was erected.  The steps, hall-ways and stairs were all carpeted.  The Common Council room was used as a dressing room for the ladies, the Aldermen’s room for the gentlemen, and the Mayor’s office was reserved for Governor Long and Councilor Wallace.  On entering the hall the guests were presented to Councilor Wallace, Mrs. Wallace and Governor Long, who stood in the centre on the east side—­Messrs. Herbert I. Wallace, George R. Wallace, Charles E. Ware, Jr., Harris C. Hartwell, James Phillips, Jr., B.D.  Dwinnell, Dr. E.P.  Miller and M.L.  Gate officiating as ushers.  After the greetings the time was spent socially, listening to the excellent music furnished by Russell’s Orchestra, fourteen pieces stationed on the stage, and many enjoyed dancing from 10.30 till about 1 o’clock.

* * * * *

Among the distinguished guests were the following from out of town:  Councilor Joseph Davis and wife of Lynn, Councilor Matthew W. Cushing of Middleboro, Councilor Nathaniel Wales of Stoughton, Councilor Rufus D. Woods of Enfield, Congressman-elect William Whiting of Holyoke, Councilor-elect Eben A. Hall of the Greenfield Gazette and Courier, Secretary of State Henry B. Peirce of Abington, Rev. E.A.  Horton of Boston (formerly of Leominster), Mr. and Mrs. Oscar Edwards and Prof.  Henry M. Tyler and wife (formerly of this city) of Northampton, Dr. F.A.  Harris, wife and Miss Gage, Mrs. Glover (Governor Long’s mother-in-law), William B. Wood and wife, Superintendent John Adams (of the Fitchburg Railroad) and wife, Mr. and Mrs. Charles H. Shepley, all of Boston; N.D.  White and Mr. and Mrs. Joseph M. White of Winchendon, John S. Baldwin of the Worcester Spy, J.B.  Hall of the Worcester Gazette, Mr. and Mrs. Charles H. Merriam and daughter of Leominster.
An attempt to describe the hall as it appeared on this occasion cannot be otherwise than unsatisfactory.  To appreciate the brilliant scene one must see not only the gay decorations and the beautiful flowers and plants, but also the happy people and the elegant and tasty dresses of the ladies, in the full light of the extra burners placed in the centre of the hall for this reception.

* * * * *

The entire floor was carpeted, and the hall was divided into two sections—­reception room and dining room—­by pink and white bunting.  The walls of the entire hall were decorated with draperies, cottons, pink and white buntings, etc., and festooned with two thousand yards of laurel and hanging baskets of flowers, while a splendid collection of pot plants, orange and lemon trees, and growing grapes, from Mr. Wallace’s private conservatory added much to the grand effect of the designs.
The most elaborate work was in the front of the stage, at the right of the stage and on the right and left centres of the hall.  Above

Page 6

all, over the stage was a gilt carved eagle surmounting the State coat of arms.  On either side flags were festooned and ornamented with sprays of holly.  In the rear of the platform were palm trees, while in front dracinas, and laurel, with a beautiful orange tree in each corner, each bearing nearly twenty oranges.  On the right wall of the hall, the draperies were surmounted by four medallions representing the elements—­Air, Earth, Fire, and Water.  In the right centre was the large painting representing Crete, above which was the motto “Amicus inter Amicos.”  In the foreground was a pedestal surmounted by a bust of Ariadne, flanked on each side by growing grapes, with two Roman altars burning incense through the entire evening.
On the left centre wall was a large painting representing Antium, the home of Nero and Temple of Fortuna, with the Appollo Belvidere on a pedestal in the foreground, flanked with two standing vases with burning incense.  Above the painting was the motto “Gaudeamus Igitur,” resting on a gilt lyre and torch.  Medallions representing Spring, Summer, Autumn, and Winter surmounted the draperies on this side of the hall.
One of the most admired features of the decorations was the design on the floor at the right of the stage.  A pedestal, some ten feet high, was surmounted by a beautiful specimen of the American eagle.  On either side of the eagle was a perfect flag made of natural flowers—­violets, carnations and tube roses—­with a shield of similar flowers in the centre.  The entire pedestal was banked by pots of growing plants—­including palms, dracinas, ponisettas in full bloom, etc.
The dining room was also handsomely decorated with flags, draperies and flowers, while the table itself was elegantly laid with exquisitely decorated china and silver, and ornamented by beautiful bouquets, candelabra, and epergnes.  Supper was served through the entire evening, guests entering at the right from the reception apartment and passing through to the west side of the hall.”

The completeness of all these arrangements were largely due to the taste and energy of his son, Mr. Herbert I. Wallace, who had the whole matter in charge.

In 1884 Mr. Wallace was chosen delegate from this district to the Republican Convention held at Chicago in June, which resulted in the nomination of James G. Blaine and John A. Logan.  Like most of the delegates from Massachusetts, Mr. Wallace was in favor of Senator Edmunds of Vermont.  But when he saw that Mr. Blaine’s nomination was inevitable, he joined in making it unanimous.  He did not go with those who bolted the nomination, because it was not his first choice, but he supported it with his purse, his voice, and his vote, as appears from the following synopsis of a brief address which he made at a ratification meeting, held in the City Hall, Fitchburg, July 11, 1884, which I clip from the Fitchburg Sentinel of the next day: 

Page 7

“Ex-Mayor Merriam, Chairman of the committee, called the meeting to order, and said the audience had assembled to hear the report of the two delegates to the Republican national convention.  The Chairman then introduced Rodney Wallace, who was most heartily applauded as he arose to speak.
Mr. Wallace, who was one of the delegates from this district to the Republican convention, said his first choice for President was the able statesman from Vermont, Senator Edmunds, and his second choice was President Arthur, who has given us such an excellent administration.  The Massachusetts delegation, almost without exception, worked hard to secure the nomination for Mr. Edmunds, but it was impossible for that convention to nominate anybody but James G. Blaine.  Nobody can describe the enthusiasm through the entire convention for Blaine.  The California delegation bore a banner inscribed “From Maine to California, through Iowa, all for Blaine,” and, in my opinion now, Mr. Elaine is the strongest man in the Republican party.  When the motion was made to make the nomination unanimous, not a voice was raised against it.  I believe he will be elected in November and will give us a strong and safe administration.”

The writer does not know whether Mr. Wallace considers his political life ended.  He certainly has no longing, desires, and ambitions in the direction of public office.  It is equally certain that any office which he will consent to hold, and which the people who know him can give, he can have without opposition.

MR. WALLACE AS A CITIZEN.

I come now to a part of my story which it is exceedingly pleasant to relate and of which I am able to speak, to no little extent, from personal knowledge.  It is, after all, what one is as a man among men, which speaks most for his honor, or his dishonor.  What greater significance generous deeds have, when you know that behind them is no calculating, grasping spirit, which is figuring out how much it can get in return, but a noble, generous, self-forgetful manhood.  We have a conviction that the conflict between labor and capital, which just now has reached a threatening pitch of violence, might have been avoided if employers had not in so many cases endeavored to reduce men to mere money-making machines.  As a rule strikes do not occur where laboring men are treated with the consideration due them as free citizens.  The freedom of Fitchburg from strikes is due to the intelligence of the workmen, and the fairness of the employers.  Another says, “nothing does more to destroy the spirit of socialism and communism and to disipate envy than to see wealthy men devoting a part of their wealth to public uses.”

Page 8

This introduces us to the most conspicuous act by which the subject of our sketch has proved his public spirit and generosity of purpose as a citizen.  I refer to his gift to the city of Fitchburg of a beautiful public library, which, by vote of the city government, is to be called by his name.  This act of beneficence reaches farther than appears to a casual observer.  It secures to the city, for all coming time, a “Peoples’ College,” where the child of the poorest, as well as of the richest, the toiler as well as the man of leisure, may get a very important education.  This building is to be devoted to art as well as to literature, and we look to see it exert a refining and cultivating, as well as an educating influence over the rising generations of our city.  Its very presence, in a most conspicuous position, in the very heart of the city, will be educational.  It will prove itself a most valuable adjunct to the excellent course of instruction given in our public schools.

For some years it had been in Mr. Wallace’s mind to do something of this sort.  In 1881 he purchased what was known as the Ruggles property, opposite Monument Park.  In the spring of 1884, when he left for his annual tour in the South, he placed in the hands of Judge Ware, Chairman of the Trustees of the Public Library, a genuine surprise to his fellow citizens.  I clip from the Fitchburg Sentinel of March 26, 1884, the following account of the matter: 

    “Both branches of the City Council met on Tuesday evening and
    transacted the following business: 

    The principal business was

    In joint convention.

    Major Davis presided and announced that Judge T.K.  Ware,
    Chairman of the Trustees of the Public Library, had a
    communication to present to the City Council.

Judge Ware said that he appeared before the Council at the request of Honorable Rodney Wallace, who, previous to his departure for the South, left with him the following communication which gave him pleasure and gratification to be able to present to the City Council: 

    To His Honor, the Mayor and the City Council of the City of
    Fitchburg
;

Gentlemen:—­The subscriber has felt for a long time that a building with proper appurtenances for our Public Library here in Fitchburg was much needed, and makes the following proposition, viz: 
I propose to convey by proper deed to the city of Fitchburg my lot of land situated at the corner of Main street and Newton place, and to expend, with the advice and approval of the Trustees of the Public Library, within the next two years, a sum not less than forty thousand dollars ($40,000) in erecting a building on said lot; said building to be under the care and management of the Board of Trustees of the Public Library for the time being, and to be used for a Free Public

Page 9

Library, Reading Rooms and Art Gallery, and for no other purpose.
And it is understood that the city government, accepting these donations for the above purposes, shall assume and bear the current expenses of said building, grounds and appurtenances, after the Library building shall have been completed and furnished.

    If the above proposition is accepted I shall proceed to carry
    out the same as soon as it can conveniently be done.

    Rodney Wallace
    Fitchburg, March 17, 1884.

Mayor Davis said this act on the part of our esteemed fellow citizen calls forth the profound gratitude of all the inhabitants of our city.  I cannot allow this opportunity to pass without expressing my thanks, as a citizen, for the munificent gift.  May his life be long and his prosperity increasing.

    The following order, introduced by Mayor Davis, was then
    unanimously adopted: 

Ordered, That the City of Fitchburg accept the donation of Honorable Rodney Wallace to it of the lot of land on the corner of Main street and Newton place, and the Library building to be erected by him thereon, upon the conditions and in accordance with the terms and provisions contained in his written communication and proposal to the Mayor and City Council; and places on record its profound appreciation of the public spirit and munificence of the donor, and its recognition of the incalculable benefits which will result to his fellow citizens and their descendants and successors for all time from this noble gift.
Alderman Joel said the surprise was so great and so agreeable that words were not at his command to express the thanks he, in common with all other members, felt for the munificent gift presented by Mr. Wallace.  He moved that a committee be appointed to prepare and forward a vote of thanks to Honorable Rodney Wallace for his gift.  The motion was unanimously adopted, and Mayor Davis appointed Alderman Joel, Councilmen Flaherty and Parkhill as the committee.”

From the Sentinel of April 10, 1884, I clip the following: 

    “The following resolutions have been presented to Honorable
    Rodney Wallace by the special committee appointed at the joint
    convention of the two branches of the City Council, March 25: 

    To honorable Rodney WallaceFitchburg, Mass.

Whereas, the Mayor and City Council of the city of Fitchburg have received and accepted a proposition tendered by Honorable Rodney Wallace of this city, by the terms of which a lot of land situated at the corner of Main street and Newton place is donated to the city of Fitchburg, and a sum not less than forty thousand dollars is to be expended by him, with the advice and approval of the Trustees of the Public Library, within the next

Page 10

two years in erecting a building on said lot, said building to be used for a Free Public Library, Reading Rooms, and an Art Gallery; therefore,
Resolved, That this body desires to voice and place on record the universal appreciation on the part of our citizens of the generosity and public spirit of the honored donor, of the timeliness of the gift, and not less, of the wisdom and foresight manifested in the particular mode by which the city is made the recipient of the munificent present.
Resolved, That we recognize the fact that a gift of this nature will result in incalculable benefits to the community so fortunate as to receive it, enlarging and intensifying, as it does, all the privileges of acquiring information and securing culture which a public library affords; providing in a most accessible and useful form the means by which our young people and those whose daily toil leaves them little leisure for study, may draw to themselves the results of all past experience; and rendering both attractive and easy to all classes of our people opportunities of turning their thoughts from the sterner features of their daily occupations to the amenities of life as presented by specimens of artistic and literary merit.
Resolved, That while sharing in the delight of our citizens in view of the valuable gift thus unexpectedly placed at their service, we congratulate them even more upon the presence among them of men whom Providence has blessed in three-fold measure—­with hearts abounding in philanthropic instincts, with material resources ample for the gratification of such impulses, and with that rarer gift than either, the judgment requisite to secure for their donations the widest and most permanent range of influence.
Resolved, That we cannot resist the inclination to felicitate our honored benefactor upon the deep and abiding joy which must be the most adequate reward for this expression of his good will toward our city—­the joy arising from the knowledge that every home within our corporate limits will enter into the enjoyment of his gift and that not a few of our youth will be allured from scenes of degrading and immoral pleasure by the presence in a most convenient location of a beautiful edifice within which are at their disposal the graces of art and the riches of literature.
Resolved, That the distinguished giver by this gift, the most valuable ever received by this community at one time from a single citizen, has “erected a monument more enduring than bronze and loftier than the regal structure of the pyramids” in the establishment of a lasting sense of gratitude within the hearts of his appreciative fellow citizens.
ALONZO DAVIS, JOEL JOEL, BERNARD H. FLAHERTY, JOHN PARKHILL, (Committee) FITCHBURG, April 1, 1884.”

Although $40,000 is the lowest limit named, it should be said that the cost of the noble pile will far exceed that sum.  It was a generous and princely act for which he will be held in lasting and greatful memory.  He will leave behind him a monument which will forever identify his name with the intellectual and moral culture of all classes of the citizens of Fitchburg.

Page 11

On the seventh of April, the Trustees of the Public Library took appropriate action on the gift of Mr. Wallace.  The following account appeared in the Sentinel of April 8: 

“At a meeting of the Trustees of the Public Library, Monday evening, the board adopted the following resolution, offered by Henry A. Willis, and on motion of Rev. P.J.  Garrigan it was voted to enter the same on their records, request the daily papers of the city to publish the same, and that Rev. P.J.  Garrigan, Henry A. Willis and L.H.  Bradford be appointed a committee to present the action of the board to Mr. Wallace: 
Resolved, That we have heard with great satisfaction of the proposed gift by Honorable Rodney Wallace of land and a building for the use of the Public Library, thus providing for a want long felt by the Trustees, viz:  facilities for making the Library fully available to the people of the city, which it never could be in its present confined quarters; that we will fully co-operate with the generous donor in any manner desired by him in carrying out the details of his proposed undertaking; and that we desire here to place upon our records our keen appreciation of the generous spirit which has moved him to tender this munificent gift.”

The new library building fronts on Main street, and looks out upon Monument Park and the beautiful Court House of North Worcester County.  It is of Greek classic style, and is built of Trenton pressed brick.  It has sandstone trimmings.  It has a frontage of seventy-four feet on Main street, and is sixty-five feet deep.  The basement is ten feet in height.  It is two stories above the basement.  The library floor is sixteen feet high.  The second story, which contains the picture gallery, is ten feet high on the outside, and thirty-two in the centre.  The extreme height is therefore fifty-eight feet.  The front of the building is especially imposing.  It has a projection in the centre, twenty-five feet wide and six feet deep, which extends the whole height of the structure and terminates in a gable, which is surrounded by a decorated pediment.  The main entrance is approached by massive steps of granite, twelve feet wide, flanked by heavy buttresses.  At the top of the steps is the entrance porch, eleven feet wide, six feet deep, and arched overhead.  Polished granite columns with carved capitals on either side support the archway above.  In the belt of sandstone above this arch is cut the legend “Library and Art Building.”  Above this belt is a row of windows separated by columns of brick.  Above these is a sandstone belt in which is cut the name of the donor, by vote of the City Government.  The title of the structure is therefore “Wallace Library and Art Building.”  Above is a row of circular windows separated by sandstone columns with carved capitals.  The hip roof of the building is crowned by a monitor top, which admits light into the art room below.  Over the entrance is to be the city seal, in antique and Venetian glass.  The whole structure is amply lighted by a large number of windows.

Page 12

The basement provides for a store-room, a work-room, and reading-room, which opens off Newton lane.  The public will have full access to this room.  It will specially accommodate the workingmen.  The late Honorable Wm. H. Vose left $1,000, the income of which is to be used in supplying suitable papers for this room.  There are also in the basement a coal room, and the boiler which heats the whole building.  On entering the building one stands in a large hall, on the right of which is a reading-room for magazines, and on the left is a large reference room, and a winding stairway by which the second story is reached.  Across the whole rear of the building is the library room, which is high enough to admit of galleries.  Ample provisions are thus made for all the possible future needs of the city.  In the second story is the art gallery.  Around it are five other rooms, which can be devoted to any of the uses such an institution may require.  When completed the inside will be finished in hard woods, and according to modern ideas of taste and elegance.  The art gallery will be a model of its kind.

With a collection of books and of works of art to match the thought of the donor expressed in the building the library will be a lasting blessing to our city.  A gift so timely, and so well adapted to the needs of a city like Fitchburg, with its population of young people, could not fail to commend itself, and win the gratitude of every right-minded citizen.  Therefore, any one who will stand in front of this building for an hour, and listen to the remarks made by those who look up to it as they pass, will readily learn how deep a hold on the esteem of all classes of the citizens of Fitchburg this generous act has given Mr. Wallace.

Lest my estimate of Mr. Wallace may seem extravagant to those who do not know him, I add the following from the pen of Professor H.M.  Tyler of Smith College, Northampton, formerly Mr. Wallace’s pastor.  He writes:—­

“It gives me great pleasure to send a few lines in answer to your note, though it would be easy for a critic to say that I have long since passed the point where I could give a cold-blooded opinion of Mr. Wallace.  I can write only from the stand-point of warm friendship and cannot be cold in my respect and admiration for my friend.  Mr. Wallace is pre-eminently a business man; to this the chief energy of his life has been directed.  It seems an impertinence for me to pass judgment upon his career, but I have loved to study him in his business habits.  By his affability, correctness, and fairness in all his work he has succeeded marvellously in attaching every one to himself.  All instinctively gravitate toward him, and never wish to break off their association with him.  I never knew a man so master of his own ways and yet so universally popular.  People love to be influenced or even controlled by him.  His office would be the centre of any community in which he should be placed.  All men love to fasten

Page 13

to him their faith.  He has everywhere learned to gather friends by showing himself friendly.  His interest in the people of his own community has been shown not merely by his public benefactions.  Every one in want of help has turned to him, and all have had a patient hearing and generous response.
He has been associated with people of every position and among all has been a favorite companion.  Everyone has felt at home with him.  It is rarely true that a man has gained success with so thorough a desire that his friends should enjoy what he has gathered with him.  He is thus remarkable for his prosperity, for the use which he is making of his prosperity, for his delight in giving pleasure to others, and for the disposition and temper which finds its enjoyment in such rational and kindly ways.
It is not that one never disagrees with Mr. Wallace.  He would scorn the flattery which yields convictions to attempt to please.  Even when we differ he is none the less congenial.  If I have ever had the feeling that in any respect I should like to make him over it has generally yielded to the conviction that on the whole I could not hope to do better than has been done.  Among all the men with whom I have come in contact in places of business responsibility and honor I do not know another to whom I give more unqualified respect and esteem than I do to Mr. Wallace.  Cordially,

    HENRY M. TYLER.”

Mr. Wallace, as has appeared, was for three years associated with Governor Long in the Government of Massachusetts.  In response to a note from me Mr. Long writes as follows: 

“I am glad to know that you are writing a sketch of Mr. Wallace for publication.  If a good subject will make a good sketch your work will be a success.  He is one of the men, however, who write their own lives, not in the pages of any autobiography, but in their conduct and character.  I have served with him in public life, and sat with him as one of my Councilors in the Executive Chamber, and have found him always a fund of practical good sense, of excellent judgment, trained by great experience in affairs, and of thorough integrity.  He is a representative Massachusetts man, the builder of his own fortune, equal to the enterprise of acquiring wealth and position, and magnanimous in their use and enjoyment.  But I like best to recall, as I am sure do all who know him, his generous friendship, his great public spirit, and his good heart, of which I have witnessed many proofs.  I trust that it may be many years before his life is taken in any other way than in such an appreciative and kindly sketch as you will write of him.

    Very truly yours,
    JOHN D. LONG.”

    WASHINGTON, D.C., February 7, 1885.

Page 14

December 1, 1853, Mr. Wallace married Sophia Ingalls, daughter of Thomas Ingalls of Rindge, New Hampshire.  She died June 20, 1871, leaving two sons, Herbert I. Wallace and George R. Wallace.  Herbert is a graduate of Harvard in the class of 1877.  George studied at the Institute of Technology in Boston.  They are associated with their father in the management of his business.  December 28, 1876 Mr. Wallace married Mrs. Sophia F. Bailey of Woodstock, Vermont.  Mr. Bailey was a member of Congress from the district in which Fitchburg is included.  Mrs. Wallace is one of the well-known Billings family of Woodstock.  Mr. Wallace lives in a beautiful house on Prospect street, which is surrounded with beautiful lawns and green-houses which, gratify his taste.  From his front door he can overlook the city and its varied industries in whose development he has borne so conspicuous a part.

We are near the end of a story which it has been a pleasure to tell.  Vastly more could be told.  A volume of incidents could be written.  There are precious secrets of every generous and noble man’s life which no pen may profane by giving them publicity.  These are the choice treasures reserved only for those who know him best, and live nearest his heart.  But the writer desires, as Mr. Wallace’s pastor, to add the testimony of observation and personal knowledge to the rare purity and uprightness of character, to the generosity of spirit, to the thoughtful kindness, and to the deep and reverent regard for spiritual things, of his distinguished parishioner.  As an example of untiring energy, of probity of character, of cleanness of soul, of uprightness of life, of sincerity of purpose, of firmness of moral principle, he may safely be held up as a model for young men.

* * * * *

FITCHBURG.

BY MRS. CAROLINE A. MASON.[A]

[Footnote A:  Mrs. Mason is a resident of Fitchburg.  Her home, on Rollstone Street, is shown in the “Sketch of Fitchburg.”  Her reputation as a writer of verse is not confined to the State.  She is the author of the words of the familiar ballad “Do They Miss Me at Home?” and has, for many years, contributed poetry to leading weeklies and magazines.—­Ed.]

  Nested among her hills she lies,—­
    The city of our love! 
  Within her, pleasant homes arise;
  And healthful airs and happy skies
    Float peacefully above.

  A sturdy few, ’mid hopes and fears,
    Her fair foundations set: 
  And looking backward now, through years
  Of steady gain, how small appears
    Her old estate!—­and yet,

  She dons no autocratic airs,
    In scorn of humbler days,
  But shapes her fortunes and affairs,
  To match the civic wreath she wears
    And justify her bays.

  Honor and Truth her old renown: 
    Conservative of both,
  The virtues of the little town
  She holds in legacy, to crown
    The city’s larger growth.

Page 15

  Nor ease nor sloth her strength despoil: 
    Her peaceful farmers till,
  With patient thrift, th’ outlying soil,
  Her trained mechanics deftly toil,
    Her merchants ply their skill;

  Her ponderous engineries supply
    A thousand waiting needs;
  Her wheels revolve, her shuttles fly,—­
  And ever where the prize hangs high,
    Her foot, unfaltering, leads.

  Her sympathies are large and sweet: 
    And when, at Freedom’s call,
  The war flags waved, the war drums beat,
  She sprang, responsive, to her feet,
    And freely offered all!

  Alert in War, she emulates
    The Arts of Peace, as well: 
  Religion, Order, guard her gates;
  Wealth, Culture, Thrift, like happy Fates,
    Her destinies foretell.

  So, through the round of years, she keeps
    Advancing on her Past: 
  Her old-time vigor never sleeps,—­
  And even as she sows she reaps. 
    God bless her to the last!

* * * * *

MAJOR GENERAL LEW WALLACE AT SHILOH.

GENERAL U.S.  GRANT’S VINDICATION OF GENERAL WALLACE.—­THE WALLACE AND
GRANT LETTERS AND DOCUMENTS WITH INTRODUCTORY NOTE.

BY GENERAL HENRY B. CARRINGTON.

[Author of “Battles of the American Revolution.”]

It seems common to all great wars that the true version of leading actions is rarely assured by the immediate reports of commanders.  Many causes secure to such reports substantial accuracy, but the development of details seldom fails to show that justice to subordinates cannot be done by the simple statement of general plans and general results.  There are historians who still claim that Arnold had no part in the battle of Freeman’s Farm, September 19, 1777; and many other battles of the Revolutionary war lacked clear definition until nearly a century had passed and the records were supplemented by careful examination of the battle-fields and a more thorough scrutiny of British, French, and Hessian archives, thereby to correct topographical data and harmonize conflicting statements.

The case of General Fitz John Porter forcibly illustrates the difficulty of changing public opinion, once formed, even when supplemental data enforce military recognition of their value.  The Battle of Franklin, which secured to General Thomas the opportunity to fortify Nashville and ultimately defeat Hood, and the battles of Stone River, Gettysburg, Chicamauga and Monocacy, are among the actions of the late war in which differences of statement as to positions and movements have greatly qualified first estimates of the relations which various officers sustained to those actions.

Page 16

The battle of Shiloh, or Pittsburg Landing, has been the latest under scrutiny.  It is not the purpose to consider whether the action of the day was influenced by the arrival of Buel’s army, or by the non-arrival of General Lew Wallace’s division; nor whether General Wallace did, or did not, march by scientific methods, when he moved for the nearest firing.  Among voluminous papers touching the civil war are the copies of original papers received from General Wallace himself, and of present interest.  These papers received notice from the Western press at one time, but seem to demand a more formal record, as essential factors in the better understanding of the Battle of Shiloh.

The following outline is suggested by these documents: 

1st.  That the Federal line of battle, early in the morning, stretched out from Pittsburg Landing nearly to the Purdy Road, with General Sherman’s division on the right, within about a mile of that road.

2nd.  That General Wallace’s division was at Crump’s Landing, not more than five miles from Pittsburg Landing; it being then uncertain which of the two would be the objective of attack.

3d.  That General Grant visited General Wallace at Crump’s Landing and ordered him to hold his command subject to orders, and then steamed onward to Pittsburg Landing.

4th.  That before 6 o’clock, A.M., the sound of firing had led General Wallace to put his command under arms; and he was prepared to move wherever active work should demand, even before he was ordered to be thus ready.

5th.  That he concentrated his brigades, then in three camps, into one mass, at the forks of the Purdy Road and the road to Pittsburg Landing, so that he might take either road, as orders should decide.

6th.  That he understood the original line of battle and the disposition of its divisions, and knew that General Sherman held the right.

7th.  That the order received by him, before 12 o’clock, M., from Captain Baxter, staff officer of General Grant, was in writing; and while pronounced verbally, at first, the form it assumed, when reduced to writing and subsequently delivered to General Wallace, was a direct order to “unite with the right,” and that involved the march on the Purdy Road.

If the verbal order of General Grant to Captain Baxter, to hasten General Wallace’s Division to Pittsburg Landing, was reduced to writing by that officer, after he noticed the early success of the Union Line, he would have shaped the approach of the fresh division to the best possible advantage, to join the army, not the precise Landing, if the army was not there; since General Grant, still being on crutches from a sprained ankle when his horse fell under and upon him, on the fourth, was compelled to depend largely upon staff-officers for judicious action, in exigencies which fell under their eyes, and where his riding was greatly limited.  There is full harmony of events, by giving full credit to all the data which seem, at first, to work conflict.

Page 17

8th.  That the Staff Officer who delivered the order assured General Wallace and his staff that the Federal line was successful and driving the enemy at every point.

9th.  That a movement at that time, toward Pittsburg Landing, would have taken General Wallaces’ Division out of possible contact with the enemy, instead of supporting, and perfecting victory.

10th.  That when the Division of General Wallace moved, as it did, within ten minutes after receipt of the orders, “impatiently waited for,” it could see the distant smoke and hear the roar of battle, and moved directly toward the point of danger by the shortest route, with the greatest celerity and in harmony with the order received.

11th.  That the defeat of the main army, the enforced retirement of Sherman’s Division, and, in fact, the withdrawal of the entire original line, were new conditions, to be considered, when other Staff Officers notified General Wallace of the same; and then, the addition of his division to the rallying army, at Pittsburg Landing, seemed to be an important element to the very safety of that army, except as it could lean upon the divisions of Buel, already within supporting distance.

12th.  That the original advance of General Wallace’s Division on the Purdy Road, while thoroughly suited to the original conditions as they existed when the order was delivered to him, was, of necessity, useless and dangerous, when he found himself alone and unsupported, and that the enemy had already swept over the position which he expected to occupy.

13th.  That there was no alternative, then, but to pass around the left of the enemy, and rejoin the army, at such expense of time or labor as the new conditions imposed; and that this was done, at great pains and with great celerity, without straggling or loss.

14th.  That the prominent idea of withdrawing General Wallace’s Division from Crump’s Landing, to support the main army in its advance, is to be kept in mind;—­whereby, confusion ceases as to the hour of the day when the order to report at Pittsburg Landing was delivered or became operative;—­thereby, also, reconciling memories with the incidents of the day, with no discredit to any.

15th.  That every theory of supporting an advanced line, from reserves sent forward from the base, must so bend to facts, that it may be the best thing possible, to strengthen the right of a successful line, even to overlapping and turning the enemy; and that such a movement has the emphatic endorsement of standard critics, and marked experience; while a formal movement to the rear, in order to move to the front and the right, as if on parade, would, under conditions such as presented to General Wallace, have been, simply, to wear out his men in marching, with small chance for taking any part in the assumed pursuit of a defeated enemy.

Page 18

16th.  That it is an unsound way of dealing with the facts of history, to gauge the responsibilities of officers and men, of small experience, by the rules which apply to the same officers and men after their experience has matured; and that, when the battle of Shiloh took place, and citizen regiments took part, with very slight knowledge of arms, it was equally true, that the officers themselves, both regular and volunteer, were proportionately unfamiliar with battle action on a large scale, and that, as a matter of fact, the Generals and Colonels, for the most part, had never seen a batallion drill, unless at West Point, much less drilled more than a company; and their conduct and opinions, in 1861-2, are not to be measured by the ripened experience of the years succeeding and succeeding years of reflection.

And finally, that the orders, movements, and results of the sixth day of April, 1862, must be judged by their relations to the passing hours and issues of that day, as practical men would act under changing conditions, and not by any formal order, which, however appropriate at one time, would, at any other time, defeat the work in hand.  The Rules of Evidence, recognized by Civil and Military Courts alike, are but expressions of sound judgment of past experience; and Military Science, so called, has no other basis than that which belongs to the wise use of means to ends in all applied science and in all human endeavor.  Whenever, therefore, the conduct of a battle is consistent with the conditions, as at the time understood, it is not exactly just to measure it by the terms of any instructions inconsistent with those conditions;—­so that while an order to march to Pittsburg Landing became necessary upon the retirement of the original line, it ought not to be technically applied back to a time when that line was supposed to be sweeping on to victory and only sought fresh strength to mature that victory.

That a general action was precipitated by the Confederate forces under General Albert Sidney Johnson and was in the nature of a successful surprise of the Union Army, is the fact which harmonizes the reports of officers of both armies with the incidents of the day, and fairly distributes responsibility, without reflecting the narrow escape of the Union Army from destruction upon any single officer or command; especially, where all did so well, and so much is to be credited to the fall of General Johnson and the interruption of his deliberate plan, first to surprise, and then sweep on to victory, at whatever cost.

The Documents are as follows: 

1st.  Letter of Major General Lew Wallace to General U.S.  Grant, February 26, 1869.

2nd.  Letter of Lieutenant Colonel Ross, A.D.C. to General Wallace, January 25, 1868.

3rd.  Letter of General J.A.  Strickland to General Wallace, January 24, 1868.

4th.  Letter of General G.F.  McGinnis to General Wallace, February 20, 1868.

Page 19

5th.  Letter of General Fred. Knefler to General Wallace, February 19, 1868.

6th.  Letter of Captain Ad Ware, A.D.C., to General Wallace (without date).

7th.  Letter of General John M. Thayer to General Wallace, March 4, 1868.

8th.  Letter of General U.S.  Grant to General Wallace, March 10, 1868, commenting upon the letters cited and suggesting their publication, in justice to General Wallace.

[Illustration:  The map of the Compte de Paris has been utilized. 1, 2 and 3 give location of Wallace’s Brigades in line, perpendicular to the river, with right at Adamsville (3), 2.  Concentration of Division. 4.  Crossing at Snake creek to take the right of General Sherman. 4-5.  Countermarch to lower crossing after retirement of the right. 6.  Lower crossing which had for several days previously been under water.  Wallace’s division, on the 7th, held the right of Sherman, as indicated for the 6th, when he moved to take part in the general action.]

General Wallace to General Grant: 

    WASHINGTON CITY, Feb. 29, 1868.

    GENERAL: 

About a year after the battle of Pittsburg Landing, it came to my knowledge, that I was suffering, in your opinion, from erroneous information upon the subject of my conduct and movements as commander of the Third Division of your army during the first day of the battle named.  To place myself right in your estimation and in that of the army generally, I asked a Court of Inquiry, by letter to the Secretary of War (Mr. Stanton) July 17, 1863.  After several months, during which the application received no attention from the Secretary, I withdrew it, by advice of friends, General Sherman amongst others.  The course I then resolved upon, that counselled by General Sherman, was to carry my explanation directly to you; and such continued my intention until the battle of Monocacy, after which your treatment of me became so uniformly kind and considerate that I was led to believe the disagreement, connected with Pittsburg Landing, forgotten; a result, to which I tacitly assented, notwithstanding the record of that battle as you had made it, in the form of an endorsement on my official report, was grievously against me.
A recent circumstance, however, has made it essential to my good name, which I cannot bring myself to believe you wish to see destroyed, to go back to my former purpose; in pursuance of which, the object of this letter is simply to introduce certain statements of gentlemen lately in the army, your friends as much as mine, in hopes that the explanations to be found therein will be sufficent to authorize you to give me a note of acquittal from blame, plainly enough, to allay the suspicions and charges to which I have been so painfully subjected.  The statements are in the form of extracts pertinent to the subject from letters now in my possession, from General Fred Knefler, General George McGinnis,

Page 20

Colonel James R. Ross, General Daniel MacCaulay, Captain Ad Ware, General John A. Strickland, General John M. Thayer, now United States Senator from Nebraska—­all, of my command, on the day in question, present with me, well known to you, and of unimpeachable honor.  I could have obtained many others, of like import, but selected these because their authors had peculiar opportunities for information upon points considered of chief importance.  It is possible that my explanations of the matter would be sufficient for the purpose in view.  However that may be, it is my judgment now, that the charges against me have gone so far, and been put in such grave form, that public opinion may require an exoneration, though it come from your hand, to be based upon the testimony of others.
Permit me to say, further, that as to the order you started to me by Captain Baxter, I do not understand there is any question of veracity between us.  You tell me, that from the battle-field you dispatched a verbal order by the officer named, to be delivered to me, at Crump’s Landing, directing me to march my division to Pittsburg Landing by the road, parallel with the river; and, supposing, as you did, that the order would reach me by 11 o’clock, A.M., you reasonably concluded my command would be on the field by 1 o’clock, P.M.
Now in all candor, if you have been, as I am informed, of opinion that I received that order as it was given, and at the time stated (11 o’clock, A.M.), and that for any reason, such as personal feeling against you, or that I lost my way, or took the wrong road, or lingered on the march, making but five miles in seven hours, it must be admitted that you were justifiable in any, even the most extreme judgment against me; and I must confess that your moderation was greater than mine would likely have been, had our positions been reversed.  I do not flinch from that conclusion, at all; but what I do say in my defence is that the opinion and the conclusion, which is its corollary, are both wrong, because the order admitted to have been dispatched was not delivered to me, in form or substance, as dispatched.  On the contrary, the order I received from your messenger was in writing, unsigned, and contained substantially the following instructions: 
“You will leave a force at Crump’s Landing, sufficient to guard the public property there; then march the rest of your division, and effect a junction with the right of the army; after which you will form your line of battle at right angles with the river, and act as circumstances dictate.”
This order was read by Colonel Ross, under circumstances well calculated to impress it upon his memory.  It was also given to Colonel Knefler, then my Adjutant General, and by him read and unfortunately lost.  Finally, its purport, as stated by me above, is vouched for by Captain Ware as the aide de camp.  To refuse credit

Page 21

to my version of its contents will be very hard, indeed, corroborated as it is by so many gentlemen of unquestionable veracity, and such excellent opportunity for information on the point.
I think myself warranted now in asserting upon the credit of the three officers just named, as well as my own, that by the terms of the order, as it was delivered to me, the object of my march was not Pittsburg Landing, as you intended, but the right of the army, resting, when the battle opened in the morning, at a point quite three miles out from the landing, on the road to Purdy.
As a general principle it must be admitted that when you entrusted the order to a proper messenger for delivery to me, your responsibility ceased; but, I turn and ask you, appealing to your experience and justice, how am I held responsible for the execution of an order if it never reached me; or, if it reached me, conveying an idea radically different from that originally given?  Of necessity, I was accountable for the execution of the order, only as it was received, and if it was not received in a form to convey your true design, but was promptly executed, neither of us are responsible for the result.  It was not your mistake, nor was it mine.

    Having established the purport, at least, of the order as it
    came to my hand, the next inquiry is:  “Did I proceed to execute
    it, and how?”

On these heads all the letters on file are applicable.  They show, as I think, that I took measures anticipatory to the order you gave me, personally, in your passage up the river to the battle-field, viz:  to hold myself in readiness to march in any direction; that my brigades were ordered to concentrate at the place most proper and convenient for a prompt execution of the orders, whatever they might be, because it was at the junction of two roads, one leading to Pittsburg Landing, the other to the right of the army.  To one of these points, it may be added, I was sure of being ultimately sent, if the exigencies of the battle required the presence of my command.  They show, that after you parted from me, going up the river, I took measures to forward your messenger to me instantly upon his arrival (see Colonel Ross’ letters), then rode to the place of concentration, and waited impatiently and anxiously the expected instructions; that they came to hand about 12 o’clock (my own remembrance is 11:30 A.M.), and that the officer who brought them, also brought the news that you were driving the enemy all along the line.  (See letters of General Knefler and Colonel Ross.) Up to that time, therefore, I was certainly blameless.
But let me ask you to stop here, and consider the effect on my mind and subsequent movements, of the information, thus reliably obtained, that the battle was won.  What inducement could I have had to march away from or linger on the road to a victory?  Upon the hypothesis that

Page 22

the good news was true, how could I have imagined, (had there been so much as a doubt as to the intent of the order received,) a necessity for my command at Pittsburg Landing?

    But, proceeding.  The letters further establish, that,
    immediately upon receiving the order, I put my column en
    route
, to execute it.

Now comes the questions.  Did I take the right road to effect the junction with the right of the army, or one leading to Purdy, away from the battle?  Pertinent to these inquiries, General Knefler says, that the road chosen for the movement had been patrolled and picketted by my cavalry.  By their report, if by nothing else, I must have been posted as to its terminus.  In corroboration of this assertion please notice that General Macaulay, General Strickland, General Thayer and General Knefler, all allude to the fact that the head of the column was approaching, not going away from the firing, when the countermarch took place.  Consider, further, that the most imperative necessities of my situation, isolated as I had been from the main army, were, to know all the communications with that army, and to keep them clear, and in order for rapid movement. Not only did I know the road, but every step my division took from the initial point of the march up to the moment of the change of direction, was, as is well known to every soldier in the column, a step nearer to the firing and therefore a step nearer to the battle.  While on this inquiry, let me add that the report of my being set right after marching upon the wrong road has in it this much truth, and no more.  When about a mile from the position which had been occupied by the right of the army (General Sherman’s division), Captain Rowley overtook me and told me that you had sent him to hurry me up, and that our lines had been carried by the enemy and the army driven back almost to the river, a very different story from the one brought me by Captain Baxter.  Captain Rowley set me right as to the conditions of the battle, not as to the road I was following.  Colonel McPherson and Major Rawlins, the other members of your staff, mentioned as having been sent to me, met me after the countermarch, when my command was on the river road moving to Pittsburg Landing.
Concerning the countermarch, I would remark that the condition of the battle, as reported by Captain Rowley, made it prudent, if not necessary.  My column was only five thousand men, of all arms.  Reflecting upon it now, I am still of the opinion that it did better service the next day in your new line of battle, than it could have done, operating alone and unsupported in the rear of the whole rebel army, where I was certainly taking it, when “set right” by the captain.
Instead of making the change of direction, when it was resolved on, by a countermarch, the result proved that it should have been effected by a general right about.  The former manoeuvre

Page 23

was chosen, however, because I was confident of finding a cross road to the river road long before the head of the column doubled upon its foot. [See Colonel Ross’ statement of the effort made to accomplish that idea.]
One of the results I confidently anticipated from a reading of the letter submitted, is, that you will be satisfied of the wrong done me (unintentional, I believe), by Colonel Badeau, when, in his book, he describes me as consuming seven hours in marching five miles in the direction of the battle.  The march actually performed in that time was not less than fifteen miles, over an execrable dirt road.
Your opinion, as advanced in your letter to the War Office, July, 13, 1863, that General Morgan L. Smith, had he been put in command, could have had the division in the battle by 1 o’clock P.M., is in direct terms, based upon the condition that General Smith received your orders as you supposed them communicated to me.  But, suppose he had not received the order as originally given; suppose, on the contrary, the order actually received by him had the effect to send him in another direction from Pittsburg Landing; and suppose that, on approaching his objective, he had found himself in the rear of the whole rebel army, and in his judgment compelled, by that circumstance, together with the bad fortune of our own army, to a further movement of quite ten miles—­all of which were terrible realities in my case—­I am sure you are too just a man to have held him accountable for the hours, however precious, thus necessarily lost.
With these remarks I place the letters of the officers named in your hands.  They will satisfy you, I think, that the exoneration I seek will be a simple act of justice.  The many misconceptions which have been attached to my movements on that bloody Sunday, have, it must be confessed, made me extremely sensitive upon the subject.  You can imagine, therefore, with what anxiety your reply will be waited.

    Very respectfully your friend,

    LEW WALLACE. 
    To GENERAL U.S.  GRANT, WASHINGTON CITY.

Colonel Ross to General Wallace: 

    CHICAGO, January, 25, 1868.

General:  Having read the extract from “Badeau’s Life of General Grant,” as published in the Chicago Tribune, of the twenty-fifth of December, 1867, wherein he refers particularly to the battle of Shiloh, and seeing the gross injustice done you, and the false light in which you are placed before the country and the world, I deem it my duty to make a brief statement of what I know to be the facts in reference to your failure to reach the field of battle in time to take part in the action of Sunday, April 6, 1862.
I will first state the position of your command on that morning.  The First Brigade, Colonel M.L.  Smith commanding, at Crump’s Landing; Second Brigade, Colonel John M. Thayer

Page 24

commanding, two and one-half miles out on the Adamsville road; Third Brigade, Colonel Charles R. Wood commanding, at Adamsville, five miles out from the river.  The first intimation you or any of your staff had of the battle was between five and six o’clock, A.M., when my attention was called by one of the men on the boat on which were your headquarters, to the heavy and continued firing in the direction of the camp at Pittsburg Landing.  You were at once notified of this, and being satisfied that there was a battle going on, directed me to go at once and order this division to get ready to move at a moment’s warning, and to instruct Colonel Wood to move his baggage and camp equipage to the river with the least possible delay, and march his command to the camp of the Second Brigade, midway between his (then) camp and that of the First Brigade, at the river.
After executing your order, as above, I returned to the Landing.  Soon after, you, together with your staff, went out to the camp of the second Brigade, when the division had been ordered to concentrate in order to be in position to take either one of two roads, intersecting the Adamsville road from Crump’s Landing to Pittsburg Landing; one leading to Pittsburg Landing, the other to the Purdy road from Pittsburg Landing, intersecting it at a point not far from the right of our army under General Sherman, as it was encamped when the battle began.
Before starting for Colonel Thayer’s camp, orders were given by you to Captain Lyman, A.Q.M., on your staff, for a horse to be saddled and kept in readiness, in case a messenger should come down the river with orders from General Grant to you.
Now for the order.  Badeau says that a staff officer was dispatched to General Wallace with verbal orders for him to march by the nearest road parallel with the river.  The order may have been given verbally by General Grant to his staff officer, but was not so delivered to you, nor did it direct you to march by the nearest road parallel with the river.  At about 11 o’clock, A.M., while at the camp of Colonel Thayer, I was directed by you to go to Colonel M.L.  Smith.  I met Captain Baxter, A.Q.M., who stopped me and handed me a paper saying, “I wish you would take this to General Wallace.”  I took the paper, read it and returned it to him, saying, I could not do so, as I was on my way under orders from General Wallace.  At the same time I turned in my saddle, and pointed out a group of horsemen, telling the Captain that you were among them.  I went to Colonel Smith, delivered my orders, and returning, met the Captain again.  I very distinctly remember that this order directed you to move forward and join General Sherman’s right on the Purdy road and form your line of battle at right angles with the river; and then act as circumstances would dictate.  Now the shortest possible route by which you could reach the point designated in the order was the one

Page 25

taken, viz:  that one leading from Colonel Thayer’s camp (on the Adamsville road from Crump’s Landing), to the Purdy road (from Pittsburg Landing), a distance of about five miles; whereas the distance to the point to which you was to march as designated in the order, via Pittsburg Landing, would have been at least twelve miles.  Perhaps I should here state that this order was not signed by any one, but coming as it did through one of the Staff Officers of the Commanding General, could not be questioned.  I would also state in this connection, that when I met Captain Baxter first, I asked him how things were going.  He replied that Grant was driving the enemy at all points.  Had this been the case, the order as delivered by Captain Baxter would have been all right, as we could then have joined General Sherman as directed therein.  Within ten minutes after the receipt of the order, the troops were on the road.
When we were about one mile from where we expected to join General Sherman, we were overtaken by a messenger from General Grant, Captain (since Colonel) Rowley, I believe, who informed you that our troops had been defeated all along the line, and driven back, till the right was within half a mile of the river, and that the road we were on, would, if followed up, lead us into the rear of the enemy.  This being the case, it became necessary to find some other way to form a junction with the army.  In order to do so, every mounted man attached to your Head-Quarters was dispatched to find, if possible, some way to get round the enemys’ left without going back to the starting point, or to find some resident to guide us by the nearest possible route.  Finally a man was found who was compelled to act as guide.  Nevertheless the march was continued as rapidly as possible, until we joined the right of the army, just after dark, in the position in which it lay when the battle closed for the day.  Badeau also says:  “General Wallace was set right by Captain (afterwards Colonel) Rowley, and Colonel (afterwards Major General) McPherson, both at the time upon General Grant’s staff; that they set him right at 1 o’clock, and it took him till seven to march five miles.”  It was near 1 o’clock when we were overtaken by Rowley, but instead of having but five miles to march, the distance could not have been less than eleven or twelve miles.  The first seen of General McPherson was when we were met by him and General Rawlins, just as the head of the column had reached the river road (from Crump’s Landing to Pittsburg Landing) who had come out to urge you to greater haste.  We had to march over the worst road I ever remember to have seen.  In many places it was almost impossible to get artillery through.  In my judgment the entire distance marched by your command could not have been less than sixteen or seventeen miles.
The above, General, are the facts relative to the movements of your command on the day referred to, which fell under my personal observation.  I am, General, very respectively, your obedient servant,

    JAMES R. ROSS,

Page 26

    Late Brev.  Lieut.  Col.  Major.  A.D.C. 
    To MAJOR GENERAL LEW WALLACE
    CRAWFORDSVILLE, Indiana.

General Strickland to General Wallace: 

    HEADQUARTERS FIFTIETH REGIMENT, O.V.I. }
    BIG RUN TRESTLE, Ky., June 24, 1863. }

    CAPTAIN J.R.  Ross, for MAJOR GENERAL LEW WALLACE: 

DEAR SIR:  In answer to your question as to my recollection of the circumstances and time of the moving of Major General Lew Wallace’s command to the battle of Shiloh on the sixth of April, 1862, I will submit the following statement: 
I was Acting Adjutant General for Colonel John M. Thayer (now Brigadier General Thayer), he (Colonel Thayer) being in command of the Second Brigade, General Lew Wallace’s Division.  On the morning of the sixth of April (Sunday), 1862, the Brigade commanded by Colonel Thayer, stationed at “Stony Lonesome,” was in readiness to march at daylight, or before.  We were waiting for orders to move, when Major General Lew Wallace and staff rode to the headquarters of the brigade, I think between the hours of 8 and 9 o’clock; it may have been earlier.  General Wallace ordered everything in readiness to move at a moment’s notice.  I received the orders directly from General Wallace.  I assured him that the brigade, upon previous orders from himself and Colonel Thayer, was ready to move, but went again, in person, by order of Colonel Thayer, and notified Commanders of Regiments, Batteries, etc., to be ready at the call from Colonel Thayer’s headquarters, to move.  I heard General Wallace addressing himself to Lieutenant Colonel McCord, commanding the First Nebraska Regiment, to say, that he had received no orders to move and that he was waiting for orders frown General Grant’s headquarters to move.  I heard General Wallace request one of his staff to watch the road to Crump’s Landing for a messenger with orders.
At half past 11 A.M. (it might have been fifteen minutes to 12) a person rode up to General Wallace with orders to move.  I was standing by General Wallace at the time. The Brigade commanded by Colonel Thayer was in motion in just ten minutes after the order was received.  I am particular about this, because Colonel Sanbourn, of the Twenty-first Indiana Regiment, and other officers of the Brigade, talked over the matter in the morning.  After the order was received we moved off rapidly.
After we had marched some distance, and were getting nearer to the sound of musketry continually, we were met, I think, by Major Rawlins, Assistant Adjutant General of General Grant, and our direction changed.  From my knowledge of the country, after the battle of Monday, I am satisfied that, if we had not changed our direction when we did, we would have gone in behind the left of the rebel army.  After the direction of the column was changed, I was ordered by Colonel Thayer to go to the foot of the column, for what

Page 27

purpose I cannot now recollect.  I think it was at the instance of General Wallace, to change direction on a shorter route of Wood’s brigade, and when going from the foot of the column to the head, to report to my commanding officer, Colonel Thayer.  I remember noticing all three of the Brigades in close column, marching rapidly forward.  Just at dusk we arrived at the valley of a small stream, where the mud was very deep.  We met an orderly, there, from the battle-field, who said we could reach General Grant’s forces by making great haste, as Berdan’s Sharp-shooters were holding the road by which we were to enter. The column was hurried forward as fast as it was possible for it to move.  We arrived a little after dark, on the right of General Grant’s forces, but a few yards in front of the enemy.
Not knowing for what particular purpose you wish this communication, I have been precise in details as to time, etc., as it will be remembered by most of the officers of the Second Brigade.

    I am, sir, your obedient servant,

    J.A.  STRICKLAND,
    Colonel Commanding Fiftieth Ohio Volunteer Infantry.

General McGinnis to General Wallace: 

    INDIANAPOLIS, Indiana, February 21, 1868.

GENERAL:  In reply to your note of this date, I would say, that being in command of the Eleventh Indiana Infantry, I was attached to the First Brigade, Third Division, Army of the Tennessee, commanded by you, and encamped at Crump’s Landing, on the morning of the first day of the battle of Pittsburg Landing.
At daylight of said day, our command was aroused by heavy and continuous firing from the direction of Pittsburg Landing, which led us to believe that a general battle was being fought.  I do not think more than twenty minutes had elapsed from the time that the battle commenced until our whole brigade had received orders to hold ourselves in readiness, (with three days’ rations) to march to any point required; and that point all understood from indications would be Pittsburg Landing.
For the purpose of concentrating the division, our Brigade marched to Winn’s Farm, two and a half miles from Crump’s Landing, where the Second Brigade of the Third Division was then encamped.  The road taken by our division, after concentrating, intersected the Purdy road (from Pittsburg Landing) at a point near Snake Creek, and not far from the ground occupied by General Sherman’s division on the morning of the battle, being the right of the army. This, in my opinion, was the shortest and most direct route to the point at which the right of the army was resting, when the battle began.

    Orders were not received for the division to march to the field
    of battle, until about12 o’clock, A.M. and no time was lost
    during the march
, as we moved with the utmost rapidity.

Page 28

In the history of that battle, written by (Badeau) who was not there and who could not have had personal knowledge of the facts in relation thereto, serious and gross injustice has been done you.

    Very respectfully,

    G.F.  McGinnis,
    Late Brigadier General U.S.A.

[General Fred Knefler’s letter to General Lew Wallace corroborating the statements made by the other members of the staff will be found on page 367—­ED.]

Captain Ware to General Wallace: 

    GENERAL:  I submit the following statement in regard to the
    movement of your division, on Sunday, April 6, 1862, as far as
    came under my observation.

The first intimation I had that an engagement was progressing was about 6 o’clock, A.M.  I heard firing in the direction of the camps at Pittsburg Landing.  Soon after I was ordered by you to proceed to Adamsville, where the Third Brigade, under Colonel Wood was encamped, with orders to have his tents, and baggage train sent immediately to the river, and his command to march back to the Second Brigade, which was then stationed two and a half miles from Crump’s Landing.  I also ordered the First Brigade, under Colonel Morgan L. Smith, to move out to the same point.  The Second Brigade, under Colonel John M. Thayer, was also ordered to be ready to move at a moment’s notice.  I returned to your headquarters and with you proceeded to the above-mentioned point.  At twenty minutes of 12 an order was to you delivered, by Captain Baxter, A.Q.M., directing “you to move your division up and join General Shermans’ right,” on the road leading from Pittsburg Landing to Purdy, that being the extreme right of General Grant’s position.

    Two Regiments of Infantry and one piece of artillery were left
    at the camp of the Second Brigade, to protect the camp equipage
    and baggage.  I am, General, very respectfully,

    Your obedient servant,

    AD WARE, JR., A.D.C.

    To MAJOR GENERAL LEW WALLACE.

General John M. Thayer to General Wallace: 

    UNITED STATES SENATE CHAMBER,

    WASHINGTON.  March 4. 1868.

At the time of the battle of Pittsburg Landing I was in command of the Second Brigade of the division commanded by General Lew Wallace, and, with the Brigade, was in camp two and a half miles out from Crump’s Landing, at a place called Stony Lonesome.  At dawn of the morning of April 6, 1862, I heard cannonading in the direction of Pittsburg Landing.  At an early hour I received orders from General Wallace, through a Staff Officer, to “hold my command in readiness to march at a moment’s notice.”  General Wallace came to my camp, soon afterwards, and informed me that he was awaiting orders from General Grant to move to the battle-field.  I knew he was very impatient to receive such orders.  The Division was kept in readiness to move without delay. 

Page 29

At about half past 11 o’clock an officer rode up to General Wallace with the expected order from General Grant, and, in a few minutes, the command was on the march towards the field of action.  As we advanced the cannonading became more distinct.  As we were moving on I recollect a Staff Officer passing up the column seeking General Wallace.  Very soon we countermarched, with the view, as I understood, of crossing to the river road leading to Pittsburg Landing, and there reaching the right of our army, which we reached about dark.  According to my recollection there was no halting while on the march, except to close up the column.
While waiting in my camp for the order of General Grant to move to the scene of action General Wallace manifested great anxiety to move forward, and did move immediately on receipt of the order.  Very respectfully,

    JOHN M. THAYER,

    Late Brig.  Gen’l and B’v’t Maj Gen’l of Vols.

General Grant to General Wallace: 

    HEADQUARTERS ARMY OF THE UNITED STATES.

    WASHINGTON, D.C., MARCH, 10, 1868.

    MY DEAR GENERAL: 

Enclosed herewith, I return your letters from officers of the Army who served with you at the battle of Shiloh, Tennessee, giving their statement of your action on that occasion.  I can only state that my orders to you were given verbally to a Staff Officer to communicate, and that they were substantially as given by General Badeau in his book.  I always understood that the Staff Officer referred to, Captain Baxter, made a memorandum of the order he received and left it with you.  That memorandum I never saw.
The statements which I now return seem to exonerate you from this great point of blame, your taking the wrong road, or different road from the one directed from Crump’s Landing to Pittsburg Landing.  All your subsequent military career showed you active and ready in the execution of every order you received.  Your promptness in moving from Baltimore to Monocacy, Maryland, in 1864, and meeting the enemy in force far superior to your own, when Washington was threatened, is a case particularly in point, where you could scarcely have hoped for a victory; but you delayed the enemy, and enabled me to get troops from City Point, Virginia, in time to save the city.  That act I regarded as most praiseworthy.  I refer you to my report of 1865, touching your course there.

    In view of the assaults made upon you now, I think it due to
    you, that you should publish what your own Staff and other
    subordinate officers have to say in exoneration of your course.

    Yours Truly,

    U.S.  GRANT, GENERAL. 
    To MAJOR GENERAL L. WALLACE,
    CRAWFORDSVILLE, Indiana.

* * * * *

FITCHBURG IN 1885.

BY ATHERTON P. MASON, M.D.

In the January number of this magazine appeared an excellent and comprehensive historical sketch of Fitchburg.  It is proposed in this article to portray as briefly as possible, and by the aid of engravings, the present condition and resources of our city.

Page 30

Old Rollstone and its opposite neighbor, Pearl Hill, have witnessed the transformation of a rude, inhospitable wilderness into a beautiful and busy city.  We of the present day, proud of our heritage, are striving to improve it by all means within our power.

Fitchburg owes her growth and prosperity pre-eminently to those energetic and plucky men who founded and fostered the great industries which now constitute her life and soul.  Alvah Crocker, Salmon W. Putnam, Eugene T. Miles, and Walter Heywood, have left behind them great and lasting proofs of their toil and perseverance.  Of Rodney Wallace, who is now in the midst of a useful and benevolent life among us, another will speak more fully and fittingly in other pages of this magazine; nor would we neglect to give due credit to the energetic men who are now either carrying on business established by their predecessors, or founding new industries which enhance the resources and good name of Fitchburg.

[Illustration:  UNION PASSENGER DEPOT]

The little river (the north branch of the Nashua) which runs through the township, and which is formed by the confluence of several large brooks in the westerly part of the town, first invited the manufacturer to locate on its banks.  Its water-power is still used, but steam is now the chief motor that propels the machinery, looms and spindles that daily pour forth products which go to the markets, not of this country alone, but of the world.

Perhaps no place of its size can boast of a greater diversity of industries than Fitchburg.  In such an article as this attention must necessarily be confined to the chief among them, and but few words devoted to the description of separate establishments.

[Illustration:  PUTNAM MACHINE COMPANY’S WORKS.]

Machinery takes the first rank among the manufactures of Fitchburg.  The pioneers in this business here were two brothers, Salmon W. and John Putnam, who, in 1838, established the firm of J. & S.W.  Putnam.  In 1858 S.W.  Putnam organized the Putnam Machine Company, which now has a wide and enviable reputation.  Mr. Putnam was President and General Business Manager of the company until his death in 1872.  Two of his surviving sons are now actively engaged in carrying on the business, Charles F. Putnam being President and Manager, and Henry O. Putnam Superintendent of the department in which special machinists’ and railroad tools are made.  There are six other departments devoted to special kinds of manufacture which are superintended by able men.  Mr. Putnam’s two other sons founded, in 1882, the Putnam Tool Company, located on Walnut street, of which Salmon W. Putnam is President, and George E. Putnam Treasurer, and is owned entirely by the Putnams.  This company manufactures machinery, railroad and machine tools.  The present location of the Putnam Machine Company, corner of Main and Putnam streets, comprising over twenty-six acres, was purchased in 1866, and the buildings

Page 31

were immediately erected at a cost of over $200,000.  The works were built from plans designed by the late President, and are arranged with special reference to the variety of machines manufactured, consisting of railroad and machinists’ tools, steam-engines, water-wheels, and shafting.  They comprise machine shops, foundries and forges, and rank with the oldest and largest establishments of the kind in the United States.

The Putnams are descendants of Gen. Israel Putnam of Revolutionary fame.

[Illustration:  RESIDENCE OF MRS. SALMON W. PUTNAM, WALNUT STREET]

The Fitchburg Machine Works occupy a large and convenient brick building on Main street, near its beginning, and manufacture machinists’ tools principally.  Opposite is the handsome brick building occupied by C.H.  Brown and Company, manufacturers of the “Brown” automatic cut-off steam-engines, which have gained a wide reputation.  A little further up on Main street is located the Simonds Manufacturing Company.  This company was organized in 1868 with a capital of $150,000 and manufactures machine knives and the well-known “Simonds” Circular Saw.

On Water street are three machine shops to be noticed.  The Union Machine Company makes paper machinery.  The Rollstone Machine Company, manufactures the “Rollstone” Lathe and other wood-working machinery.  The Fitchburg Steam Engine Company, whose business was established in 1871, manufactures steam-engines and boilers, making a specialty of the “Fitchburg” steam-engine, the great merits of which are everywhere acknowledged.  The company, notwithstanding its comparatively recent organization, has a firm foothold in this country, and abroad also.

D.M.  Dillon manufactures boilers and paper machinery.  A.D.  Waymouth and Company, and C.W.  Wilder manufacture respectively the Waymouth wood-turning lathe and Wilder’s patent lathe.

In 1866 Charles Burleigh of Fitchburg invented the Burleigh rock drill, and the next year the Burleigh Rock Drill Company was organized with a capital of $150,000, to make and sell this machine and the Burleigh Patent air-compressor.  These drills have completely revolutionized the business of rock-tunneling.  They were first used in the Hoosac Tunnel and, proved highly successful.  Since then they have been employed at Hell Gate, in the Sutro Tunnel, and at various points in Europe.

[Illustration:  STILES BLOCK, MAIN STREET.]

The Rollstone Iron Foundry, the Fitchburg Iron Foundry, and M.J.  Perault, manufacture castings of all kinds.  W.A.  Hardy operates a brass Foundry on Water street.  There is no space to indulge further in details regarding machinery.  In addition to the above are numerous individuals and firms here engaged in the manufacture of mowing machines and agricultural implements, boiler makers’ tools, electric machinery and apparatus, files, grist and flouring-mill machinery, hay, straw, and machine, knives, wood-working machinery, machinists’ tools, water motors, watch tools, paper machinery and the like.

Page 32

The paper manufacturing interest in Fitchburg is valuable and extensive.  The credit of successfully establishing this industry here belongs to Alvah Crocker, who, in 1826, built a paper mill of his own.  Paper had, however, been made here to some extent previous to that time.  In 1850 the firm of Crocker, Burbank and Company was formed, of which Mr. Crocker was the head until his death in 1874.  The present members of the firm are C.T.  Crocker, S.E.  Crocker, G.F.  Fay, G. H. Crocker and Alvah Crocker.  The firm now operates five large paper mills in West Fitchburg.  A sixth, the Snow Mill, was recently destroyed by fire.  About 32,000 pounds of news, book and card paper are produced by these mills every twenty-four hours.

In 1865 the Fitchburg Paper Company was organized.  Rodney Wallace, having purchased the interests of the other three original members of the company, is now the sole proprietor.  He operates two large and well-equipped mills in West Fitchburg, which produce from 15,000 to 18,000 pounds of card and hanging paper every twenty-four hours.

[Illustration:  CROCKER BLOCK.]

In 1864 George W. Wheelwright and Sons built a paper mill, and in 1880 the G.W.  Wheelwright Paper Company was incorporated with a capital of $100,000.  The mill is located on Fourth street and produces about 7,000 pounds of news paper per twenty-four hours.

In 1884 a number of capitalists purchased the building long known as Richardson’s scythe shop, situated on Scythe-shop road, South Fitchburg, and converted it into a paper-mill.  It is now operated by the National Paper Company and produces manilla and hanging paper.

The chair business is represented in Fitchburg by an establishment which is one of the largest and best arranged in the world.  Walter Heywood really founded this industry here in 1844, though chairs were made in Fitchburg on a small scale some years previously.  The Walter Heywood Chair Company was organized in 1851 and incorporated in 1869 with a capital of $240,000.  In July, 1870, the company’s buildings on Water street were completely destroyed by fire, and a lot on River street, comprising nine acres, was immediately purchased for the erection of new works.  These buildings, each three hundred feet long, fifty feet wide and two stories high, besides store houses, offices and sheds, were soon ready for occupation.  A private track connects the works with the Fitchburg Railroad.  The Company has a very large trade, both foreign and domestic, and employs three hundred men.  The chair stock is prepared at the company’s mills in Barton, Vermont.

[Illustration:  FACTORY OF THE FITCHBURG WOOLEN MILL COMPANY.]

The manufacture of cotton and woolen goods is extensively carried on in Fitchburg.  The Fitchburg Cotton Mill is a fine brick building at the upper end of Main street; carpet warps, batting and twine are here manufactured.  The Fitchburg Duck Mills in South Fitchburg produce cotton duck.  The Parkhill Manufacturing Company (John Parkhill, President, and Arthur H. Lowe, Treasurer), occupies what was formerly Davis’ chair shop, situated on Circle street, and manufactures gingham.  The building has been greatly enlarged and additional buildings have been erected since the company was organized a few years ago.  Excellent goods are manufactured and find a ready market.

Page 33

The factory of the Fitchburg Woolen Mill Company, in Factory square, has been long established and its products are well known.  The company was organized in 1843, but the factory itself has been in existence much longer, being one of the oldest brick buildings in town.  It was originally used as a cotton mill, but in 1822 it was made into a woolen factory.  Since that date it has been enlarged several times.  William H. Vose, recently deceased, was Treasurer and Manager of this mill for about forty years.  Only a few months ago Mr. Vose wrote a concise history of the factory since 1822, which is interesting and valuable.  James Phillips, Jr., is a prominent woolen manufacturer and operates the three following concerns:  a large woolen manufactory in West Fitchburg, producing suitings, etc.; the Star Worsted Company, and the Fitchburg Worsted Company, producing yarn and worsted.  Mr. Phillips has met with marked success, and his goods take high rank in the best markets.  There is a woolen mill in Rockville, a village in the westerly part of Fitchburg, operated by James McTaggart, Jr.

[Illustration:  RESIDENCE OF MRS. WM.H.  VOSE, PROSPECT STREET.]

The firm of E.M.  Dickinson & Company is the only one in the city engaged in the manufacture of shoes.  This firm occupies a handsome brick factory, recently erected on Main street, next to the Simonds Manufacturing Company, and has a large trade both in New England and the West.  In connection with E.M.  Dickinson & Company, and located in the same building, is the Sole Leather Tip Company.  The Fitchburg Furniture Company has a large manufactory on Newton Place.  A number of concerns carry on an extensive lumber business and operate establishments where doors, sashes, blinds, and ornamental wood-work are made.  J. Gushing & Company and Washburn & Woodward operate large grain elevators and flour mills.  The first named firm occupies the “Stone Mill,” one of the old land-marks of Fitchburg.  In addition to the above there are numerous individuals and firms engaged in the manufacture of confectionery, crackers, tin-ware, toys, soap, wood pulp, carriages, harnesses, marble and granite monuments, bricks, beer, cigars and matches.  In fine there are over one hundred concerns here engaged in manufacturing on a large scale, and considerably over one hundred establishments where occupations akin to manufacturing are carried on.

But Fitchburg is beautiful as well as busy.  Handsome churches, business blocks, public buildings and private residences greet the eyes of strangers in our streets.

[Illustration:  RESIDENCE OF CHARLES T. CROCKER.]

There are eleven churches in town.  The First Parish (Unitarian) Church is the oldest.  The present edifice is a plain and substantial brick structure at the head of the upper common, and was built in 1837.  In 1883 the interior was entirely remodeled and stained windows put in, thus making a handsome auditorium.  Rev. W.H.  Pierson is pastor of this society.

Page 34

The First Methodist Church is on Main street, opposite the lower end of the upper common, and was built in 1840.  Rev. W.J.  Pomfret is pastor.

The First Universalist Church stands on the corner of Main and Rollstone streets, and was built in 1847.  Rev. F.O.  Hall is pastor.  This society proposes to erect a new church, further down town, before long.

On the opposite corner is the Calvinistic Congregational Church, built in 1844.  Rev. S.L.  Blake, D.D., is pastor.  In connection with this Church is a handsome and commodious chapel.

Further down Main street, opposite the Post-office, is the First Baptist Church, a large and imposing structure, built in 1854.  Rev. I.R.  Wheelock is pastor.

A little further down, and on the opposite side of the street, is Christ Church (Episcopal).  This is built of granite and has a very attractive appearance both within and without.  The society has no settled rector at present.

Towards the lower end of Main street is situated the Rollstone Congregational Church, a fine brick and stone structure, built in 1869.  In connection with it is a handsome chapel, the gift of the late Deacon David Boutelle and named after the donor.  The Second Advent Chapel is on the corner of North and Cherry streets; no pastor is at present settled.

[Illustration:  MILLS OF THE FITCHBURG PAPER COMPANY.]

[Illustration:  THE WALLACE LIBRARY AND ART BUILDING.]

The St. Bernard’s Church (Catholic) is a costly and handsome brick and stone edifice on Water street.  Rev. P.J.  Garrigan is pastor, and Rev. D.F.  Feehan is assistant pastor.  In 1878 a fine Catholic Chapel (Church of the Sacred Heart) was built in West Fitchburg, and is now under the charge of Rev. J.T.  Donohoe.  There is also a very pretty Methodist Church in West Fitchburg, of which Rev. W. Wignall is pastor.

[Illustration:  WHITNEY’S OPERA HOUSE BLOCK.]

The Fitchburg Savings Bank block, on Main street, up town, is the largest and finest in the city.  It was erected in 1871, and is of brick with a handsome and costly front of fine, white-grained granite.  The ground floor is divided into four stores, which are as commodious and well-appointed as any in Worcester County.  On the second floor are the banking-rooms of the Fitchburg National and Fitchburg Savings Banks, the office of the Fitchburg Mutual Fire Insurance Company, and several law offices.  The two stories above are mainly occupied by the Free Masons, whose rooms are among the finest in the State.

[Illustration:  THE “SNOW MILL,” RECENTLY BURNED.]

The Safety Fund National Bank has rooms in Crocker Block, a handsome brick and stone structure further down on Main street.  The Windsor Club (social) has attractive rooms in this block.

[Illustration:  RESIDENCE OF MRS. EUGENE T. MILES, BLOSSOM STREET.]

The Rollstone National Bank has rooms in the Rollstone Bank block, a large and fine brick and sandstone structure, on the south side of Main street, down town.  The rooms of the Worcester North Savings Institution are also in this block, and the Odd Fellows and E.V.  Sumner Encampment, Post 19, Grand Army of the Republic, have commodious apartments in the upper portion.  The Wachusett National Bank has a brick banking house on the corner of Main and Day streets.

Page 35

[Illustration:  E.M.  DICKINSON & CO.’S SHOE MANUFACTORY]

Whitney’s Opera House block contains the only theatre in town.  The stage is of good size and well-appointed and the auditorium neat and attractive.  Good companies appear here throughout the season, and are well patronized by citizens of Fitchburg and neighboring towns.  Other blocks worthy of mention are Belding & Dickinson’s, Coggshall & Carpenter’s, Hatch’s, Wixon’s (not yet completed), and Stiles’—­all on Main street, and Union and Goodrich on Day street.

There are eight hotels in the city, the Fitchburg Hotel and the American House being the two largest.

The City Hall, on Main street, nearly opposite the Savings Bank block, is a large brick building.  The entire upper story is devoted to a large hall, called the City Hall.  It is the largest in the city.  There are about a dozen other halls of various sizes in different parts of the city.  On the first floor of the City Hall are the various city offices, rooms of the Mayor, Aldermen and Common Council.  The entire rear portion is occupied by the Public Library, containing over sixteen thousand volumes, which will soon be removed to the new and elegant “Wallace Library and Art Building,” now in process of completion.  Mr. Wallace’s generous gift to the city is fully described in another article.

[Illustration:  THE L.J.  BROWN BLOCK, MAIN STREET.]

[Illustration:  FITCHBURG SAVINGS BANK BUILDING.]

The Post-Office occupies the lower floor of a neat and substantial brick edifice opposite the Baptist Church.  The letter-carrier system was begun here November 1, 1884.  In the upper portion of this building are rooms occupied by the Fitchburg Board of Trade and the Park Club (social).  Just below the Post-Office is Monument Square, in the centre of which is a handsome soldiers’ monument, designed by Martin Milmore, and costing about $25,000.  It was dedicated June 26, 1874.  Four brass cannon, procured through Alvah Crocker while a Member of Congress, stand in the enclosure.  In the rear of the square is the Court House, a stone building of noble proportions, built in 1871.

Fitchburg is located on the Hoosac Tunnel route, and hence has extensive railroad facilities.  The Fitchburg Railroad runs eleven passenger trains to Boston every week, day and five to Greenfield and North Adams.  The Northern Division of the Old Colony Railroad terminates here and furnishes four trains daily to Boston, and also to the principal cities of southern Massachusetts.  The Fitchburg and Worcester Division affords ample means of communication with our sister city.  The Cheshire Railroad furnishes four trains daily to points in New Hampshire and Vermont.  A route for the proposed Fitchburg and Manchester Railroad was surveyed last summer.  The Union Passenger Depot, used by all these roads in common, is a commodious building and an ornament to the city.  Not far from the depot is the “L.J.  Brown” store, a large and handsome building with a brown stone front, which is certainly worthy of mention, both as a sample of the business blocks in town, and as a memorial of the late L.J.  Brown.

Page 36

Fitchburg is well provided with school houses.  The High School on High street is a large and convenient building, and was erected in 1869.  Mr. R.G.  Huling has been the Principal since 1875.  There are three large Grammar school buildings in the city proper, and one in West Fitchburg, besides a dozen or more buildings occupied by lower grades in various localities in town.

[Illustration:  THE “STONE MILL.”]

There are two newspapers published here.  The Fitchburg Sentinel occupies the entire upper portion of one of the oldest brick buildings in town.  The structure has been raised and enlarged since it was first built.  The first number of the Sentinel appeared December 30, 1838, and on May 6, 1873, the Daily Sentinel began its existence.  Both are still published and enjoy a large and increasing circulation.  The Fitchburg Tribune is issued weekly.  This paper has been established only a few years, but under the present proprietor is acquiring a goodly circulation.

[Illustration:  FITCHBURG SENTINEL OFFICE.]

Our city is fortunate in possessing an abundant supply of excellent water derived from Scott, Shattuck and Falulah Brooks.  Three reservoirs, Overlook, Scott and Marshall, were constructed at the time the water-works were first put in operation, a dozen years ago.  These are located on the high land north-west of the city.  In 1883 a fourth reservoir was constructed and named Falulah from the brook by which it is supplied.  Overlook is the largest and most elevated, being four hundred feet above the railroad tracks.  More than eighteen miles of service pipe are now in use, and there are over two hundred fire hydrants at various points.  The city is equipped with a fire alarm telegraph, having thirty-one signal boxes, and maintains an efficient and well managed Fire Department.  It is thus easy to understand why Fitchburg seldom has a fire that amounts to much.

The Wachusett Electric Light Company began to light the principal streets in the city proper in 1883, and still continues to furnish agreeable illumination.

The Fitchburg Gas Company, organized in 1852, has works a little below the Union Depot and is in prosperous condition.

[Illustration:  THE “HANNA MILL.”]

The Fitchburg Divison of the New England Telephone and Telegraph Company comprises this city, Leominster, Lunenburg and Westminster.  There are nearly four hundred subscribers.

The Fitchburg Roller Skating Rink is an institution very attractive to the public and well patronized.  There is also a skating rink in West Fitchburg.

The Massachusetts Mutual Aid Society, an organization for life insurance, was incorporated in 1875, and its members now number several thousands.

The Fitchburg Co-operative Savings Fund and Loan Association was incorporated in 1877.  Monthly payments are made by share holders and money loaned on real-estate.

Page 37

The Worcester North Agricultural Society was incorporated in 1852, and has extensive fair grounds and a trotting park in the easterly part of the township.

The city owns two cemeteries.  Laurel Hill Cemetery is large and has been in use for at least seventy-five years.  It occupies a hill overhanging the river, and is truly a city of the dead overlooking the city of the living.  Forest Hill Cemetery is on the Mount Elam road, two miles south of the city, and is of more recent origin.  St. Bernard’s Cemetery, in the easterly part of the town, is owned by the Roman Catholics.

Fitchburg hospitality is well known, and Masonic or other organizations are always sure of royal entertainment and a grand good time when they visit their Fitchburg brethren.

Art, literature and music have always been cultivated here.  Though there is no organized art club in town, there are not a few artists here of merit whose skill with crayon and brush is fully appreciated.

[Illustration:  LAUREL HILL.  RESIDENCE OF CHARLES MASON, ROLLSTONE STREET.]

The Fitchburg Literary Club was organized some fifteen years ago.  Its membership has been large and its meetings interesting.  Mr. R.G.  Huling is now the President of the club.  Several writers of prose and verse reside in town.

In proof of musical talent we refer with just pride to the Fitchburg Military Band, G.A.  Patz, Director.  The band, under the faithful and skillful management of the late Warren S. Russell, attained almost the highest rank among the musical organizations of New England.  Mr. Russell was a most estimable man, of rare musical ability, and his death in March, 1884, was a sad blow to the members of the band, and to the citizens of Fitchburg as well.  At his funeral, March 18, 1884, the floral tributes from many musical organizations in New England, the presence of Mr. D.W.  Reeves, always a warm friend of Mr. Russell, with the American Band of Providence, Rhode Island, whose members voluntarily tendered their services for the occasion gratuitously; the great concourse of citizens and the general suspension of business throughout the city, showed better than any words the estimation in which he was held.  In April, 1884, Mr. Patz became the leader of the band.  That he is eminently qualified for the position is shown by the fact that the band still maintains its high rank and bids fair to surpass in the future the successes of the past.  In the upper common is a very handsome band-stand, erected by means of the generosity of certain citizens, and down town in Railroad Park is another, not quite as ornamental.  The band gives a concert at each place nearly every week during warm weather, and large audiences appreciate the music.  Nor are we lacking in vocal talent.  Several of our residents, some of whom have perfected themselves abroad, have acquired, or are acquiring, reputation as singers.

[Illustration:  RESIDENCE OF HENRY A. GOODRICH, HIGHLAND AVENUE.]

Page 38

There are many handsome residences and fine estates in and around the city, a few of which are represented in this sketch.  It is to be regretted that the residence of Mr. George F. Fay, of Crocker, Burbank & Co., cannot be shown.  It is in process of completion, and when finished will be the finest in the city.

Fitchburg is situated in a pleasant valley, extending nearly east and west, through the southern portion of which runs the little river.  Main street is just north of this stream, and, in a measure, parallel to it.  This is the principal business street in the city and from either side of it branch off streets most of which eventually climb up a hillside.  The city tends to increase along the course of the valley mainly, though now the surrounding slopes are fast becoming covered with dwellings.  The streets (with the exception of Main) are unpaved, but are carefully looked after by the city and always kept in good condition.  Good sidewalks, plenty of shade trees, and the general appearance of thrift and neatness on the part of citizens, make a stroll through the streets of Fitchburg very agreeable.  Such, at least, is the opinion of the writer who, as a native of the place, may be allowed to express pardonable pride in the general appearance of prosperity, neatness and intelligence in the community.

[Illustration:  THE “LYON AND WHITNEY” MILL.]

This sketch would be incomplete without some slight allusion to the surrounding country.  The most marked topographical feature in this region is Rollstone Hill, a rounded eminence, composed entirely of granite.  It is just southwest of the city.  Its top is bare rock, but the sides are covered with a thin layer of soil, which furnishes support for quite a forest.  Several quarries are worked during warm weather, and an immense amount of granite has been taken out without any apparent diminution in the size of the hill.  It may be of interest to state that the Fitchburg Railroad depot, in Boston, is built of granite taken from this hill; and there are several other large stone structures in the Hub built of the same material.  On the very summit of Rollstone is perched “the Boulder,” a round mass of rock, forty-five feet in circumference, and weighing at least one hundred tons.  The rock of which it is composed is totally unlike any rock formation within a radius of thirty miles or more, and it is probable that this boulder was brought to its present position by ice.  The view from the top of this hill is well worth the slight trouble taken in ascending it.  At the feet of the observer lies the city, forming almost a semi-circle.  Wooded hills arise on all sides.  Wachusett, twelve miles distant, rears its imposing pile in the south, while Big Watatic overtops its brethren in the northwest.  Almost opposite Rollstone is Pearl Hill, which is also well worth a visit.

[Illustration:  THE “BRICK” MILL.]

There are many pleasant drives around Fitchburg, which are thoroughly appreciated by the citizens.  But we must not dwell longer upon Fitchburg or its environs.  Let those who are strangers to our city come and see for themselves.  They will be welcome.

Page 39

The writer is aware that much has been omitted in this sketch which ought to have been spoken of; but in a magazine article, intended simply to give a general idea of the place, such must of necessity be the case.  Much space might, for instance, be most justly devoted to the business men and merchants of Fitchburg, who, by hard work and fair dealing, have acquired honorable names in the community.  It would be quite possible to fill several more pages with such matters, but it is probable that the readers of the “BAY STATE” will coincide with the opinion that it is about time to stop.

[Illustration:  Fitchburg seal]

* * * * *

THE PAST AND FUTURE OF GOLD.

BY DAVID M. BALFOUR.

Gold, from the earliest times to the present day, has been regarded as one of the most precious of metals.  Next to osmium, iodium, and platinum, it is the heaviest of metals, being nineteen times heavier than water.  Next to iron it is the most extensively diffused metal upon our planet.  It occurs in granite, the oldest rock known to us, and in all the rocks derived from it.  It is, however, much more common in alluvial grounds than among primitive and pyrogenous rocks.  Nine-tenths of the gold which has been produced has been obtained from alluvial beds.  Gold mines are generally situated at the extreme limits of civilization.  Herodotus notes the fact and he is confirmed by Humbolt.  It is first mentioned in Genesis ii:  11.  It was found in the country of Havilah, where the rivers Euphrates and Tigris unite and discharge their waters into the Persian Gulf.  Gold is never found in mass, in veins, or lodes; it is interspersed, in threads or flakes, throughout quartz or other rocks.  It is the only metal of a yellow color; it is easily chrystallizable, and always assumes one or more of the symmetrical shapes,—­such as the cube or octahedron.  It affords a resplendent polish, and may be exposed, for any length of time, to the atmosphere without suffering change, and is remarkable for its beauty.  Its malleability is such that a cubic inch will cover a surface of eighteen hundred square feet; and its ductility is such that a cube of four inches could be drawn into a wire which would extend around the earth.

Gold in its relative value to silver has varied greatly at different periods.

In the days of the patriarch Abraham, it was one to eight; B.C. 1000, it was one to twelve; B.C. 500, it was one to thirteen; at the commencement of the Christian era, it was one to nine; A.D. 500, it was one to eighteen; in 1100, it was one to eight; in 1400, it was one to eleven; in 1545, it was one to six; in 1551 it was one to two; in 1600, it was one to ten; in 1627, it was one to thirteen; in 1700, it was one to fifteen and one-half; it held the latter ratio, with but slight variation, until 1872, when it began to rise, and in 1876 it rose to one to twenty; it soon afterwards gradually declined, and now stands

Page 40

one to nineteen and one-half.  The supply of silver beyond a legitimate demand for financial purposes, the decrease of the export of silver to the East, and the demonetization of silver by the principal countries of Europe, have induced a tendency in the ratio of the two metals to again advance.  Gold was extremely abundant in ancient times.  It was plenteously furnished by the rivers of Asia.  The sands of Pactolus, the golden fleece conquered by the Argonauts, the gold of Ophir, the fable of King Midas, all tend to show the eastern origin of gold.  It was abundant in Cabul and Little Thibet.  It abounded in the empire of the Pharaohs, as is attested by the traces of mining operations, now exhausted, and by the multitude of objects of gold contained in their tombs.  Dennis ("History of the Cities and Cemeteries of Etruria,” vol.  II, p. 50) states that “gold ornaments, whose beauty and richness are amazing, abound in the tombs of the Etruscans, who were undoubtedly one of the most remarkable nations of antiquity, and the great civilizers of Italy.  In a single tomb in Cerveti, fragments of breastplates, earrings, and brooches, sufficient to fill more than one basket, were found crushed beneath a mass of fallen masonry.  A gold chain, with a number of pendant scaraboei, was found in a tomb in Vulci, transcending anything before seen by him.  Bieda, Chiusi, Canosa, Casuccini, Perugia, and Veii belong in the same category.”  Schlieman ("Ilios” p. 253, et. seq.) states that they had an abundance of gold, bordering, as they did, on Phrygia, and nearly touching the valley of the Pactolus, so famous for its auriferous sands.  It was very pure and therefore easily worked.  In a tomb a single vase was found containing eighty-seven hundred small objects of gold.  Ornaments of gold are very abundant in the tombs of Mycenae.  In remote antiquity the bulk of gold was brought by the Phenicians from Arabia, which had twenty-two gold mines.  It was the ancient El Dorado, and proverbial for its wealth of gold in all antiquity, down to the Middle Ages.  “Arabia sends us gold,” said Thomas A. Becket.  Sacred ornaments of gold abound in churches, temples, pagodas, and tombs, throughout the Eastern hemisphere.  The Homeric poems call Mycenae a city rich in gold.  Gold abounded in the Levant, and it was obtained in considerable quantity in the island of Siphnos, and also from Pangaeus.  It was found in abundance in Turdeltania in Spain; it was brought down by the rivers Tagus and Duoro; and it was plenty in Dacia, Transylvania, and the Asturias.  Caligula caused his guests to be helped with gold (which they carried away), instead of bread and meat.  The dresses of Nero were stiff with embroidery and gold; he fished with hooks of gold, and his attendants wore necklaces, and bracelets of gold.  The Egyptians obtained large quantities of gold from the upper Nile, and from Ethiopia.  Among them it was estimated by weight, usually in the form of bulls or oxen.  In the centre of the continent, upon which so much

Page 41

light has been recently thrown by Livingston, Stanley, and others, rocks are to be met with quartz veins containing gold, and thus auriferous alluvium has been formed.  Western Africa was the first field which supplied gold to mediaeval Europe.  Its whole seaboard from Morocco to the equator produces more or less gold.  This small section of the continent poured a flood of gold into Europe, and until the mineral discoveries of California and Australia, it continued to be the principal supply to the civilized world.  In eastern Akim gold is said to be as plentiful as potatoes in Ireland.  The Fanti gold mines are far more valuable than Ashanti, and the Wassaw and the Nquampossoo have gold nuggets in profusion.  The King of Gyaman became immensely rich by the product of his gold mines; his bed had steps of gold.  The French claim that they imported gold from Elmina in 1382.  The Portuguese discovered gold in 1442, upon the borders of Rio de Ouro.  Mungo Park, in 1797, drew attention to the existence of gold in the provinces of Shronda, Kinkodi, Dindiko, Bambuk, and Barabarra.  Caille, in 1827, reported an abundance of gold in the valley of the Niger.  The gold mines of Boure were first visited by Winwood Reade in 1872.  The inhabitants of Western Africa have worked their gold fields for centuries to very little purpose.  Their want of pumps, of quartz-crushing machinery, and of scientific appliances, has limited their labors to scratching the top soil and nibbling at the reef-walls.  A large proportion of the country is virtually virgin ground; and a rich harvest has been left for Occidental science, energy, and enterprise.  It is fast becoming evident that Africa will one day equal half a dozen Californias.  The annual product of gold in Africa has declined from $17,000,000 in 1471 to $3,000,000 in 1816.  Since the latter date it has gradually declined to $2,000,000.  The gold product since 1471 has amounted to $3,500,000,000.

Gold, after the discovery of America, was produced in large quantities, principally in the Antilles, and chiefly in Hispaniola, and the western coast of the Gulf of Mexico.  America is pre-eminently the land of metals.  Gold is found in greater or less abundance throughout its Pacific coast from Alaska to Patagonia.  The New World furnishes nearly two-thirds of the precious metals annually produced.  The export of gold from the United States since 1848 has amounted to $1,548,564,852.  The gold mines of Peru were revealed to Europe by Pizarro in 1513.  The gold mines of South America extend throughout its entire territory.  Its richest mines are about Huylas and Turma, Most of the rivers of the Andes bring down auriferous sands.  Before the arrival of the Spaniards the Indians had gathered from the river sands large quantities of gold in Peru, Chili, and along the whole western coast of South America.  Brazil has yielded, from 1513 to the present time, $876,000,000 of gold.  The annual product of gold, in South America, at the present time is $8,000,000. 

Page 42

The total product, from 1513 to the present time, has amounted to $2,176,000,000.  The gold mines of North America extend from Costa Rica to Alaska, between the parallels 8 deg. and 71 deg. of North latitude, and the parallels of 82 deg. and 168 deg. of West longitude, comprised between the Caribbean sea and the Arctic ocean, and the Rocky mountains and the Pacific ocean.  The Mexican gold mines were discovered by Cortez in 1526.  Their annual product has decreased from $3,000,000 in former times to $1,000,000 at the present time.  Their total product to the present time has amounted to $652,000,000.  Gold was discovered in California by William Marshall, on the ninth day of February, 1848, at Suter’s mill on the American fork of the Sacramento river, and the mines extend from 34 deg. to 40 deg. of North latitude.  Their annual product has decreased from $81,000,000 in 1853 to $14,000,000 at the present time.  The annual product of the gold mines of Colorado, Dakota, Nevada, Montana, Idaho, Arizona, Oregon, and other parts of the United States, at the present time, is estimated to be $16,000,000.  Their total product has amounted to $200,000,000.  The annual product of the gold mines of British Columbia is estimated to be $2,000,000.  Their total product has amounted to $52,000,000.  In estimating the gold product of California Messrs. Hussey, Bond and Hale, of San Francisco, (Hunt’s Mer.  Mag., vol.  XXVII, p. 43) state,—­“that there should be added to the amount exhibited upon steamers’ manifests fifteen to sixty per cent, for the amount carried in the valises and pockets of returning passengers, overland to Mexico, exported to Chili, and retained in California for purposes of currency.”  Fenton (Tasmania, p. 430) states,—­“that the product of gold, $850,000, in Tasmania, in 1883, does not include the value of gold which left the colony by private hands, when it is considered that the alluvial auriferous deposits are worked by men who are constantly on the move and who sometimes take with them, to the other colonies, the product of their washings, without leaving behind them any record of the weight or value of the gold thus removed.”  This rule should be applied to Australia, Russia, New Zealand, and all countries which are producers of the precious metals.  The annual product of the gold mines of North America is $32,000,000.  Their total product from 1513 to the present time is estimated to be $2,764,000,000, of which $2,164,000,000 have been obtained since 1848.  The annual product of gold in America is $40,000,000,—­more than one-third of the entire annual product of the world.  The total gold product of America, since the hills of Hispaniola were revealed to the eyes of Columbus, has amounted to $4,940,000,000—­one-third of the product of the world since the earliest times.

Page 43

Gold was discovered in Russia in 1743, near Nertschinsk, alluvial deposits having been observed in that year in the Ural mountains.  The mines extend over that parallelogram of the earth’s surface, comprised between the parallels of 50 deg. and 60 deg. of north latitude, between the Volga and Amoor rivers.  They were not generally explored until 1810.  In 1816 their product was but $80,000; at the close of 1823 there was a large development.  In 1830 the annual product was $4,000,000.  About that time the deposits of Siberia were discovered, and at the close of 1840 they yielded a greater production than those of the Ural.  In 1843 the total annual product of both regions was $18,000,000.  In 1853 it attained to $36,000,000, but since that date it has gradually declined to $22,000,000.  The total product of the Russian goldmines has amounted to $805,000,000.  The annual product of gold in Europe is $24,000,000.  The total product of gold in Europe, from the earliest times to the present day, has amounted to $4,145,000,000.

Gold was discovered in Australia by Edward Hammand Hargreaves, on the twelfth day of February, 1851, in the Bathurst and Wellington districts, and the mines extend from 18 deg. to 38 deg. of South latitude.  Their annual product has decreased from $75,000,000 in 1853 to $26,000,000 at the present time.  Their total product has amounted to $1,453,000,000.  The finest gold was obtained at Ballarat, and the largest nugget was dug up at Donolly, and weighed 2,448 ounces, valued at $46,000.  The New Zealand gold mines were discovered by Messrs. Hartly and Reilly, on the twentieth of August, 1861, in the Otago district, on the Molineux river, on the 45 deg. of South latitude.  Their annual product has decreased from $10,000,000 in 1863 to $4,000,000 at the present time.  Their total product has amounted to $176,000,000.  The annual product of gold in Asia (including Australia, New Zealand and Oceanica) is $32.000,000.  The total product of gold in Asia, from the earliest times to the present day, has amounted $2,065,000,000.

Gold was considered bullion in Palestine for a long time after silver was current as money.  The first mention of gold as money, in the Bible, is in David’s reign (B.C. 1056) when that king purchased the threshing-floor of Oman for six hundred shekels of gold by weight ($4,500.) The Lydians were the first people who coined money.  The word “money” is derived from the temple of Jupiter Moneta, where the Roman mint was established.  Croesus (B.C. 560) coined the golden stater, which contained one hundred and thirty-three grains of pure metal.  Darius, son of Hystaspes, (B.C. 538) coined the daric, which contained one hundred and twenty-one grains of pure metal; it was preferred for its fineness, for several ages, throughout the East.  It is supposed to be mentioned in the Old Testament under the name of dram.  Very few specimens have come down to us.  Their scarcity may be accounted for

Page 44

by the fact that they were melted down under the type of Alexander.  Next were some coins of the tyrants of Sicily; of Gelo (B.C. 491), of Helo (B.C. 478), and of Dionysius (B.C. 404).  Specimens of the former two are still preserved in modern cabinets.  Gold coin was by no means plenty in Greece, until Philip of Macedon put the mines of Thrace into full operation, about B.C. 300.  There are only about a dozen Greek coins in existence, three of which are in the British Museum; and of the latter, two are staters, of the weight of one hundred and twenty-nine grains each.  About B.C. 207, a gold coin was struck off at Rome called “aureus,” four specimens of which are in the institution before alluded to.  Its weight was one hundred and twenty-four grains.

Gold coins were issued in France by Clovis, A.D. 489.  About the same time, they were issued in Spain by Amalric, the Gothic king; in both countries they were called “trientes.”  The “mouton,” worth about nine dollars, was issued in 1156.  Gold coins were first issued in England in 1257, in the shape of a “penny,” of the value of twenty pence; only two specimens have come down to us. “Florins” were next issued in 1334, of the value of six shillings.  The “noble” followed next of the value of six shillings and eight pence; being stamped with a rose, it was called the “rose noble.” “Angels” appeared in 1465, of the same value as the latter.  The “royal” followed next in 1466, of the value of ten shillings.  Then come for the first time the “sovereign,” in 1489, of the value of twenty shillings.  The “crown” followed in 1527, of the value of ten shillings. “Units” and “lions,” were issued in 1603; the “laurel” 1633, and “exurgats,” in 1642; all of the value of twenty shillings.  The “guinea,” of the value of twenty-one shillings, was issued in 1663, of Guinea gold.  In 1773 all gold coins, except the guinea, were called in and forbidden to be circulated.  The present sovereign was issued in 1817.  The United States “half eagle” was issued in 1793.

Gold, to the amount of $2,171,000,000, was obtained from the surface and mines of the earth from the earliest times to the commencement of the Christian era; from the date of the latter event, to the discovery of America, $3,842,374,000 was obtained; from the date of the latter event to the close of 1847 an addition of $3,056,000,000 was obtained; the triple discovery of the California mines in 1848, the Australian in 1851, and the New Zealand in 1861, has added, to the close of 1884, $5,558,626,000; making a grand total of $14,628,000,000, of which $5,818,626,000 has been obtained since 1843.  The average loss by abrasion of coin is estimated by Professor Bowen at one-twentieth of one per cent. per annum, and the loss by consumption in the arts, and by fire and shipwreck, at $4,000,000 per annum.  A cubic inch of gold is worth, at 3L 17s. 10 1-2d., or $18.96 per ounce., $193; a cubic foot, $333,504; and a cubic yard, $9,004,608.

Page 45

Gold to the amount of $1,081,000,000, is estimated to have been in existence at the commencement of the Christian era.  At the period of the discovery of America it had diminished to $135,000,000; after that event, it gradually increased, and in 1600 it attained to $154,000,000, in 1700 it reached $398,000,000, in 1800 it amounted to $1,156,000,000, in 1853 it attained to $3,332,000,000, and at the present time the amount of gold in existence is estimated to be $8,166,000,000; which, if melted into one mass, could be contained in the basement of Bunker Hill Monument, which is a cube of thirty feet.  Of the amount of gold in existence $6,000,000,000 is estimated to be in coin and bullion, $1,000,000,000 in watches, and the remainder in plate, jewelry, and ornaments.  Of the amount of gold in existence $2,374,000,000 is estimated to have been obtained from North America, $1,739,000,000 from South America; $1,858,000,000 from Asia (including Australia, New Zealand, and Oceanica), $945,000,000 from Europe, and $1,250,000,000 from Africa.  The amount of the precious metals now in existence is estimated to be $13,670,000,000.

Gold, as compared with former periods, in regard to its annual product, has attained, within the last forty-two years, to enormous proportions.  At the date of the discovery of America it was but $100,000; after the occurrence of that event it gradually increased, and in 1800 it was $17,000,000, and in 1853 it reached its acme, when it was $236,000,000; it soon afterwards gradually decreased, and now it is but $98,000,000.

Gold has changed places with silver as regards coinage.  Since 1726 the gold coinage of the French mint has amounted to 11,400,000,000 francs, of which 8,200,000,000 francs have been issued since 1850.  Since 1603 the gold coinage of the British mint has amounted to L409,000,000, of which L253,000,000 have been issued since 1850.  Since 1792 the gold coinage of the United States mint has amounted to $1,357,000,000, of which $1,257,000,000 have been issued since 1850.  Since 1664 the gold coinage of the Russian mint has amounted to 900,000,000 roubles, of which 630,000,000 have been issued since 1850.  The twenty-five-franc piece of France contains 112 grains of pure metal; the sovereign of England, 113 grains; the new doubloon of Spain, and the half-eagle of the United States, 116 grains each; and the gold lion of the Netherlands, and double-ounce of Sicily, 117 grains each.  It was proposed, a few years since, to adopt a uniform system of coinage throughout the world, so that the coins of one nation may circulate in any other without the expense of re-coinage, “a consummation devoutly to be wished.”  The gold coinage of the principal countries of the world has increased from $77,000,000 in 1848 to $300,000,000 in 1854; in 1876 it declined to $250,000,000, since which it has continued to decrease, and is now but $90,000,000.  The gold coinage of the United States mint, since 1849, has amounted to $1,281,420,038.  In proportion as the wealth of a country increases it requires a currency of higher value.  Gold, owing to its greater supply, and more convenient portability, is steadily gaining in the channels of commercial exchange upon silver.

Page 46

Gold, in view of the large amount which has been thrown into the monetary circulation of the world since 1843, and the little influence it has exercised upon the money market and prices generally, has falsified the predictions of financial writers, a generation ago, upon both sides of the Atlantic.  The following statement will exhibit the wholesale cash prices in the New York market, on the first day of January, in the respective years, of six of the principal articals of commerce: 

1860.     1872.     1885. 
Beef, per barrel     $10.75    $10.00    $11.75
Pork,  "    "         16.25     14.00     12.25
Flour, "   "           5.25      4.12      2.55
Rice,  " 100 lbs.      3.87      8.44      5.62
Corn,  " bushel         .93       .81       .48
Cotton, " pound         .11 3-4   .21 1-4   .11 1-4

War is the great enhancer of prices.  During the Civil War in the United States (1861-1865), the prices of the above articles were more than doubled.

Gold, in the midst of its sudden plethora, was a perplexing problem to the financial prophets of a third of a century ago.  M. Michel Chevalier (Revue des Deux Mondes, November, 1857) predicted,—­“that a decline would occur in the price of gold, equal to one-half of its former value; that a period of peril was impending, full of inquietude, instability and damage to a great variety of interests; that the value of gold would be diminished, and that consequently wages and prices would be doubled; that the duties on imports, and the interest on the debts of the principal nations of the world, must necessarilly follow the same course; that it would inevitably involve a re-coinage of all the existing gold coins of the world, from time to time, in order to conform to the price of the metal; that the value of the twenty-franc piece would be reduced to 19 1-2, 19, 18 francs, as the depreciation descended; and he, therefore, recommended a cessation of the gold coinage until the lowest point of depreciation is reached; that the new gold fields were likely to prove as productive as at first for several generations; in no direction could new outlets be seen sufficiently large to absorb the extra production in such a manner as to prevent a fall in its value.  It might fall until nineteen francs would correspond only to the amount of well being which could then be obtained for five francs.”  Poor man!  He lived to see the utter failure of all his predictions; to behold France become the largest coiner of gold in the world; an exporter of the precious metals to the amount of $43,000,000 annually during a decade; the rise of the standard of gold from 15 1-2 to 18, as compared with silver, and involving a decline from 62 3-4d. to 52d. per ounce; great fear of a gold famine come upon the Directors of the Bank of France, and also of the Bank of England; the annual product of gold to attain its acme, four years before his predictions; its gradual decline, until it had descended to one-half;

Page 47

a new gold-field opened in New Zealand; and silver demonetized by his own country, Germany, and the other principal countries of Europe.  M. Emile de Lavelaye (Ninteenth Century Review, September, 1881), states, “that the present annual supply of gold is no more than sufficient to meet the requirements of the expanding commerce of the world.  The scarcity of gold has induced so great a fall in prices that they are now lower than in 1850.  It is estimated that North America has contributed L14,000,000 of the stock of gold in the world.”  We have already shown that the annual product of gold has increased, at one period, thirteen fold, and is now, notwithstanding its rapid decrease, five fold greater than at the commencement of the present century; that prices have not been in the least degree affected by the increased supply of gold; and that North America has contributed $2,374,000,000 of the stock of gold in the world.

Gold has faithfully performed for the last forty-two years, and, in view of its abundance and prospective increase, will continue to support its role of a fixed standard of value, and a firm basis for the bank-note circulation of the principal countries of the civilized world, which is evidently growing gradually metallic, as a comparative statement of the amount of bank-note circulation issued, and the amount of specie held by the Bank of England, the joint stock banks, and the private banks of Great Britain the Bank of France, the State banks, and the National banks of the United States, at different periods, will exhibit: 

-------------------------------------------------------
-------------- 1840. ------------------------------------------------------------
--------- | GREAT BRITAIN. | FRANCE. | UNITED STATES. ------------------------------------------------------------
--------- Circulation | L34,976,524 | 220,005,695 francs. | $87,872,171 Specie | 8,751,342 | 225,406,807 " | 35,207,690 ------------------------------------------------------------
--------- 1850. ------------------------------------------------------------
--------- Circulation | L34,948,765 | 481,552,000 francs. | $118,984,112 Specie | 19,843,026 | 458,820,000 " | 45,379,345 ------------------------------------------------------------
--------- 1862. ------------------------------------------------------------
--------- Circulation | L39,574,862 | 725,417,563 francs. | $126,599,167 Specie | 22,917,846 | 324,915,234 " | 102,507,559 ------------------------------------------------------------
--------- 1885. ------------------------------------------------------------
--------- Circulation | L37,215,968 |2,912,386,475 francs. | $112,027,858 Specie | 28,146,893 |2,065,937,158 " | 139,747,080 ------------------------------------------------------------
---------

Gold has robbed silver of the prestige claimed for it two centuries ago by Locke,—­“that

Page 48

it is the instrument and measure of commerce in all the civilized and trading parts of the world, and its normal currency.”  Gold has maintained its present price for one hundred and sixty years, while silver has declined twenty-two per cent. within thirteen.  When, owing to scarcity, gold advances in price, then we may fear, that, what the late Mr. Bagehot use to call the “apprehension point,” is close at our heels.  The amount of gold in existence has increased from $1,975,000,000 in 1843 to $8,166,000,000 at the present time; while silver, owing to the great attrition of coin (estimated by Bowen at one per cent. per annum), has increased from $5,040,000,000 to but $5,504,000,000, during the same period.  Of the two hundred and twelve millions of dollars of the precious metals annually produced, ninety-eight millions are furnished by gold.

* * * * *

MY MOUNTAIN HOME.

BY WILLIAM C. STUROC.

  Down in the valleys, where the grasses grow,
    And waves the gold-rod and the meadow queen;
  Where peaceful streamlets, with a languid flow,
    Are calmly shimmering in the noonday sheen—­
  There may be peace, and plenty too, I ween;
    But on the mountain’s elephantine height,
  Where thunder-drums are beat on bassy key,
    And lightning-flashes glisten through the night;
  And forests groan with storm-chang’d melody,
    There let my home, ’mid lofty nature be—­
  That, near the stars, and near the sun and moon,
    My eyes may gaze upon the book of space,
  And learn the lyrics that are sung in tune
    As rolling orbs their constant journeys trace.

* * * * *

General Knefler to General Wallace: 

    INDIANAPOLIS, February 19, 1868.

GENERAL.  Upon reading the “Life of Grant,” by Colonel Badeau, I was much surprised to see his version of your conduct on the first day of the battle of Shiloh.  As I was present with your command on that day, as Assistant Adjutant General of Division, I desire to make the following statement of facts, as I can remember them at this time: 
The position of your division, on the morning of the sixth of April, 1862, was as follows:  Headquarters of the division and camp of the First Brigade at Crump’s Landing; Second Brigade, two and a half miles from Crump’s Landing, on the Purdy road, at a place, if I remember right, called Stony Lonesome; Third Brigade, two and a half miles from the camp of the Second Brigade, at Adamsville, on the Purdy road, and five miles from Headquarters of division at Crump’s Landing.
When the cannonading was first heard on Sunday morning ’you issued orders’ at once, for the concentration of the division at camp of the Second Brigade, at Stony Lonesome.  The baggage, camp and garrison equipage was ordered to Crump’s Landing, and detachments were

Page 49

made for its protection. “These orders were given before you heard from Headquarters.”
About 9 o’clock General Grant passed up on the Tigris and in passing the boat upon which were your Headquarters, had a conversation with you.  I did not hear what was said, but you immediately mounted, and accompanied by your staff rode rapidly to the camp of the Second Brigade.  It was, perhaps, two hours before any order arrived.  I know you were anxiously looking for orders, and finally despatched one of your aids to ride to the landing to ascertain if any one had arrived with orders, and conduct him to you.  Shortly after that,—­it must have been 12 o’clock, M., Captain Baxter, A.Q.M., arrived with orders, and brought the very cheering intelligence that our army was successful.  I cannot tell at this time what the particular language was.  The order was placed in my hands as Assistant Adjutant General, but where it is now, or what became of it, I am unable to say; very likely, having been written on a scrap of paper, it was lost after coming into my hands; a matter which I much regret, as I feel confident that its production now would conclusively demonstrate that you obeyed the command contained in it.  I remember, however, distinctly, that it was a written order to march and form a junction with the right of the army, which was understood to be the right of the army as it rested on the morning when the battle began.  Suffice it to say, that the division marched at once, and took the road which had been previously ascertained as leading to the right of the army, in the position it occupied on the morning of the sixth, and previous to that time.  The road was then patrolled and picketted by cavalry detachments of your command.  By your permission, I was marching with the advance guard, comprised of several companies of the Twenty-fourth Indiana Volunteers, Lieutenant Colonel Berber, commanding.  We marched very rapidly, and to judge from the sound of the battle, we were approaching it fast.  The advanced guard had reached the crossing of Snake Creek, near a mill, or some large building, where a bridge had been constructed, and from that point we could see the smoke overhanging the battle-field and distinctly hear the musketry, when an order was received, to retrace our steps, and work our way to the head of the column.  We marched back at once, almost to our starting place, where we found the column was marching through the woods where there was no road (not even a trail appeared) to save time and distance.  The troops were marching very fast, and I did not come up with you for perhaps two hours after the advance guard received orders to countermarch.
When the column was put in motion on the river road, which must have been after 4 o’clock, we were met by some staff officers of General Grant, Major Rawlins and Colonel McPherson, and another officer whom I did not know.  They had some conversation with you, and then, for the first

Page 50

time I learned that our troops had been repulsed, and that we were then marching to join the right of the army, in its new position, at Pittsburg Landing.  After some hard marching over execrable roads we reached our position about dusk.

    The road the division first marched on led directly to the right
    of the army in its position as stated above, and we would have
    joined it, had it not been repulsed, before 3 o’clock P.M.

Having conversed with many of the division who were present on that day, it is the general impression that we marched between fifteen and eighteen miles.  Now, considering that we had troops not inured to hard marching, some of them on their first march, the condition of the roads, almost impassible, and part of that distance through woods, without any road, at all, it certainly ought not to be intimated that you did not do your whole duty in endeavoring to reach the field.

    I am General, very respectfully, Your obedient servant,

    FRED KNEFLER.

    Late Colonel Seventy-ninth Regiment Indiana Volunteers.

* * * * *

REUBEN TRACY’S VACATION TRIPS.

BY ELIZABETH PORTER GOULD.

II.

“O mamma, did’nt we have a good time at the Isles of Shoals last summer?” said Reuben Tracy to his mother one evening last July as they sat together on their piazza.  “Did’nt the boys stare though when I told them all about it in our geography class.  Ned Bolton said that I knew more about it than the geography did; and afterwards he asked me if I had ever seen a mountain.  How I wish I could see one and climb to the very top of it.  Oh my, would’nt I look!”

And the boy’s eyes looked as though they would look to the satisfaction of the most devoted teacher.

“Well,” my boy, replied Mrs. Tracy as she drew him nearer to her in loving admiration of such enthusiasm, “only yesterday I received a letter from your uncle in Northampton urging me to take you and come to make him a visit, and I thought then what a good opportunity it would be for you to see your first mountain.  Now do you know what one I mean?”

“Oh yes,” answered Reuben; “but you mean two, do’nt you?  Mount Tom and Mount Holyoke.  I learned that in my geography.  I can see it now in my book where it says that Mount Tom is twelve hundred feet high, and Mount Holyoke one thousand feet high.”  But Bob Phelps said that there were lots of Rattlesnakes on Mount Tom, so I should not dare to go there—­but then—­”

Page 51

“Visitors don’t go on Mount Tom proper, as there is no accomodation for them,” interrupted Mrs. Tracy, “but on Mount Holyoke there is the Prospect House, which your uncle said last summer was a very well-kept house.  Why, it is thirty-five years ago that I was on top of that mountain, when, as a young girl, just a little older than you, I went with my father and mother.  A Mr. French had just taken the house.  I wonder if he is there now.  He seemed determined then to do what he could for the place.  I can hear him now telling my father that a spot which had been such a favorite one for over two hundred years must have some superior claim upon the people of his day.  I really would love to go there again.  It is one of those places which once seen is never forgotten, and then I could’nt choose a better spot for your introduction to a lovely mountain view.  But, my child, it is getting late and time for you to go to bed.  Run along and I will write to your uncle to-night and accept his cordial invitation.”

“And tell him” added Reuben, “that I wish every boy in this world had such a boss mother as I have.  Ned Bolton says so, too;” with which unique expression of love and gratitude he kissed his mother “Good night” and went off to bed to dream of, well, what do you think?  Of rattle-snakes, of mountains, or even of geography?  Oh, no! only nothing, for he was a healthy boy who said he couldn’t spare the time to dream.

After he had gone Mrs. Tracy sat alone for a while, thinking over this early visit of hers, with all the precious memories which it suggested of her own father and mother, now dead and gone.  Then she thought over the past year’s intimate life which she had enjoyed with her boy, and became more and more thankful that she had been enabled thus to get up out of her selfish grief of the summer before—­when death took her other children from her—­and empty her own life into the larger channel of life around her.  She was pleased to think of the good fruits that had arisen from her plans for her boy’s vacation trips, not only upon him but upon other mothers who had been led to follow her example.  She thought of the Christmas week she had spent with him in Boston, where they had enjoyed so many interesting historical sights.  And in the few weeks of the vacation which was now passing, it pleased her to recall the delightful days which they had spent at Concord and at Plymouth.  And now, in this evening reverie, she smiled as she thought of her boy’s telling his geography class all about the Isles of Shoals.  How she would loved to have heard him—­her fair-haired, blue-eyed boy, talking with all the intensity of his nature of what he had seen.  Ah! life had left much to her yet; and she determined anew that Reuben should never want for any of her sympathetic help, either in his sports or in his growing student life.  With this renewed determination she went into the house to write her letter to her brother at Northampton.

Page 52

She was just finishing it when her husband came in from his weekly meeting with the city fathers.  She told him all her plan, which he heartily endorsed, and practically helped by taking out his purse and giving her a generous sum of money for the trip, saying, “I wish, my dear, that I could go too, but I cannot leave my business this season of the year.  But I am only too glad that I can make money enough for you and Reuben to go.  I know of no better way to invest it for the future of our boy, God bless him!

“Ah!” replied Mrs. Tracy, her face all aglow with the joy of having her own thought so fully met, “would that more fathers thought so! but while some think only of a bank account, and the great majority think nothing of any account at all, only the few know the need of a child’s mind digesting money, so to speak, as it goes along.”

In a few days the arrangements were completed and Mrs. Tracy and her son left their home in Salem for Northampton.  Reuben quietly enjoyed the scenery all the way from Boston to Springfield.  In the forty minutes’ ride from Springfield to Northampton Mrs. Tracy had a delightful opportunity, which she well used, to show her boy the winding course of a river,—­the beautiful Connecticut—­as they followed it first on one side and then on the other.  When Reuben spied the house on Mount Holyoke he realized then that he saw his first mountain.  On making inquiries about the mountain with a house on it, on the other side of the river, the conductor told him that that was Mount Nonotuck, a peak of the Mount Tom range, which was nine hundred and fifty feet high.  He also told him that Nonotuck was the old Indian name for Northampton, which was just then coming in sight.

On arriving at the station uncle Edward met them with his carriage to convey them to his home on Round Hill.  On their way there they passed the fine building of Smith College, which particularly pleased Mrs. Tracy and caused her to say, partly to herself, “Happy, happy girls to have such privileges of college life.”  “What,” said Reuben, “girls go to college like boys? how funny!” When, after a moment or two of seeming abstraction, he said:  “That is what papa meant the other day when he said that girls were as good as boys and could learn just as well as they could, is’nt it?” But before Mrs. Tracy could answer him they had arrived at their destination.

The next day they took a drive around the town, or rather the city, since a short time before it had become such.  Its wealth of trees was a source of joy to them.

Page 53

When they were crossing Mill River, on the old covered bridge on South street, uncle Edward stopped and told them that this was the only bridge on the river which was saved from the awful catastrophe of the bursting of the reservoir at Williamsburg, ten miles from there.  When they drove off the bridge he told Reuben to notice the river as it flowed so peacefully along, in apparent forgetfulness of its dreadful havoc of ten years ago when about one hundred and fifty lives were lost, and factories, houses, and churches were swept along, as so many leaves, by the rushing torrent.  He told, among other facts, how a cousin of his was seated at the breakfast-table with his whole family—­a wife, two sons, and a daughter—­when they were swept up by the waters, house and all, and all drowned.  And while he was telling these incidents, which were so much to him, he made them more effective by driving up some little distance through the district which had been devastated.  Thus Reuben learned of a peculiar tragedy, in a manner which no reading in itself could so well have taught him.

They spent a day or two more in looking around the different public institutions, the Clarke Institute for the Deaf, on Round Hill, giving them the most interest.  But in spite of these attractions, Mrs. Tracy’s keen mother-eye noticed that Reuben was getting a little impatient to climb a mountain, that mountain “with the tunnel” as he expressed it.  So she decided to go there the first pleasant day; and as it was now the time of full moon she proposed to remain upon the mountain all night, much to Reuben’s delight.

The next day proved to be pleasant, so they in company with Uncle Edward and his wife started for Mount Holyoke, a distance of three miles.  A short drive brought them to the Hokanum ferry where they were to cross the Connecticut.  As they drove upon what seemed to Reuben a wharf, he, accustomed only to the Boston ferry-boats, remarked that the boat was not in yet.  And it was not until a moment later when he found himself moving away from the land that he discovered that he was on the boat itself!  The way in which they were being borne across the river by man’s use of the pulley and wire was a great novelty to the boy and could only suggest to his mother the most primitive days.

It took them five minutes to cross—­about eighty-five rods—­after which a short drive through a pretty country took them to the foot of the mountain.  Then following a good carriage-road they were soon at the half-way house where Reuben at last found the “tunnel” which had given him so much wonder.

After examining the stationary engine at the foot of the inclined plane, in this wooden enclosure which Reuben had called the tunnel, they seated themselves in the car and in two and a quarter minutes were landed at the top, 600 feet higher.

Mrs. Tracy on going up felt a little fear which was overcome when her brother informed her that Mr. French was always at the top with his watchful eye.

Page 54

“Yes, that is so,” said a voice as they stepped out of the car, and Mrs. Tracy was introduced to the same Mr. French who was so much in earnest years ago when she visited the place to make it a success.

They talked over the intervening years, Mr. French telling her of his improvements, how the first railroad was built in 1854, and the present track was laid in 1867, and how more than half a million people had been up over it.

He showed her a picture of the first house built there in 1821, then of the one rebuilt in 1851, which was gradually enlarged, until it became the present size in 1861, ten years later.

She was particularly interested to hear him tell of the famous people who had visited the place, so much so, that he brought out for inspection some of the autograph books which filled a long shelf.  He said that there were names recorded as far back as 1824.  As they looked them over they saw at the date of August 12, 1847, in bold handwriting, “Charles Summer,” with the testimony that the view from Mount Holyoke was “surpassingly lovely.”

At the sight of the clearly written name “Jenny Lind, Sweden,” at the date of July 7, 1851, Reuben exclaimed—­“Oh, she was that big singer; mamma showed me the house on Round Hill where she lived and was married.”

That he should remember this fact pleased Mrs. Tracy while his boyish enthusiasm led Mr. French to tell a pleasant little reminiscence of her visit there which was heartily enjoyed by them all.  And that others may have the pleasure of hearing it from him on his own premises I will not repeat it here.

After a little further talk on the history of the place, in which Reuben learned that it was named Holyoke in 1654 in honor of Captain Elizur Holyoke, they began to enjoy the lovely pictures all around them.

It was fortunate for them that a heavy wind of the night before had taken away the clouds which had for a time hidden the mountains farthest off.  Hence they were now able to see distinctly the Green Mountains in Vermont, Wachusett and Greylock in Massachusetts, and Monadnock in New Hampshire.

As they spoke of the many little villages which gave the human interest to the scene, Mr. French said that they could see from there thirty-two towns in Massachusetts and eight in Connecticut.

He adjusted the telescope so that they could easily tell the time on the clock at Smith College.  He adjusted it again and they saw the Amherst College buildings.  Another adjustment revealed Mount Holyoke Seminary at South Hadley; and in this way they saw the Armory at Springfield, the Insane asylum at Northampton, and other well-known buildings.

A sight of the unique Front street in Old Hadley with its four rows of fine old shade trees led Uncle Edward to promise his guests a drive through it before they should return to Salem.

The fine combination of meadow, river, hills and towns, as pictured through a colored reflecting glass, was a delight indeed.

Page 55

In one of the views, Reuben spied an island striped with cultivated fields which Mr. French said was called Ox Bow; he pointed out another called Shepard’s island, which, with Ox Bow, added much to the scenery.

The winding river suggested to Mrs. Tracy how much nature loved a curve.  While Uncle Edward, who had visited the chief mountains in this land and in Europe, said that he always came back to this mountain view as the loveliest and the most restful of them all, although it was not the grandest or the most awe inspiring.

So the day passed on Mount Holyoke, giving them at every moment living pictures which no painter could equal.  When the sun went down the moon came up to give her light, and nature reveled in her beauty.

The only painful shadow for Mrs. Tracy was when she felt sad that more of earth’s troubled ones did not or could not come to drink in such peace and rest.

But such days must come to an end.  And what can follow more delightful than a refreshing sleep on such a height.  This they all had and were ready the next morning to return to Northampton.

As Reuben was anxious to count the steps which, on ascending the day before, he had noticed on the side of the inclined plane; he went down that way, while the rest of the party availed themselves of the car.  He, boy-like, did not mind the extra labor and longer time which that choice involved, so long as he found out that there were five hundred and twenty-two steps.

As they descended the mountain from the half-way house Reuben gathered for a souvenir some of the beautiful laurel which, in full-bloom, was then adorning its sides.

A few days later after the promised ride to Old Hadley, three miles distant, which was extended four miles to Amherst to give Reuben a sight of the college where his papa graduated, Mrs. Tracy and her son returned to Salem.  Mr. Tracy was highly entertained with Reuben’s account of what he had seen, and felt more than ever that his money had been well invested.  The rest of the vacation soon passed, the boy’s active mind being profitably engaged in the interim of active, healthful sports.

And it is highly probable that by this time the geography class, with Ned Bolton as spokesman, has discovered that “Reuben Tracy knows more about a mountain than the geography itself!”

* * * * *

GEMS FROM THE EASY CHAIR.

Christmas.  There is nothing in the deepest and best sense human which in the truest and highest sense is not also Christian.  The characteristic feeling about Christmas, as it is revealed in literature and tradition and association, is the striking and beautiful tribute to the practicability of Christianity.

Sermons.  It is doubtless very unjust to the clergy to suppose that they turn the barrel of sermons to save themselves the trouble of writing new ones.  Nothing but the levity of the pews could be guilty of such a suspicion.  The preacher knows that one squeezing does not take all the juice out of an orange; and how much jucier a fruit is a good sermon!  Moreover, the pews are so pachydermatous, so rhinoceros-skinned, that nothing but an incessant pelting upon the same spot makes an impression.

Page 56

America.  Whoever has seen a self-possessed and sagacious orator handling a tumultuous meeting as Phoebus-Appollo handles his madly plunging steeds, has seen the symbol of popular government, and understands why the sole fact of numerical force and brute power does not explain it.  He who watches the ocean rising into every bay and creek in obedience to celestial attraction, sees in outward nature the law that governs the associated life of men, and which gives the American people faith in their own government, whether they can give a reason, for their faith or not.

* * * * *

NATIONAL BANK FAILURES.

BY GEORGE H. WOOD.

Occasionally the attention of the daily press of the country is called to the provisions of the National Banking Law by the announcement of the failure of some national banking association, and immediately it teems with comments, and recommendations as to amendments which should be made to render the law effective.  These recommendations and comments usually show the most lamentable ignorance, both as to the actual existing provisions of the law and its practical working, and as regards banking matters generally.  In the case of the failure of the Middletown National Bank of New York, the advice which has been given in the columns of the press seems of itself to be sufficient, if it had been given sooner, to have prevented the disaster.  The Directors have been blamed, very justly too, for they looked on while their President run them into all its difficulties, and as usual the Bank Examiners have been held responsible for the disaster.  Some have even gone so far as to suggest that a provision be added to the National Banking Laws punishing Examiners who do not detect irregularities in the banks which they examine.

The provisions of the National Bank Act as they now stand are as perfect, theoretically, as they can be drawn, to protect both the depositors and the stockholders.  The law provides for the publication of sworn reports, from time to time, of the condition of each national bank.  These reports must be sworn to by the President, or Cashier, and their correctness must be attested by the signatures of at least three Directors.  These reports are required five times a year and it is impossible to see how, if the Directors do their duty fully and honestly, any delinquency on the part of the officers of the bank can fail to be detected by them.  Under the law, the stockholders elect the Directors, at least five in number.  The officers of the bank are elected or appointed by the directors and are subject to them.  Thus far the protection the Act provides is based upon what, so far as financial matters are concerned, is one of the great controlling influences of human nature, viz:  self-interest.  The stockholders, in order to protect themselves, are expected to elect Directors who will look out for the interests of all.

Page 57

The sworn reports made to the Comptroller of the Currency are published in the newspapers where the banks are located, and a copy sent to that officer that he may know that the law in this respect has been complied with.  The stockholders can inspect them at any time as they appear, and can note any changes which occur in them from time to time.  The stockholders are also at perfect liberty to make any inquiries that they may deem fit, in any direction which their intelligence may suggest to them.

In addition to the protection which the law gives to the stockholders, and also to the depositors, by requiring the publication of reports of the condition of the national banks, Bank Examiners are provided in the law; these Bank Examiners are appointed by the Comptroller of the Currency, and make their examinations at any time that he may deem fit.

A Bank Examiner to afford perfect security for the real merit of his examination, has a disagreeable duty to perform.  He enters a bank, which by all the world is supposed to be well conducted and solvent, and to be managed by honorable men, respected and looked up to by the whole community.  His position, however, is that of a Censor, and it does not permit him to assume what the world supposes.  On the contrary, to make a good examination, he must take nothing for granted, and quietly act on the ground that something is wrong.  “Suspicions are the sinews of the mind” in this case, and an examiner without them cannot expect to detect mismanagement or defalcation.  The position requires tact as well as technical skill—­tact not to offend unnecessarily or disturb friendly relations, and skill to bring to light all that should be discovered—­and undoubtedly requires a high class of mind in the one that fills it well.  Bank examinations are not the only security provided in the law, and it is ridiculous to assert that the Directors, stockholders and depositors should throw aside or neglect to use all the other means which the law provides to enable them to protect themselves, and rely entirely upon the Government examinations, which in the nature of things must depend for success on the sagacity of one individual.

The framers of the National Bank Act, while they did all that they could to protect the depositors and stockholders of national banks, as has been seen, were still not perfectly sure but that failures might sometimes occur.  This feeling doubtless arose from a knowledge on their part of the weakness of human nature, and of the imperfections of systems of Government.  That they felt in this way, is indicated by the fact that they have provided, also, a method of protecting, as far as possible, the depositors of national banks that do fail.  They have provided for the appointment of receivers and for a distribution, under Government control, of such assets as can be collected from the wrecks of the failed banks.  The stockholders of such banks are subject

Page 58

to the penalty of being compelled to contribute, if the deficiency in the assets requires it, an amount not exceeding the par value of the shares of stock held by them in addition to the amount already invested in such shares, to the fund necessary to pay depositors.  This of itself would seem sufficient to be careful and place a live Board of Directors in charge of a large fund, considering the manner the stockholders of the Pacific National Bank of Boston kicked and squirmed when this provision of the law was applied.

The experience of the past has been that bank officers have concealed all their operations from the proprietors, and when failures have occurred everybody has been astonished.  As an additional safeguard to meet this secrecy an organization has just been perfected in New York which is a step farther in commercial agencies than has ever been attempted.  From one of their printed circulars it is ascertained that they propose to keep in pay a corps of detectives and other agencies, “as a check upon defalcations and embezzlements by bank Presidents, and Cashiers and other officials.”  But it is not exactly clear who will watch the detectives.

* * * * *

ELIZABETH.

A ROMANCE OF COLONIAL DAYS

BY FRANCES C. SPARHAWK, Author of “A Lazy Man’s Work.”

CHAPTER XI.

UNWELCOME NEWS.

June was doing its best to make the world content.  Little clouds floated through the blue sky, like the light sighs of a mood that must find some expression, and the air for all its softness was invigorating, it was so full of life and purity.  This day, like many another, needed only to bring as fair hopes to the lives of those who looked into it as it did to the nature it overbrooded to make the faces its light breezes fanned as bright as the skies were, with only shadows of expression to give the brightness new beauty.  But no such light was on Elizabeth Royal’s face as she sat at the open window of her room with a piece of delicate embroidery in her hands.  Her future had not opened out into life; the winter had killed its buds of promise.

After all, Stephen Archdale had not gone to England.  His father and Governor Wentworth had insisted that it was much wiser to send an older and a better business man.  “Do you want to make the best of your case?” the Colonel had asked incisively when Stephen hesitated.  And the young man had yielded, though reluctantly.  It would have been so much easier for him to be away and to be doing something.  But at present he must think only of doing the wisest thing.

Page 59

Elizabeth had not seen him; he had written to her father once, and had promised to write again as soon as he had the slightest news.  He had tried his best to be cheerful, and had sent her a message that endeavored to be hopeful; but she saw that courtesy struggled with despair.  She knew that they need never meet; but if this thing were true—­she could not believe it—­but if it were true, then happiness was over.  Life in a June day has such possibilities of happiness; and that morning her eyes grew so misty that she took a few wrong stitches in her work, and as footsteps drew near the room, perceived this and began to pick them out with nervous haste.  She had not finished, however, when Mrs. Eveleigh came in.  As Elizabeth had expected, her first remark was a comment.

“What! another mistake, my dear?  You know you made one only yesterday, and you can work so beautifully when you give your mind to it.  It is a bad plan to have such a dreamy way with one.  For my part, I should think you would have had enough of doing things in dreams and never knowing what they will end in.  You would better wake up for the rest of your life.”

As Elizabeth had heard the same remark numberless times before, its effect was not startling.  In silence she went on picking out her stitches.

“Why not say you think so, too?  It would be more dutiful in you,” continued Mrs. Eveleigh.

“You take care that I am waked up,” returned Elizabeth.  “You don’t leave one many illusions.”

“I hope not.  What is the use of illusions?”

“Yes, what?”

“Well, Elizabeth, it is not I that have disturbed them this time; you must thank him for that.”

“Him?”

“Yes, he has come.  I have just been leaning over the banisters, and saw him come in.”  Elizabeth did not look dreamy now.  “He did not come forward at all in the modest, charming way of the other one, which you know irresistably wins hearts,” went on Mrs. Eveleigh; “he marched along straight into the parlor and asked to see you, just as if he owned the house and all that was in it.  So he does own somebody in it, I am afraid, poor child.”

The girl’s face was white, her violet eyes looked black and shadowed by heavy lines.

“Is it—?” she began.

“Oh, yes, my dear, it is your husband.  He has come to claim you, no doubt.  If he cannot get the wife he wants, he will have somebody at the head of his table.  And, then, my dear, you know you are an heiress, not a person of no account.”

“Nonsense,” returned the other; “the marriage is not proven.  He may have come with news.”

At this moment a servant brought up Archdale’s card.  On it he had written a line begging to see her.  Elizabeth showed it to her companion.

“See,” she said, “you are mistaken.  Probably we are free, and he wants to tell me of it first,—­first of anyone here, I mean.  That is not arbitrary, nor as you said, at all.”

Page 60

“Very well, dear; only, don’t crow till you are out of the woods.  Would you like to have me receive him with you?”

Elizabeth hesitated.

“No.  I thank you,” she said.  “You are very kind, but perhaps it would be better to go by myself.”

“As you like.”  And Mrs. Eveleigh’s pride laid a strong hand upon her swelling curiosity, so that with an indifference well acted she sat down to her work.  But as she lost the sound of Elizabeth’s step on the stairs she rose again and looked breathlessly over the banisters, trying to catch the greeting that went on in the room below.  But either through accident, or because the girl knew the character of her companion, the door closed behind Elizabeth, and Mrs. Eveleigh heard nothing.  If she had done so, the greeting was so simple that she would have gained from it no clue of what was to follow.  Archdale came forward, bowed low, and held out his hand to her as simply as Katie’s husband might have greeted Katie’s friend, and possibly have brought her some message.  Elizabeth felt this as she laid her hand in his for a moment, a smile of relief and anticipation came over her face; and in reply to his question she answered:  “Yes, we are all well, thank you.”  It was after the first moment that the embarrassment began, when at her look of hope and questioning his eyes fell a moment, and when raised again gave no answer to it.  Both realized then how hard fate had been to them.  But even yet Elizabeth would not quite give up the cause.  She steadied herself a little by her hand on the back of the chair before she sat down in it, asking with the smile still on her lips, but not spontaneous as before.

“You have brought good news?”

“No,” he said.  “I am afraid you will not call it good news.”  He looked away as he spoke, but after a moment turned toward her, and their eyes met.  Each read the meaning in the other’s face too plainly to make reserve as to the real state of things possible.  “The cause of all this cruel delay is explained at last,” he went on.  “The Sea-Gull on her way back to England was wrecked.  All Bolston’s papers are lost.  He had a fever brought on by cold and exposure, and after he had lain for weeks in an Irish inn, he waked into life with scarcely his sense of identity come back to him.  He writes that he has begun to recover himself, however, and that by the time we send the papers again, new copies, he shall be able to attend to the business as well as ever.  For our work, he might as well be at the bottom of the sea.”

Elizabeth turned pale.

“When did you learn this?” she asked.

“A fortnight ago.  I ought to have told you of it before, but I hated to pain you.”

She looked at him firmly.  Then smiled a little through her paleness.

“Yes, it does pain me,” she said.  “But I don’t despair.  We are not married, you and I, Mr. Archdale, and I wish Katie would throw aside her nonsensical scruples.  What matter whether Mr. Harwin was a minister?  Why will she not let it go that it was all fun, and marry you?  I think she ought.”

Page 61

“I think so, too,” he said.  He did not add his suspicions that Katie was acting upon the covert suggestions of his father which had so disturbed her conscience that she declared she must be satisfied that the whole thing was a falsehood of Harwin’s.

“I wish we could find him,” said Elizabeth.

“So do I”, answered Archdale under his breath.  She looked at him quickly and away again, feeling that her last wish had not been a wise one.  “Yet” pursued Archdale, “you see that if Harwin’s story is false, the whole matter drops there, and that would make it simpler, to say the least of it.  Katie does not like the idea of having the court obliged to decide about it.  She says it seems like a divorce.”

Elizabeth flushed.

“Do I like it?” she said.  “But anything is better than this.”

“Yes,” he answered, then seemed as if he would like to take back his frank confession.  She smiled at him.

“Don’t try to soften it, Mr. Archdale.  We both mean that.  You speak honestly because you are honest and understand what I want, too; because you are wise enough to believe in the absurdity of this whole affair.”

“You did not think it absurd at first,” he answered.

“I was overwhelmed.  I had no time to consider.”

“No,” he said, “only time to feel.”

“Don’t speak of that day,” and she shuddered.  “If I were to live a thousand years, there never could be another so horrible.”

He had risen to go.  He stood a moment silent.  Then: 

“You are so reassuring,” he said.  “Yet, how can either of us be assured?  Perhaps you are my wife.”

“Never,” she said, and looked at him with a sudden coldness in her face.

“If a minister has married us,” he answered, “nobody has yet unmarried us.”

The gravity of her expression impressed him.

“God has not married us,” she said.  “I shall never admit that.”  There was a moment’s silence.  “Poor Katie!” she added.

“Yes, poor Katie,—­and Mistress Royal.”

Elizabeth smiled sadly.

“You remember that?” she asked.  “It would not be strange if you forgot everybody but Katie, and yourself.”

“It would be strange if I forgot you, since you are,—­what you are.”

“I foresee,” she answered, “that we shall be good friends.  By and by, when you and Katie are well established in your beautiful new house I shall visit you there; Katie invited me long ago, and you and I are going to be good friends.”

CHAPTER XII

PERPLEXITIES.

Page 62

Although Elizabeth had been so brave before Archdale, yet as soon as he had gone she sank into her chair and covered her face with her hands, as if by this she could shut out the visions of him from her mind.  She lived in the land of the Puritans, and Indiana had not been discovered.  She knew that those words which ought to have been so sacred but which she had spoken so lightly were no longer light to her, but that in the depths of her heart they weighed like lead and gave her a sense of guilt that she could not throw off.  Even if they proved nothing in law, they had already brought a terrible punishment, and if,—­if—.  With a low cry she started up.  Life had grown black again.  But she was not accustomed to give way to emotions, still less to forebodings.  In a few moments she went back to her embroidery, and to Mrs. Eveleigh.

Archdale left Mr. Royal’s house with a new comprehension of the woman he had married in jest.  Somehow, he had always considered that Katie and he were really the only sufferers.  Young, petted, rich, and handsome, it had not come forcibly home to him before, however much his courtesy might have assumed it, that this young woman whom, though he thought she did well enough, he had no high opinion of, could actually suffer in the idea of being his wife.  But he saw it now through all her brave bearing, and his vanity received its death-wound that morning.

Three days afterwards he was at Katie’s home; he tried to feel that he had the old right to visit her.  “Your friend is so brave,” he said, “she puts courage into me.  Katie, why don’t you feel so, too?”

“Ah!” said the girl looking at him tearfully, “how can you ask that?  It is she who has the right to you, and I have not.”

“She wants it as little as mortal can,” he answered.  “I think except as your betrothed she does not even like me very well, although she was so kind when I came away.”  And he repeated Elizabeth’s parting prophesy.

“She and I are the two extremes,” returned the girl.  “If Mr. Harwin is a minister, it will seem to me, as I told you, just as if you and Elizabeth had been divorced.”

“Nonsense, love, you cannot separate what has never been joined together.”  He kissed away the tears that brimmed over from Katie’s eyes.  Yet as he did so, he was not sure that he had the right to do it, for the shadow of another woman seemed to come between them.  He had confessed his dread to Elizabeth, but to this girl it was impossible; to her he must be all confidence.  How different were these two women toward whom he stood in such peculiar relations, betrothed to one, possibly married to the other.  If this last were true which of them would suffer the more?  A week ago his imagination would not have seized upon Elizabeth’s feelings at all; now he was convinced that it would be no less hard for her than for Katie; hard through her friendship and her pride.  But this one’s tender little heart would break.  After all, it was only of her that he could think.  The waiting was growing unendurable.  Yet he felt that his father was right when he said that the easiest way, the shortest in the end, was to prove if possible that Harwin’s story of his vocation was fabricated.  Indeed, there was no case for appeal to the Court unless that were established.  Let that fall through, and the lovers were free to marry.

Page 63

“Have you heard” he asked after a time, “that Sir Temple and Lady Dacre have written that they are coming to visit us,—­us, Katie?  You remember they had an invitation to our wedding,—­they shall have another, dearest,—­and could not come then, but they propose paying us a visit in our own home at Seascape where they suppose we are living now, you and I. I told you about my staying with them in England and asking them to visit me when I was married.  I was thinking then of my chances of being engaged to you, Katie.”

“Yes, you told me of them,” she said, and after a pause added, “You will have to write them the truth.”

“It is too late for that to do any good.  They follow close on the heels of the letter; that is, by the next ship.”

“Then I suppose Aunt Faith will take them, either at your father’s, or at Seascape.  Which will it be, Stephen?”

“That house!  It can never be opened until you do it, Katie; you know that well enough.”

The girl sighed.  Yet with all the sadness of her lot it was delightful to be loved and mourned over in this way; mourned over, and yet perhaps not lost.

“I don’t know about that being the best way,” she returned slowly.  “You know Stephen, Uncle Walter is peculiar, and you could not entertain your guests yourself; you would not have freedom.  Really, it would not be quite as nice for you.”

“Always thinking of me,” he cried.  “It seems now that the only freedom I care about is the freedom to make you my wife, Katie.”

“Yes,” she sighed again and was silent a moment.  Then she said, “But Stephen, if Aunt Faith is there, you know it won’t be like anybody else, and you can show them the house I am going to have.  Do you believe that?” she broke out suddenly.  “Do you really believe that?  This uncertainty is killing me—­don’t imagine that I could not wait for years, I am not dying for you, Stephen; I should not do such a thing, of course.  But not to know!  I must know soon; life is unendurable under such a strain.”

“Poor little girl, she was not made, surely, to bear suffering,” thought Archdale.  And he went away assured that she was most of all to be pitied, that she was least protected from the North wind which was blowing against them all three.  As to the house, she should certainly have her way about it.  He saw that she was sacrificing her own feelings for him.  She did not understand that it was making matters a great deal harder, she thought that she was making it pleasanter for him.  Well, she should have the satisfaction of believing she had done so.  It did not occur to him that the girl had taken the most effectual way of awaking a sentimental interest in the persons who were imagining that they were to be her guests.  Katie was one of those people who illustrate the use of the velvet glove, for in spite of her sprightliness, she was considered the gentlest little creature in the Colonies.

CHAPTER XIII.

Page 64

OVER THE THRESHOLD.

Florence, Lady Dacre, with her hand on Archdale’s arm walked across the plank from ship to shore, her husband on the other side of her and her maid following with Sir Temple’s valet, who was devotedly carrying all the bundles, and interspersing his useful attentions with auguries as to the “hignorance of the Hamerican Colonies.”  Lady Dacre walked on with a light step, and eyes that took note of every thing.

“So, this is Boston?” she said.  “I have always wanted to see it.  You will think me in fun, but really, do you know, it has an odd sort of aggressive look to me!  We imagine a certain humility in Colonies, but your people are more English than Englishmen.  That is your carriage, there on the pier?  How kind in you to come for us.  And that is your coachman?  Now, even he has a look that, on the whole, he is as good as you.”

“He does not feel so,” returned Archdale, smiling.

“Oh, no, I suppose not; it must be the exhilirating air that gives people that appearance.  Such a sky as there is to-day!  Do you have beautiful weather like this all the time?”

“No, sometimes we have a thunder shower.”

Sir Temple laughed.

“Good enough for you, Florence,” he cried.  “What are you so absurd for?”

“For fun.  I suppose you know Governor Shirley?” she added after an instant.

“Slightly.  But he is an intimate friend of Mr. Royal,—­one of my father’s friends.”

“Ah! yes.  Well, what is the difference?”

“Then, last year,” said Sir Temple, “we met some people in London.”  He named several whom Archdale knew.

“And there are two others here now,” cried Lady Dacre, “or perhaps I ought not to say two persons, but one and his shadow.  People call him a reckless sort of a fellow—­the man, not the shadow,—­but I think him charming.  It is Mr. Edmonson, the best whist player I ever saw.”

“And Lord Bulchester?”

“Ah! you know them.  Perhaps we are going to meet them at your house?  That will be delightful.”

“Lady Dacre has a perfect passion for whist,” explained her husband.

“You will certainly meet them there if they will do me the honor to become my guests,” returned Archdale.  Then something that he had heard came back to him, and brought a sudden frown to his face, but it was too late to retract.  So, after he had made his friends comfortable at an inn, for they were to dine before starting on their journey, he wrote his invitation and dispatched it by his servant with instructions to bring back an answer.  “If the rumor I heard is true, he will not accept,” he said to himself.

[TO BE CONTINUED.]

* * * * *

FIFTH AVENUE HOTEL,

MADISON SQUARE, NEW YORK.

The Largest, Best Appointed, and Most Liberally Managed Hotel in the
City, with the Most Central and Delightful Location.

Page 65

HITCHCOCK, DARLING & CO., Proprietors.

* * * * *

BARNES’ BRIEF HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES.

FOR SCHOOLS.

MORE EXTENSIVELY USED THAN ANY OTHER AMERICAN SCHOOL HISTORY.

Its claims to superiority are thus referred to:—­

1.  Brevity.  The text, other than appended national documents and the census of 1880, makes but 303 pages; and is within the most limited period allowable for instruction in American history.

2.  Comprehensiveness.  Has the pith of all large histories.  See example, “English explorations,” pages 34-39.

3.  Arrangement.  By six epochs; each followed by a chronological summary, a list of choice reference and reading books, and a sketch of national territorial development during the epoch considered.

4.  Footnotes.  With biographies of persons referred to in text.  See Columbus, page 20; Raleigh, page 36; Putnam, page 108; Lafayette, page 119; Franklin, page 127; Pulaski, page 129; Jackson, page 175; Adams, page 154; Buchanan, page 196; Garfield, page 300.

5.  Dates.  Given in text, and associated with that and the footnotes.

6.  Impartiality.  All sectional, partisan, or denominational views are avoided.

7.  Maps.  Elegant, distinct, and colored.  See “Early discoveries,” page 18, and pages 100-149, etc.

8.  Illustrations.  Numerous, well suited, and artistic.

9.  Questions.  At back of book, respecting each epoch.

10.  Historical Recreations.  Questions that bring out the historic biography, and especially fix characters, events, and places, in the minds of youth.

A complete index closes the volume.

Copy mailed, for examination, on receipt of $1.00.

A.S.  BARNES & CO., Nos. 111 and 113 William St., New York City.

* * * * *

A POPULAR HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATED

In One Superb Royal Octavo Volume of 800 Pages, Illustrated with 320 Wood Engravings and 14 Steel Plates.

From the discovery of America to the accession of President Arthur.

(A choice Reference Book for Teachers in the use of Barnes’ Brief United States School History.)

OUTLINE.

PART I. Mound Builders; Colonial Settlement; Explorations; Conflicts; Manners; Customs; Education; Religion, etc. etc.  Political differences with Great Britain.

PART II.  Resistance to the Acts of Parliament; Resentment of British Policy, and the War for American Independence.

PART III.  From the Election of President Washington to that of Lincoln; The Expansion and Growth of the Republic; Domestic Issues and Foreign Policy.

PART IV.  The Civil War and the End of Slavery.

PART V. The New Era of the Restored Union; Measures of Reconstruction; the Decade of Centennial Jubilation, and the Accession of President Arthur.

Page 66

APPENDIX.  Declaration of Independence; The Constitution of the United States and its Amendments; Chronological Table and Index; Illustrated History of the Centennial Exhibition at Philadelphia.

DISTINGUISHING FEATURES.

The political characteristics of great leaders and great parties have been dealt with so as to meet the approval of all sections of the American people.  The progress of Science, Invention, Literature, and Art, are noted, as well as that of the national physical growth, thus condensing material which usually fills several volumes, and all narrated in a graphic and entertaining style.  OUTLINE MAPS give the successive stages of national expansion, and special attention has been given to those battles, by land and sea, which have marked the military growth of the Republic.

SPECIAL PRICES.

Cloth, plain edge, $3.50.  Cloth, richly embossed, gilt edges, $4.50.  Sheep, marble edge, $5.00.  Half Morocco, $6.00.

The work will be sent to any address, prepaid, on receipt of price.

A.S.  BARNES & CO., 111 and 113 William St., New York.

* * * * *

ALDEN & LASSIG, DESIGNERS AND BUILDERS OF

Wrought Iron and Steel Work for Bridges and Buildings,

[Illustration]

Office and Works, Rochester, N.Y. (Lessees Leighton Bridge Works.)

* * * * *

THE GOODWIN GAS STOVE AND METER CO.

MANUFACTURERS OF

The Sun Dial Gas Cooking and Heating Stoves.

[Illustration]

The most economical in use.  Over fifty different kinds.  Suitable for
Families, Hotels, Restaurants, and Public Institutions.  Laundry,
Hatters’, and Tailors’ Heaters.  Hot-Plates, Warming-Closets for
Pantries, Hot-Water Generators, etc. etc.

1012-1018 Filbert Street, Philadelphia.

142 Chambers Street, Hew York.

126 Dearborn Street, Chicago.

Waldo Bros., Agents, 88 Water Street, Boston, Mass.

* * * * *

CAMPAIGN POST!

SUBSCRIBE FOR THE

Boston Daily Post

FOR THE CAMPAIGN.

July 1 to December 1, 5 MONTHS, ONLY $3.  Strictly in Advance.

Post Publishing Co.

BOSTON, MASS.

* * * * *

BOSTON

BRIDGE WORKS,

D.H.  ANDREWS, Engineer.

Builders of Wrought-Iron Bridges and Roofs,

OFFICE: 

13 PEMBERTON SQUARE, BOSTON

Works’ Cambridgeport, Mass.

* * * * *

Page 67

COOLIDGE HOUSE,

BOWDOIN SQUARE, BOSTON.

The Coolidge is a centrally-located, thoroughly quiet and comfortable Family Hotel, with rooms arranged in suites, consisting of Parlor, Bedroom, and Bath; having an elevator, and combining all the luxuries and conveniences of the larger hotels, with the quietness and retirement of a private house; affording most excellent accommodations at moderate charges.

COOLIDGE CAFE,

EXCLUSIVELY FOR GENTLEMEN.

Fitted up with the most complete and approved system of Broilers now in use, after the style of Spiers & Pond’s Celebrated London Chop-Houses, and those so desiring, can select a steak or chop and see the same cooked on “The Silver Grill.”

A Perfect Restaurant in Every Respect.

The Best Material, Cooking, and Service.

I.N.  ANDREWS & CO.

* * * * *

REMOVAL.

ARTHUR P. DODGE,

Attorney and Counsellor at Law,

NOTARY PUBLIC,

COMMISSIONER FOR NEW HAMPSHIRE,

Has removed his office from No. 23 COURT STREET to

31 Milk Street, Room 46, Boston, Mass.

Business Manager Bay State Monthly.

* * * * *

Life and Public Services of James G. Blaine, published at Augusta, Maine, his home.  By the renowned biographer and historian, Colonel Russell H. Conwell, whose Life of President Garfield outsold the twenty others by sixty thousand copies.  Mr. Blaine, his friends and his relatives co-operated with the publishers in order that the volume might be most complete and correct in all particulars.  The Augusta, Maine, edition is the standard Life of Blaine.  The people of this locality will directly be called on by the agent of the book; it is having a tremendous sale.

A Standard Volume.—­Col.  Russell H. Conwell’s admirable biography of James G. Blaine has just been issued from a large publishing house in Augusta, Maine, his home.  It is accepted as THE STANDARD work, and is thorough and complete.  Colonel Conwell is better fitted for writing such a book than any other man in America, and all his earnestness, knowledge, and ability, will be found in the volume.  Mr. Blaine, his relatives, and friends, co-operated with the author, and kindly gave him access to the fullest data and information.  It is a large, handsome, illustrated volume, and is sold at a remarkably low price.  An agent is now taking orders among the people of this locality.

* * * * *

HOBBS, GORDON & CO.’S

Concord Suspended Radial Drill,

[Illustration]

AND FULL SWING DRILL.

CONCORD, N.H.

* * * * *

Stanley & Usher,

  171 Devonshire St.
  Boston, Mass.

Page 68

STEREOTYPERS AND ELECTROTYPERS,

PRINTERS.

Book, Job, Magazine and Catalogue.

ESTIMATES CHEERFULLY GIVEN.

* * * * *

Wait for the authentic, Augusta, Maine, edition.  You want no other.

Col.  Russell H. Conwell’s Life and Public Services of James G. Blaine, published at Augusta, Maine, his home, is the standard, authentic edition.  It is a large, handsome volume, of upwards of 500 pages, contains steel-plate portraits of both Blaine and Logan, and a large number of general illustrations.  Colonel Conwell has great fame as a biographer.  An agent for the book will soon be around; those who are wise will subscribe for this edition only.  Price $1.50 and $1.75.

The authentic Life and Public Services of James G. Blaine, by the well-known Col.  Russell H. Conwell, is having a most remarkable and phenomenal sale.  It is from the well-known publishing house of E.C.  Allen & Co., of Augusta, Maine, the home of the distinguished candidate for President of the United States.  The book is splendidly illustrated, and is thorough and complete.  An agent for the volume will soon visit the people of this locality for their orders.  Wait for the Augusta edition; subscribe for no other.

* * * * *

CLERMONT.

TO ALL WANTING WINTER HOMES AND FARMS.

The most delightful and salubrious climate in the United States is to be found in the HIGHLANDS OF FLORIDA, called by some the “APOPKA MOUNTAINS,” in the beautiful clear water Lake Region.

CLERMONT is located on gently rolling land, between Lakes Minnehaha and Minneola, in Sumter County, Florida.  Soil highly productive.  Amongst the best in the State for the raising of Oranges, Limes, Lemons, Bananas, Pineapples, STRAWBERRIES, and all kinds of EARLY VEGETABLES.

PRICES OF LAND.—­Farm Land, $20 per acre, and upwards; Lake Fronts, $50 per acre, and upwards; Town Lots, 50 x 150 feet, $100 and upwards, according to location, AND ON EASY TERMS.

THE SOIL

Is in great part a rich, sandy loam, and is suitable for raising fruits and vegetables.  These lands are situated south of the so-called FROST LINE, and you can market your fruit and vegetables raised thereon as early as can be done from any other portion of Florida, and earlier than can be done from any other State in the Union.

HEALTH.

THE HEALTHIEST location in the State.  Good health is an essential thing in the profitable cultivation of a farm or garden, and the richest soil in the world may yield very poorly if the settler is unable to expend upon it his labor on account of chills and fever or malaria.  NO WINTER to delay your work.

PLANT YOUR VEGETABLES IN OCTOBER and November, and commence to send your produce to market in February.  THREE CROPS CAN BE RAISED IN A YEAR from the same piece of ground.

Page 69

THE CLIMATE

IS DELIGHTFUL:  flowers bloom the year round in the open air.  THE SUMMERS in this high land are NO WARMER than in the North.  The thermometer rarely indicates higher than ninety degrees.

THE MILDNESS OF THE CLIMATE and its bracing influence marks its excellence for all PULMONARY AFFECTION, THROAT AILMENT, ASTHMA, RHEUMATISM, KIDNEY TROUBLES, etc.  Chills and fever and malaria are unknown.

A living can be made by the cultivation of vegetables while the orange-groves are being brought into bearing.  Our water protection is unsurpassed, which makes it the choicest locality in the State for the fruit-grower.

Building material is plenty and cheap.  Fish and game in abundance.  Good schools and churches will be established at once.  Clermont is to be made an educational centre.

It is expected that the Florida Southern Railroad will be built very near, if not through, the town within the next few months.  Come and see the place and its natural advantages.  It will speak for itself.  A first-class sawmill has already been erected, and is in operation.

A GOOD INVESTMENT,

And the safest thing in hard times, is to have an Orange-Grove.  This can be acquired by buying, say ten acres of land, at a small cost, say $200.  Clear it up and set out your orange-grove, and while your orange-trees are maturing, raise strawberries and early vegetables, and send to the Northern market; these always bring high prices in February and March; or work at your trade or engage in business.  In a new country you can always find something to do.  Start yourself a home.  When you have a five-acre orange-grove in full bearing you can be independent, and need not care whether stocks go up or down.  THE RISE IN THE VALUE OF YOUR LANDS will make your investment a PROFITABLE ONE.  INVESTMENTS IN REAL ESTATE seem to be the important feature which generally decides a man’s prosperity.  Such investments are secure and permanent, and not liable to the fluctuations that personal property is subject to.

VISITORS will be shown over the land in a carriage free of expense.  Those who come with a view to settle, should bring money to secure their purchases as locations are not held upon refusal.

Large numbers of people are purchasing and preparing Winter Homes, and those who desire the best locations should visit the place at once.

The Titles to these lands are indisputable; Warrantee Deeds given clear of all incumbrances.

Information given.  Letters promptly answered.  If persons before visiting the place will write, full information will be sent concerning the route and other particulars.  Address,

THE CLERMONT IMPROVEMENT COMPANY,

Minneola, Sumter County, Florida, or

WILLIAM A. HOUSE, Vineland, N.J.

Page 70

Reference, by permission, to ARTHUR P. DODGE, No. 31 Milk Street (Room 4b), Boston, where maps can be seen.

* * * * *

STEWART MANUFACTURING COMPANY,

MANUFACTURERS AND DEALERS IN

Household, Office, and Store Furniture

INCORPORATED AUGUST 20, 1884.

Capital Stock $250,000

Number of Shares 50,000

Par Value, $5.00 each.

FULL PAID AND UNASSESSABLE.

OFFICERS: 

President and General Manager, R. McLEAN, Boston.

Treasurer, J.R.  O’HARA, 31 State Street, Boston,

BENJ.  RACKLIFF, Architect and Designer, Boston.

Factory and Principal Office, 43 Beverly Street, Boston.

GENERAL PURPOSES.

This Company has been incorporated for the purpose of manufacturing Household, Office, and Store Furniture with the view of making a specialty of certain grades of goods over which it will have entire control, thus avoiding the direct competition incident to the general trade.  Yet it will to a limited extent handle a general line of goods common to this class of business.

Management.—­The management of the Company will be in the hands of those well known and experienced in the business, as practical furniture makers and able financiers, whose standing will bear the closest investigation for high moral and business character.

Mirrors and Mantels.—­This business now becomes one of the branches of the Company, by purchase on highly favorable terms, and which at once enables it to possess a business of profit and thoroughly established, and ensures an income which places the Company at once on a dividend-paying basis.

Display Racks.—­In addition, the Company has secured in like manner the entire control of these, the most valuable articles of store furniture that have ever been put on the market, and which have already received substantial recognition of their value and demand among merchants and traders throughout New England.  This business has likewise become already established, and only requires the usual attention of standard goods to ensure a large and profitable income.

Factory.—­The Company will for the present retain its factory on Beverly Street, which is well supplied with every facility for a large business, and in due time will secure proper warerooms in some desirable locality near the centre of trade in Boston.

Business Outlook.—­Considering the outlook of the manufacturing interests for the coming year, investors are all agreed that whichever party may triumph in the approaching presidential election, the incoming administration will practically stand committed to a vigorous policy of encouragement and support to our manufacturing interests.  Hence our far-seeing capitalists are wisely counting on a remarkable activity in this branch of industrial development; and consequently are predicting such a boom in manufacturing stocks the coming year as characterized mining stocks during the years of ’78, ’79, and ’80.

Page 71

Our Stock as an Investment.—­That the Stewart Manufacturing Company’s Stock will commend itself to the careful consideration of the most conservative investors there can be no questions, for the reason that it starts off on a dividend-paying business, founded upon a line of specialties over which it has supreme control.  Thus, being entirely free from those leading contingencies which invariably surround the career of by far the majority of those establishments which venture into the arena of mercantile contest, depending chiefly on their wits to successfully compete with their associates in trade, therefore our stock must surely meet the wishes of investors, as not only a profitable, but a SAFE investment.

Southern Trade.—­The Company will, as soon as practicable, establish agencies in the South, where it feels confident an extensive demand for our goods awaits the advent of our agents.

Foreign Trade.—­It is expected that, within a few days, contracts will he concluded with one of our largest exporting houses for the sale of the entire surplus product of the Company for shipment to various foreign ports, thus enabling the Company to shield itself from the embarrassments incident to overproduction and dull home trade.

We only ask, and earnestly invite, a careful and impartial investigation into the merits of our stock and business to ensure a confirmation of our claims.

For further information the public is referred to any of the officers of the Company.

It is a matter of congratulation that our Company has already received substantial tokens of confidence from the capitalists of New England, a goodly number of whom are now included in our list of stockholders, rendering our ability to compete for business equal to the best.

J.R.  O’HARA, Treasurer,

31 Milk Street (Room 13), Boston.

* * * * *

[Illustration]

The

Vineland Sanitarium,

VINELAND, N.J.

Most Desirable Location and Institution in the United States for
Invalids of all kinds.  Conducted by

HORACE BOWEN, M.D.

And a Corps of Able Assistants.

Our treatment has been successful to a marked degree in the cure of all forms of disease, and we offer the best opportunities for the recovery of all who may seek our aid.

In addition to the use of the best-known remedial agencies, diet and regimen, there is also brought to bear a wholly new and wonderfully efficacious System of Cure.

Accommodations first-class in every respect.  Terms reasonable.

Circulars with full information sent on application.

THE VINELAND SANITARIUM,

VINELAND, NEW JERSEY.

* * * * *

WINTER RESORT.

34 Miles South from Philadelphia and 115 Miles Southwest from New York.

BAKER HOUSE,

Page 72

VINELAND, N.J.

S.R.  FOWLER, Proprietor.

TERMS:—­$2.00 per Day, Transient; and $7.00 to $10.00 per Week, Permanent.

* * * * *

NOTICE!

The subscribers will note the fact that the October number commences the Second Volume of THE BAY STATE MONTHLY.  On account of unavoidable delays, the months of July, August, and September, were allowed to pass without issuing the Magazine.  Hereafter, it is confidently predicted, the Magazine will be issued regularly and promptly.

JOHN N. McCLINTOCK & COMPANY,

31 Milk Street (Room 46), Boston, Mass.

* * * * *

THE BAY STATE MONTHLY.

Volume I.—­1884.  Bound in cloth, royal 8vo.,

420 pages.  Price, $2.00.

WITH

6 PORTRAITS ON STEEL, 10 MAPS, AND 107 ILLUSTRATIONS.

PRESS NOTICES.

“A creditable addition to Massachusetts literature,”—­Boston Globe.

“The first six numbers form a volume of genuine historic value and interest.”—­Transcript.

“An admirable issue.”—­Maiden City Press.

“Replete with sketches which should be read in every household.”—­Winchendon Courier.

“Furnishing much valuable historical and biographical matter.”—­Boston Commonwealth.

“Working its way to popular favor.”—­The Weekly News.

“The Bay State Monthly is just what is needed in New England.”—­The Gorham Mountaineer.

“New England societies will not be able to dispense with this magazine,”—­St. Paul Pioneer-Press.

“Crammed full of historic facts; should be in every family.”—­Brockton Eagle.

“A conspicuous article is ‘Bunker Hill’ (with map), by General Carrington, U.S.A.”—­Southbridge Journal.

“Has made a firm footing and held its ground well.”—­Newport News and Journal.

“Filled with instructive literary matter, and a very reliable map.”—­Essex Banner.

“One of the most popular in the list of monthlies.”—­The Moniter (Chatham).

“Handsomely gotten up, and reading-matter is interesting.”—­Holyoke Herald.

“The steady improvement in this magazine is gratifying.”—­Medford Mercury.

“Deserves the support of every true American, and every Massachusetts citizen.”—­The Watchman.

“Edited ably, growing healthily, and presents features of peculiar interest.”—­Congregationalist.

“Improves with each number.”—­New England Home Journal (Worcester).

“Should be in every household in Massachusetts.”—­Barre Gazette.

“One of the noted historical magazines of the day.”—­Norfolk County Register.

Page 73

“Of that interest to the whole country that the cultured productions of cultured Boston have usually been.”—­Courier and Journal (Louisville, Ky.).

“An important blank in our periodical literature has been filled.”—­Chicago News.

“Destined to take place in the first rank.”—­Watertown Enterprise.

“Invites the support of Massachusetts people from Berkshire to Barnstable.”—­Lowell Morning Times.

“Already a success.”—­Cape Cod Bee (Barnstable).

“‘The Rent Veil,’ by Henry B. Carrington, is a strikingly fine production, possessing a Miltonian Stateliness, and breathing a spirit of veneration.”—­New York Times.

“Replete with choice literary productions.”—­Gardner Record.

“Keeps up the character established by the first number.”—­Vox Populi (Lowell).

“Should be in the hands of all who desire to know the Bay State.”—­Westborough Chronotype.

“Of special interest to the citizens of Massachusetts.”—­Worcester
Spy.

“A distinctive Massachusetts magazine.”—­Waltham Record.

“Both in appearance and contents creditable to the publishers.”—­New York Literary Times.

“Does credit to publishers and contributors.”—­East Boston Argus.

“The list of contributors is enough to sell the magazine.”—­Scituate Herald.

“Is destined to be popular and a valuable addition to the literary world.”—­Home Journal.

“Rich in contents.”—­Indianapolis Times.

“A worthy representative of the literary and typographical excellence of cultured Boston.”—­Weekly Advocate.

“Of fine appearance and high promise.”—­Lawrence American.

“Replete with choice literary contributions.”—­Salem Register.

“We predict a bright future for The Bay State Monthly.”—­Norwood Review.

* * * * *

  Permanent and Profitable Positions.

  By an old and prominent Life Company,

  A FEW ENERGETIC AND RESPONSIBLE MEN,

  WHO WILL DEVOTE THEIR ENTIRE TIME TO THE BUSINESS,

  TO ACT AS GENERAL AGENTS.

  TO SUCH MEN RARE INDUCEMENTS WILL BE OFFERED, COMBINING GUARANTEE.

All policies non-forfeiting and non-contestable by their own conditions after three payments.  Endowment policies at Life rates, new and popular plans.

Experience Not Necessary,

But experienced and successful men who desire to change will find it greatly to their interest to correspond with us before making any arrangements.

Address Drawer 653, Albany, N.Y.

* * * * *

STONINGTON LINE.

INSIDE ROUTE TO

NEW YORK,

Page 74

CONNECTING WITH

Philadelphia, Baltimore, & Washington,

AND ALL POINTS

SOUTH AND WEST,

Avoiding Point Judith.

Via Providence and Stonington, connecting with the elegant Steamers

Stonington and Narraganset.

Express trains leave Boston & Providence Railway Station, Columbus
Avenue and Park Square,

DAILY AT 6.30 P.M. (Sundays Excepted.)

Connect at Stonington with the above-named Steamers in time for an early supper, and arrive in New York the following morning in time for the early trains South and West.

AHEAD OF ALL OTHER LINES,

Tickets, Staterooms, etc., secured at

214 Washington Street, corner of State,

AND AT

BOSTON & PROVIDENCE RAILROAD STATION.

Regular landing in New York, Pier 33, North River.  Steamer leaves the pier at 4.30 P.M., arriving in Boston the following morning an ample time to connect with all the early Northern and Eastern trains.

  A.A.  Folsom, Superintendent B. & P.R.R. 
  F.W.  POPPLE, General Passenger Agent. 
  J.W.  RICHARDSON, Agent, Boston.

* * * * *

LIBRARY BUREAU,

MANUFACTURERS OF

LIBRARY AND OFFICE

Labor-Saving Fittings and Supplies.

We make over two hundred devices solely to help readers and writers, librarians, authors, and all who work at the desk, accomplish the most possible with time and strength.

THE ONLY HOUSE IN THE WORLD DEVOTED SOLELY TO THIS WORK.

To any one of systematic habits of thought and record, our illustrated catalog of the best appliances, etc., containing also many labor-saving methods and directions for use, is most interesting and valuable. Sample pages Free. Full catalog (nearly ready) of 120 pages, classified and indext, post free, for 15 cents.

  LIBRARY BUREAU,
  32 HAWLEY STREET, BOSTON.

* * * * *

FALL RIVER LINE

Between BOSTON and NEW YORK,

Via NEWPORT and FALL RIVER.

World-renowned Steamers “PILGRIM” and “PROVIDENCE.”

The Great Route between WASHINGTON, BALTIMORE, PHILADELPHIA, BOSTON, and Newport, Fall River, NEW YORK, Lowell, Fitchburg, Taunton, New Bedford, Plymouth, Cape Cod, Nantucket, Martha’s Vineyard; Portland, Bangor, Me.; White Mountains; Mount Desert, and Principal Points and Pleasure Resorts of New England and the Provinces.

Leave BOSTON, from OLD COLONY DEPOT.  Cor.  South and Kneeland Sts., at 6.00 P.M., (Steamboat Express).  Leave NEW YORK, from PIER 28, NORTH RIVER, foot of Murray St. at 5.30 P.M., in Summer:  4.30 P.M., in Winter.  SUNDAY NIGHT LINE (Summer only), Leave BOSTON at 7.00 P.M.  Leave NEW YORK at 5.30 P.M.  ANNEX CONNECTION TO AND FROM BROOKLYN AND JERSEY CITY.

Page 75

ONLY 49 MILES OF RAIL

BETWEEN BOSTON AND NEW YORK.  TRAINS EQUIPPED WITH THE WESTINGHOUSE AUTOMATIC BRAKE AND MILLER PLATFORM.

NO NIGHT CHANGES

GEO. L. CONNOR, Gen Pass.  Agent O.C.S.B.  CO., NEW YORK. 
BORDEN & LOVELL, Agents O.C.S.B.  CO., NEW YORK. 
J. SPRAGUE, Jr., Gen. Pass.  Agent O.C.R.R.  CO.  BOSTON. 
J.R.  KENDRICK, Gen. Manager, BOSTON.

* * * * *

CONCORD STEAM-HEATING COMPANY

MANUFACTURERS OF

Patent Low-Pressure, Self-Regulating,

STEAM-HEATING APPARATUS,

INCLUDING

SHEET IRON RADIATORS AND

RAPID CIRCULATING TUBE BOILERS.

[Illustration]

Patented May 11, 1880.—­R.  Oct. 24, 1882.—­V.  Jan. 30, 1883.—­R.  Jan. 30, 1883.—­B.

HOBBS, GORDON & CO., PROPRIETORS,

SOLE MANUFACTURERS OF

THE CONCORD SUSPENDED RADIAL DRILL,

FULL SWING.

Patent Portable Steam Boilers and Radiators for Heating Stores and
Dwelling-Houses.

THE H.G.  SAW-BENCH.

Send for Circulars.  CONCORD, N.H.

* * * * *

THE ENTAILED HAT; or, Patty Cannon’s Times.  A romance by GEORGE ALFRED
TOWNSEND, “Gath;” 16mo., cloth, $1.50.  Harper & Brothers, New York.

This book has had a large sale and has attracted much attention.  It is well worth the reading, not only for the plot, but for the study of customs and manners of the olden time.

HIMSELLUF, 12mo., paper, 15 cents.  Charles H. Whiting, Boston.

An American poem of unusual merit and great interest.

THE STORY OF A COUNTRY TOWN.  By E.W.  HOWE; 12mo., cloth, $1.50.  James R.
Osgood & Co., Boston.

An American novel, whose scenes are located on the rolling prairies of the West.  It is a strong and thrilling story, which bids fair to become a classic.

MISS LUDINGTON’S SISTER, a Romance of Immortality.  By EDWARD BELLAMY, author of “Six to One; A Nantucket Idyl,” etc.; 12mo., cloth, $1.50.  James R. Osgood & Co., Boston.

THE ADVENTURES OF A WIDOW.  A novel by EDGAR FAWCETT, author of “A Gentleman of Leisure,” etc.; 12mo., cloth.  James R. Osgood & Co., Boston.

LIFE AT PUGET SOUND, with sketches of travel in Washington Territory and British Columbia, 1865—­1881.  By CAROLINA C. LEIGHTON, [formerly of Newburyport]; 12mo., cloth, $1.50.  Lee & Shepard, Boston.

A BOY’S WORKSHOP, with plans and designs for indoor and outdoor work, by a boy and his friends, with an introduction by HENRY R. WAITE.  Illustrated; 12mo., cloth, 1.50.  D. Lothrop & Co., Boston.

Page 76

WIDE AWAKE, volume 18; [December 1883, May 1884.] D. Lothrop &Co.

This publication has won for itself a great fame among children all over the world; $5.00 will pay for the Bay State Monthly and Wide Awake for one year.

MANNERS AND SOCIAL USAGES, by MRS. JOHN SHERWOOD, author of “A Transplanted Rose;” 16mo., cloth, $1.00.  Harper & Brothers, New York.

THE HEARTHSTONE, FARM AND NATION; $2.00 per year.  W.H.  Thompson & Co., 404 Arch Street, Philadelphia, Pa., publishers.

A monthly journal in the interests of domestic and rural economy, agriculture, horticulture, live stock, current events, education, etc.  Its sixteen pages nicely edited, printed and illustrated, deserve a cordial welcome to the domestic fireside.

MEXICAN RESOURCES AND GUIDE TO MEXICO, by FREDERICK A. OBER.  Boston:  1884, Estes & Lauriat; price 50 cents.

An elegantly printed and illustrated book in pamphlet form as a supplemental volume to “Travels in Mexico.”  The first part contains a map of Mexico and fifty-seven pages replete with valuable historical and statistical information, while the latter part (35 pages) is devoted to such information and description as makes a guide book invaluable.  We are glad to see this book, and, for one reason, because so little comparatively is known of Mexico.  To capitalists, miners and merchants, in fact to the general public we heartily commend this book.

* * * * *

A TOUCHING INCIDENT.

A YOUNG GIRL’S DEMENTIA—­HOW IT WAS OCCASIONED—­SOME NEW AND STARTLING
TRUTHS.

The St. Louis express, on the New York Central road, was crowded one evening recently, when at one of the way stations, an elderly gentleman, accompanied by a young lady, entered the cars and finally secured a seat.  As the conductor approached the pair, the young lady arose, and in a pleading voice said: 

“Please, sir, don’t let him carry me to the asylum.  I am not crazy; I am a little tired, but not mad.  Oh! no, indeed.  Won’t you please have papa take me back home?”

The conductor, accustomed though he was to all phases of humanity, looked with astonishment at the pair, as did the other passengers in their vicinity.  A few words from the father, however, sufficed, and the conductor passed on while the young lady turned her face to the window.  The writer chanced to be seated just behind the old gentleman, and could not forgo the desire to speak to him.  With a sad face and a trembling voice the father said: 

“My daughter has been attending the seminary in a distant town and was succeeding remarkably.  Her natural qualities, together with a great ambition, placed her in the front ranks of the school, but she studied too closely, was not careful of her health, and her poor brain has been turned.  I am taking her to a private asylum where we hope she will soon be better.”

Page 77

At the next station the old man and his daughter left the cars, but the incident, so suggestive of Shakspeare’s Ophelia, awakened strange thoughts in the mind of the writer.  It is an absolute fact that while the population of America increased thirty per cent. during the decade between 1870 and 1880 the insanity increase was over one hundred and thirty-five per cent. for the same period.  Travellers by rail, by boat, or in carriages in any part of the land see large and elaborate buildings, and inquire what they are?

Insane asylums!

Who builds them?

Each state; every county; hundreds of private individuals, and in all cases their capacity is taxed to the utmost.

Why?

Because men, in business and the professions, women, at home or in society, and children at school overtax their mental and nervous forces by work, worry and care.  This brings about nervous disorders, indigestion, and eventually mania.

It is not always trouble with the head that causes insanity.  It far oftener arises from evils in other parts of the body.  The nervous system determines the status of the brain.  Any one who has periodic headaches; occasional dizziness; a dimness of vision; a ringing in the ears; a feverish head; frequent nausea or a sinking at the pit of the stomach, should take warning at once.  The stomach and head are in direct sympathy, and if one be impaired the other can never be in order.  Acute dyspepsia causes more insane suicides than any other known agency, and the man, woman or child whose stomach is deranged is not and cannot be safe from the coming on at any moment of mania in some one of its many terrible forms.

The value of moderation and the imperative necessity of care in keeping the stomach right must therefore be clear to all.  The least appearance of indigestion, or mal-assimilation of food should be watched as carefully as the first approach of an invading army.  Many means advocated for meeting such attacks, but all have heretofore been more or less defective.  There can be little doubt, however, that for the purpose of regulating the stomach, toning it up to proper action, keeping its nerves in a normal condition and purifying the blood, Warner’s Tippecanoe The Best, excels all ancient or recent discoveries.  It is absolutely pure and vegetable; it is certain to add vigor to adults, while it cannot by any possibility injure even a child.  The fact that it was used in the days of the famous Harrison family is proof positive of its merits as it so thoroughly withstood the test of time.  As a tonic and revivifer it is simply wonderful.  It has relieved the agony of the stomach in thousands of cases; soothed the tired nerves; produced peaceful sleep and averted the coming on of a mania more to be dreaded than death itself.

* * * * *

1885.

HARPER’S MAGAZINE.

ILLUSTRATED.

Page 78

With the new volume, beginning in December, HARPER’S MAGAZINE will conclude its thirty-fifth year.  The oldest periodical of its type, it is yet, in each new volume, a new magazine, nor simply because it presents fresh subjects and new pictures, but also, and chiefly, because it steadily advances in the method itself of magazine-making.  In a word, the MAGAZINE becomes more and more the faithful mirror of current life and movement.  Leading features in the attractive programme for 1885 are:  new serial novels by CONSTANCE FENIMORE WOOLSON and W.D.  HOWELLS; a new novel entitled “At the Red Glove;” descriptive illustrated papers by F. D. MILLET, R. SWAIN GIFFORD, E.A.  ABBEY, H. GIBSON, and others; Goldsmith’s “She Stoops to Conquer,” illustrated by ABBEY; important papers on Art.  Science, etc.

* * * * *

HARPER’S PERIODICALS.

Per Year: 

HARPER’S MAGAZINE $4.00
HARPER’S WEEKLY 4.00
HARPER’S BAZAR 4.00
HARPER’S YOUNG PEOPLE 2.00
HARPER’S FRANKLIN SQUARE LIBRARY,
One Year (52 numbers) 10.00

Postage Free to all Subscribers in the United States or Canada.

* * * * *

The Volumes of the MAGAZINE begin with the numbers for June and December of each year.  When no time is specified, it will be understood that the subscriber wishes to begin with the current number.

The last eleven Semi-annual Volumes of HARPER’S MAGAZINE, in neat cloth binding, will be sent by mail, postpaid, on receipt of $3 per volume.  Cloth Cases, for binding, 50 cents each—­by mail, postpaid.

Index to HARPER’S MAGAZINE, Alphabetical, Analytical and Classified, for Volumes 1 to 60, inclusive, from June, 1850, to June, 1880, one vol., 8vo., Cloth, $4.

Remittances should be made by Post-Office Money Order or Draft, to avoid chance of loss.

Newspapers are not to copy this advertisement without the express order of HARPER & BROTHERS.

Address HARPER & BROTHERS, New York.

* * * * *

In every town in the Northern States there should be an AGENT for the

BAY STATE MONTHLY.

Those desiring exclusive territory should apply at once, accompanying their application with letter of recommendation from some postmaster or minister. Liberal Terms and Prompt Pay.  Address the

BAY STATE MONTHLY,
31 MILK STREET, BOSTON, MASS.

* * * * *

ARTHUR P. DODGE,

Attorney and Counsellor at Law,

NO. 31 MILK ST., ROOM 46,

Business Manager

BAY STATE MONTHLY._

BOSTON.

* * * * *

1885.

HARPER’S WEEKLY.

ILLUSTRATED.

Page 79

Harper’s Weekly has now, for twenty years, maintained its position as the leading illustrated weekly newspaper in America.  With a constant increase of literary and artistic resources, it is able to offer for the ensuing year attractions unequalled by any previous volume, embracing a capital illustrated serial story by W.E.  NORRIS; illustrated articles with special reference to the West and South, including the World’s Exposition at New Orleans; entertaining short stories, mostly illustrated, and important papers by high authorities on the chief topics of the day.

Everyone who desires a trustworthy political guide, an entertaining and instructive family journal, entirely free from objectionable features, in either letterpress or illustrations, should subscribe to HARPER’S WEEKLY.

HARPER’S PERIODICALS.

Per Year: 

HARPER’S WEEKLY $4 00
HARPER’S MAGAZINE 4 00
HARPER’S BAZAR 4 00
HARPER’S YOUNG PEOPLE 2 00
HARPER’S FRANKLIN SQUARE
  LIBRARY, One Year (52 numbers) 10 00

Postage Free to all Subscribers in the United States or Canada.

The volumes of the WEEKLY begin with the first Number for January of each year.  When no time is mentioned, it will be understood that the subscriber wishes to commence with the Number next after the receipt of order.

The last Five Annual Volumes of HARPER’S WEEKLY, in neat cloth binding, will be sent by mail, postage paid, or by express, free of expense (provided the freight does not exceed one dollar per volume) for $7 00 per volume.

Cloth cases for each volume, suitable for binding, will be sent by mail, postpaid, on receipt of $1 each.

Remittances should be made by Post-Office Money Order or Draft, to avoid chance of loss.

Newspapers are not to copy this advertisement without the express order of HARPER & BROTHERS.

Address HARPER & BROTHERS, New York,

* * * * *

1885.

HARPER’S BAZAR.

ILLUSTRATED.

Harper’s Bazar is the only paper in the world that combines the choicest literature and the finest art illustrations with the latest fashions and methods of household adornment.  Its weekly illustrations and descriptions of the newest Paris and New York styles, with its useful pattern-sheet supplements and cut patterns, by enabling ladies to be their own dressmakers, save many times the cost of subscription.  Its papers on cooking, the management of servants, and housekeeping in its various details are eminently practical.  Much attention is given to the interesting topic of social etiquette, and its illustrations of art needlework are acknowledged to be unequalled.  Its literary merit is of the highest excellence, and the unique character of its humorous pictures has won for it the name of the American Punch.

Page 80

HARPER’S PERIODICALS.

Per Year: 

HARPER’S BAZAR $4 00
HARPER’S MAGAZINE 4 00
HARPER’S WEEKLY 4 00
HARPER’S YOUNG PEOPLE 2 00
HARPER’S FRANKLIN SQUARE
  LIBRARY, One Year (52 numbers) 10 00

Postage Free to all Subscribers in the United States or Canada.

The volumes of the BAZAR begin with the first Number for January of each year.  When no time is mentioned, it will be understood that the subscriber wishes to commence with the Number next after the receipt of order.

The last Five Annual Volumes of HARPER’S BAZAR, in neat cloth binding, will be sent by mail, postage paid, or by express, free of expense (provided the freight does not exceed one dollar per volume) for $7 00 per volume.

Cloth cases for each volume, suitable for binding, will be sent by mail, postpaid, on receipt of $1 each.

Remittances should be made by Post-Office Money Order or Draft, to avoid chance of loss.

Newspapers are not to copy this advertisement without the express order of HARPER & BROTHERS.

Address HARPER & BROTHERS, New York.

* * * * *

SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN

ESTABLISHED 1846.

The most popular Weekly newspaper devoted to science, mechanics, engineering, discoveries, inventions and patents ever published.  Every number illustrated with splendid engravings.  This publication, furnishes a most valuable encyclopedia of information which no person should be without.  The popularity of the SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN is such that its circulation nearly equals that of all other papers of its class combined.  Price $3.20 a year.  Discount to Clubs.  Sold by all newsdealers.  MUNN & CO., Publishers, No. 361 Broadway, N.Y.

* * * * *

PATENTS

Munn & Co. have also had Thirty-Seven Years’ practice before the Patent Office, and have prepared more than One Hundred Thousand applications for patents in the United States and foreign countries.  Caveats, Trade-Marks, Copyrights, Assignments, and all other papers for securing to inventors their rights in the United States, Canada, England, France, Germany and other foreign countries, prepared at short notice and on reasonable terms.

Information as to obtaining patents cheerfully given without charge.  Hand-books of information sent free.  Patents obtained through Munn & Co. are noticed in the Scientific American free.  The advantage of such notice is well understood by all persons who wish to dispose of their patents.

Address MUNN & CO.  Office SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN, 361 Broadway, New York.

* * * * *

JOHN N. McCLINTOCK & CO.,

Page 81

Publishers, Printers, Stereotypers, and Electrotypers, have facilities for doing Book Work and Job Printing.

ESTIMATES CHEERFULLY FURNISHED.

31 MILK ST., ROOM 46, BOSTON, MASS.

* * * * *

PHOTO-ELECTROTYPE

Is the name of a new process of

ENGRAVING BY PHOTOGRAPHY

at less than

ONE-HALF THE COST OF WOOD ENGRAVING!

The plates are equal to the finest wood cuts, and in point of depth, superior.  We furnish an electrotype all ready for the printer’s use.

We can do every description of work, Machinery, Furniture, Buildings,
Autograph Letters, Illustrations for Trade Catalogues, etc.

For specimen sheet of our work and further particulars address

PHOTO-ELECTROTYPE CO.,

63 OLIVER STREET, BOSTON.

* * * * *

ANTIQUE

Views of Ye Town of Boston.

By JAMES H. STARK.

This is the title of one of the most valuable contributions to the HISTORY of BOSTON that has been made in many years.  It embraces a series of upwards of ONE HUNDRED VIEWS of OLD BOSTON, that have been gathered from private and public collections, and most faithfully reproduced by the Photo-Electrotype Engraving Company’s process of Boston.

The Book is handsomely BOUND IN CLOTH.  On the front cover is a view of the Old State House, embossed in gold; on the back cover is a veneer made from the Old Elm, on which is printed a view of the old tree, and an autograph letter from Mayor Cobb (who was mayor of Boston at the time of the destruction of the tree), certifying to its authenticity.  It is a book of 400 pages, imperial octavo, and a limited number is offered at

$6.00 PER COPY.

ADDRESS PHOTO-ELECTROTYPE CO., 63 OLIVER STREET, BOSTON.

* * * * *

STARK’S ILLUSTRATED

BERMUDA GUIDE.

The Bermuda Islands are coming more prominently before the public each season, as a health resort and winter watering place.  Although it is but sixty-five hours’ sail from New York to these coral islands, yet they are strangely unfamiliar to most well informed Americans.  Speaking our own language, having the same origin, with manners and customs prevalent in New England a century ago, it is only now that these islands and their inhabitants have attracted much attention and led the public to inquire concerning them.

It is to satisfy this demand and also to bring to the notice of those unacquainted with the beauties of these semi-tropical islands that the writer has been led to issue this work, which is the first illustrated guide-book and history of Bermuda yet published.  The book contains two hundred pages, and is embellished with sixteen photo-mechanical prints made by a new process from negatives (taken by the author during the past winter) of the finest scenery in Bermuda.  This is a new feature in the matter of book illustrations, and it makes the work both unique and valuable.

Page 82

BOUND IN CLOTH, PRICE $2.00, POST-PAID

ADDRESS ALL ORDERS TO

PHOTO-ELECTROTYPE COMPANY,

No. 63 Oliver Street, Boston, Mass.

* * * * *

Battle Maps and Charts of the American Revolution.

By HENRY B. CARRINGTON, M.A., LL.D., U.S.A.

Published by A.S.  BARNES & CO., 111 & 113 William Street, New York.

The publishers issue this work for the use of teachers and scholars, as well as for its fitness as a companion to all Histories of the United States, with confidence that it will prove a valuable specialty to all.

The RED Lettering represents British Movements and Leading Topics, for the convenience of Teachers and Scholars.

The ΒΆ and Page references to various School Histories, which mention the Battles, make it available for use by Teachers throughout the United States.

The volume contains the 41 maps which were the result of thirty years of study, and are found in his standard volume, “Battles of the American Revolution.”

The SECRETARY OF WAR has placed the “BATTLE MAPS AND CHARTS” at ARMY POST SCHOOLS, at government expense.

FIVE STEEL ENGRAVINGS of WASHINGTON accompany the volume.  The ST. MEMIN (crayon) as frontispiece, engraved by Hall & Sons; also PEALE’S painting (1772), HOUDON’S bust (1784).  TRUMBULL’S painting (1792) and STUART’S painting (1796) are furnished, in steel.

Price, $1.25.  Sent, postpaid, to School Superintendents and Teachers, for introduction, upon receipt of $1.00.

Liberal terms made with Schools, Military and Civil, Army Officers and Posts, State Militia, and the Trade.

NOTICES.

Invaluable to the student of American History.—­Baltimore (Md.)
Herald.

Deserves a welcome in every school district, as well as in every historical library in the land.—­Army and Navy Journal.

In our opinion, General Carrington’s work is an authority, showing great labor and careful study, and it should become a national test-book, and find a place in all public and private libraries.—­Indianapolis (Ind.) Herald.

Each map is accompanied with a statement of the generals and number of men engaged on both sides, to which is appended the reason for such battle or engagement, with remarks by the author, who is excellent authority in military matters.—­The Educator (New Haven, Ct.).

A valuable compilation from the author’s large work, and cannot fail to make a more lasting impression upon the reader’s mind than could be derived from the perusal of many volumes of history.—­N.Y.  Herald.

Each map is accompanied by a page of text, arranged upon a compact and original system, so as to present a singularly clear view of the history and significance of the engagement in question, the names of the chief and subordinate commanders, the forces, nominal and available, the losses on each side, and the incidents of the battle.—­N.Y.  Evening Post.

Page 83

* * * * *

MACDONALD & SONS,

51 CHARDON STREET,

BOSTON.

CLOTH AND EXTRA

BOOK-BINDING,

TREE CALF A SPECIALTY.

LARGE EDITIONS, IN ANY STYLE, AT LOWEST RATES.

* * * * *

L. PRANG & CO,

FINE ART PUBLISHERS,

BOSTON.

* * * * *

Christmas and New Year Cards

(ILLUSTRATED CHRISTMAS CATALOGUES SENT ON APPLICATION.)

New Artistic Painting Copies.

New Scripture Text Cards,

New Marriage Certificates,

New Birthday Cards.

New Artistic Satin Prints.

* * * * *

CALENDARS FOR 1885

THACKERAY CALENDAR.  RUSKIN CALENDAR.  TENNYSON CALENDAR.

AN ELEGANT LOT OF

Valentine and Easter Cards

IN PREPARATION,

INCLUDING SEVERAL STRIKING NOVELTIES.

* * * * *

AGENCIES: 

New York:  38 Bond Street.

Philadelphia:  1110 Walnut Street.

Chicago:  112 Monroe Street.

San Francisco:  529 Commercial Street.

Canada; Toronto News Co. and Montreal News Co.

* * * * *

CONTENTS OF VOLUME II.

NUMBER 1.

Steel plate portrait of James G. Elaine
James Gillespie Elaine.  Sketch of the life of
Boundary Lines of Old Groton.  III.  By the Hon. Samuel Abbott Green, M.D. 
The Boston Herald
Wachusett Mountain and Princeton.  By Atherton P. Mason, M.D. 
Washington and the Flag.  By Gen. Henry B. Carrington, LL.D
A Summer on the Great Lakes.  By Fred Myron Colby
Our National Cemeteries.  By Charles Cowley, LL.D.

NUMBER 2.

Steel plate portrait of President Elect Cleveland
Grover Cleveland.  Sketch of the life of.  By Henry H. Metcalf
Boundary Lines of Old Groton.  IV.  By the Hon. Samuel Abbott Green, M.D. 
Sails
Elizabeth:  a Romance of Colonial Days.  I, II.  By Frances C. Sparhawk
The Protection of Children.  By Ernest Nusse
The Middlesex Canal.  By Lorin L. Dame, A.M. 
The Taverns of Boston in Ye Olden Times.  By David M. Balfour
Editor’s Table

NUMBER 3.

Steel plate portrait of Daniel Lothrop
Daniel Lothrop.  Sketch of the life of
The New England Conservatory of Music.  By Mrs. M.J.  Davis
Historical Sketch of the Town of Saugus.  By E.P.  Robinson
The Bartholdi Colossus.  By William Howe Downes
Elizabeth:  a Romance of Colonial Days.  III, IV, V. By Frances C. Sparhawk
Glorifying Trial by Jury.  By Charles Cowley, LL.D
Publishers’ Department—­Chromo-Lithography
Book Notices

Page 84

For contents of No. 4 (current number) see first page of cover.

Terms, $3.00 per year; Single Numbers, 25 cents.

JOHN N. McCLINTOCK AND COMPANY, PUBLISHERS.

Arthur P. Dodge, Business Manager.

31 MILK STREET, BOSTON, Mass,

* * * * *

ADVERTISEMENT.

The editors who have missed any numbers of the BAY STATE MONTHLY, and who desire to preserve a complete file of the publication for reference, will kindly notify the publishers of the BAY STATE MONTHLY of the numbers which they lack, and as soon as possible the missing numbers shall be supplied.

It is needless to remind the gentlemen of the newspaper fraternity how dependent is such a publication as the BAY STATE MONTHLY upon their good will and favor.

What we need, to fully carry out the idea of giving to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts a Magazine of biography, history and, literature devoted especially to the State, is the hearty support of readers and advertisers.  We want an increased subscription list so that every hamlet in the State will be supplied with the magazine.

We need notices that will increase our subscription list.

JOHN N. McCLINTOCK AND COMPANY.  PUBLISHERS.

* * * * *

EMPHATIC GUARANTEES.

WHICH ARE JUSTIFIED BY AN EXTRAORDINARY PUBLIC EXPERIENCE.

TO THE PUBLIC.—­Greeting:  As the conductors of the largest business of the kind in the world, (and therefore having an extraordinary experience), we feel justified in making the following statements: 

OUR THEORY PROVED.

First.—­We have held from the beginning that most of the common ailments are caused primarily by kidney and liver disorders, not primarily by bad blood; that bad blood is caused by temporary or chronic derangement of the kidneys and liver, and that by restoring these blood-purifying organs to health, we could cure most of the common ailments.  Other practitioners, however, have held that extreme kidney and liver disorders were incurable.  We, have proved to the contrary in thousands of cases.

SAFEGUARDS AGAINST EPIDEMICS.

SECOND.—­The kidneys and liver are the sewers of the system, and unless they are kept in perfect working order no amount of public sanitation can prevent epidemics raging among the people.  The prudent man, in the winter and spring, will fortify the system against an such possibility.  Dr. Koch, the celebrated German scientist and physician, says, for instance, that cholera will have but little effect among those who keep the digestive organs and the kidneys and liver in healthful operation.  Warner’s SAFE Remedies are the best scientific curatives and preventives, and should be used now as a safeguard against any future scourge.

Page 85

SCIENTIFIC SPECIFICS.

THIRD.—­We do not cure every known disease from one bottle, for Warner’s SAFE Remedies number seven scientific specifics, which have been put upon the market, only in obedience to strong public demand.

RECOGNIZED STANDARDS.

FOURTH.—­Warner’s SAFE Remedies, spite of all opposition, have won the favor of the profession as well as the masses, and are recognized as the leading standard medical preparations.

STRONG GUARANTEES.

FIFTH.—­After six years of unequaled experience, we can give these unqualified guarantees: 

GUARANTEE I.—­Pure and Harmless. That Warner’s SAFE Remedies are pure and harmless.

GUARANTEE II.—­Testimonials Genuine. That the Testimonials used by us, so far as we know, are bona fide, with a forfeit of $5,000 for proof to the contrary.

GUARANTEE III.—­Curative Effects Permanent. That Warner’s SAFE Remedies are not merely temporary, but permanent, in their curative effects and will sustain every claim, if used sufficiently and as directed.

PROOFS OF PERMANENCY.

SIXTH.—­Special inquiry among hundreds of our oldest patients results in unequivocal testimony that the cures wrought six, five, four, and three years ago, were permanent.  And most of these patients were pronounced incurable when they began Warner’s SAFE Remedies.

Read a few of thousands of testimonials.

B.F.  LARRABEE, 42 Chester Square, Boston, Mass., in 1879 was pronounced incurable of acute Bright’s Disease.  From 1880 to 1882 he used over 200 bottles of Warner’s Safe Cure, and October 6th, 1884, he said that his cure was as permanent as surprising.

REV.  S.P.  SMITH, Marblehead, Mass., after years of suffering from Bilious attacks and Gall Stones, began Warner’s Safe Cure in 1882 and in June, 1884, reported that he had had no trouble since.

HON.  N.A.  PLYMPTON, Worcester, Mass., in 1880 suffered frightful tortures from Gravel of the Kidneys; failing of relief otherwise he used a few bottles of Warner’s Safe Cure and recently wrote:  “It perfectly cured me, four years ago.”

L. Dow, Esq., 204 Columbus Ave., Boston, Mass., was cured of Kidney disorder by Warner’s Safe Cure in 1882, and November 28th, 1884, he wrote that the cure was permanent.

MRS. S.A.  CLARK, East Granby, Conn., suffered for over ten years from Constitutional and Sex disorders of the worst kind.  In November, 1884, she wrote:  “Warner’s Safe Cure cured me four years ago and has kept me well to this day.”

SEVENTH.—­It is a source of great gratification to us that Warner’s Safe Remedies have been permanently beneficial to so many sufferers.  This permanency of power over disease gives them the most exalted rank, and in this particular they have no equal.  H.H.  WARNER & CO. Rochester, N.Y., Jan. 1, 1885.

Page 86

* * * * *

1885

HARPER’S YOUNG PEOPLE,

AN ILLUSTRATED WEEKLY.

The serial and short stories in HARPER’S YOUNG PEOPLE have all the dramatic interest that juvenile fiction can possess, while they are wholly free from what is pernicious or vulgarly sensational.  The humorous stories and pictures are full of innocent fun, and the papers on natural history and science, travel and the facts of life, are by writers whose names give the best assurance of accuracy and value.  Illustrated papers on athletic sports, games, and pastimes give full information on these subjects.  There is nothing cheap about it but its price.

An epitome of everything that is attractive and desirable in juvenile literature.—­Boston Courier.

A weekly feast of good things to the boys and girls in every family which it visits.—­Brooklyn Union.

It is wonderful in its wealth of pictures, information, and interest.—­Christian Advocate, N.Y.

Terms:  Postage Prepaid, $2 per Year.

Vol.  VI. commences November 4, 1884.

SINGLE NUMBERS, Five Cents each.

Remittances should be made by Post-Office Money Order or Draft, to avoid chance of loss.

Newspapers are not to copy this advertisement without the express order of HARPER & BROTHERS.

Address HARPER & BROTHERS, New York.

* * * * *

If you want to buy a cheap

FRUIT FARM

ON EASY TERMS,

Address J. WANSER, P.O.  Box 1276, Vineland, N.J.

Reference:  Arthur P. Dodge, 31 Milk St., Boston.

* * * * *

SAFE INVESTMENTS

Carefully selected and approved First Mortgage Coupon Bonds on Improved Western Farms, in amounts from $200 to $10,000 Principal and Interest payable on day of maturity at the Third National Bank, New York.  Interest, Seven per Cent., payable semi-annually.  Coupons Bankable at Par at any Bank in the United States.

EVERY LOAN GUARANTEED.

Tenth Year of Business.  No Investor ever had to Pay Taxes, Costs of Foreclosure, Wait for Interest, or Take Land, and not a Dollar has been Lost.

REFERENCES BY PERMISSION.

A.P.  Palmer, Cashier Albany City National Bank, Albany, N.Y. 
B.W.  Arnold, of Arnold & Co., Albany, N.Y., and President Spanish River
Lumber Co., Spanish River, Ont. 
Samuel N. Bacon, Esq., of Bacon, Stickney & Co., Albany, N.Y. 
Dr. F.C.  Curtis, of State Board of Health, Albany, N.Y. 
Rev. Samuel V. Leech, D.D., Chaplain of New York State Senate, Albany, N.Y. 
Third National Bank, New York City. 
National Bank, Lawrence, Kansas. 

Page 87

E.B.  Lathrop, Cashier National Bank of America, Chicago, Ill. 
Thos.  D. Robertson, President Winnebago National Bank, Rockford, Ill. 
Biddle Hardware Co., Philadelphia, Pa. 
Rev. Henry Darling, D.D., LL.D., President Hamilton College, Clinton, N.Y. 
W.O.  McClure, Esq., Utica, N.Y. 
Hon. John E. Pound, Lockport, N.Y. 
Samuel Buell, Esq., Lyons, N.Y. 
M.H.  Tarbox, Esq., Lockport, N.Y. 
A.N.  Bentley, Esq., Greenville, N.Y. 
Solomon L. Gillett, Esq., Elmira, N.Y. 
A.B.  Kellogg, Esq., Buffalo, N.Y. 
A.L.  Chapin, President Beloit College, Beloit, Wis. 
E.H.  Fairchild, President Berea College, Berea, Ky. 
Hon. G.B.  McElroy, Treasurer Adrian College, Adrian, Mich. 
R.C.  Crampton, President Illinois College, Jacksonville.  Ill. 
Prof.  E.P.  Harris, Amherst College, Mass. 
Rev. W.D.  Hart, Pastor Congregational Church, Little Compton, R.I. 
Rev. William H. Wilcox, D.D., Malden, Mass. 
Rev. A. Beattie, D.D., Rector Trinity Church, Lawrence, Kansas. 
Rev. A.M.  Richardson, Pastor Congregational Church, Lawrence, Kansas. 
Rev. Rufus Case, Hubbardston, Mass. 
Hon. Charles Robinson, ex-Governor of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas. 
Hon. T.W.  Cheenery, Deputy County Treasurer, Springfield, Ill. 
E.R.  Upham, Esq., County Clerk of Morgan County, Jacksonville, Ill. 
Louis Ticknor, Esq., County Clerk of Sangamon County, Ill. 
General G.W.  Babcock, Lawrence, Kansas. 
Hon. Owen A. Bassett, ex-Judge Fourth Judicial District, Lawrence, Kansas. 
Dr. H. Warren, Danville, Conn. 
Dr. Moses Parker, Groveland, Mass.

These securities are negotiated by an incorporated company of large experience and strong financial standing.  Their charter is perpetual, so the care of the loans will not be thrown upon the investor, as it would be in case of the death, change of business or location of an individual or firm negotiating the same.  They combine the loan, tax, legal, and insurance departments, making this an exclusive business; personally investigating every application and guaranteeing every loan, thereby protecting the investor by a double security.

M.V.B.  BULL & CO.,

TWEDDLE BUILDING, ALBANY, N.Y.

Financial Agents WESTERN FARM MORTGAGE CO., of Lawrence, Kansas.

* * * * *

  ST. NICHOLAS
  FOR
  YOUNG FOLKS.

  Attractions for 1884-5.

This magazine, during its eleven happy years of existence, under the editorial charge of

MARY MAPES DODCE,

has grown familiar to hundreds of thousands of young readers; and their interest and intelligent enjoyment have constantly inspired the editor and publishers to fresh effort.  The following are some of the good things already secured for future numbers of St. Nicholas.

“His One Fault,” a serial story for boys, by the popular author, J.T.  Trowbridge.

“Personally Conducted,” illustrated papers on famous places in Europe.  By Frank R. Stockton.

Page 88

“Historic Girls,” a companion series to “Historic Boys.”  By E.S.  Brooks.

“Ready for Business”; suggestions to boys about to choose an occupation.  By G.J.  Manson.

“Driven Back to Eden,” a serial.  By E.P.  Roe.

“Talks for Young Folks,” a series of popular papers, by H.H. (Helen Jackson).

“Among the Law-makers”:  recollections of a boy-page in the U.S.  Senate,—­containing much political information, both instructive and amusing.  By Edmund Alton.

“Davy and the Goblin,” a very funny serial story by a new writer, Charles Carryl.

Short Stories by Louisa M. Alcott.

“The Progress of Invention”:  from “Palanquin to Parlor-car,” “From Cross-bow to 100-ton Gun,” etc.  Descriptive papers, by Charles E. Bolton.

“Art Work for Young Folks”; papers on decorative handicraft, by Charles
G. Leland.

“Sheep or Silver?” a story of Texan life.  By the late Rev. William M.
Baker.

“A Garden of Girls,” being six short stories for girls, by Six Leading
Writers.

“Tales of Two Continents”; stories of adventure, by H.H.  Boyesen.

“Cartoons for Boys and Girls,” funny pictures by St. Nicholas Artists.

“From Bach to Wagner”; brief, pointed biographies of great musicians.  By Agatha Tunis.

Special Papers by chosen writers, including Mary Hallock Foote, Joaquin Miller, Alice Wellington Rollins, G.B.  Bartlett, Harriet Prescott Spofford, Rev. Washington Gladden, Julia Schayer, Anna Lea Merritt, W.O.  Stoddard, D. Ker, Ernest Ingersoll, Clara E. Clement, Lieutenant Schwatka.

The Illustrations will be the work of the very best artists and engravers; and there will be plenty of them.  In the November and December numbers are beautiful colored frontispieces.  Buy the November number for the children.  It costs only 25 cents, and all book and news dealers sell it.  The subscription price is $3.00 a year, and now is just the time to subscribe.

A free specimen copy of ST. NICHOLAS will be sent on request.  Mention this paper.

THE CENTURY CO., NEW YORK, N.Y.

* * * * *

THE CENTURY IN 1885.

A GREAT ENTERPRISE.

PAPERS ON THE CIVIL WAR.

The important feature of THE CENTURY MAGAZINE for the coming year—­indeed, perhaps the most important ever undertaken by the magazine—­will be a series of separate papers on the great battles of the War for the Union, written by general officers high in command upon both the Federal and the Confederate sides,—­General Grant (who writes of Vicksburg, Shiloh, and other battles,) Generals Longstreet, McClellan, Beauregard, Rosecrans, Hill, Admiral Porter and others.  The series open in the November CENTURY with a graphical illustrated article on the BATTLE OF BULL RUN, written by the Confederate general, G.T.  Beauregard.  Brief sketches, entitled “Recollections of a Private,” papers chronicling special events, descriptions of various auxiliary branches of the service, etc., will supplement the more important series by the various generals.

Page 89

A strict regard for accuracy will guide the preparations of the illustrations, for which THE CENTURY has at its disposal a very large quantity of photographs, drawings, portraits, maps, plans, etc., hereto unused.  The aim is to present in this series, not official reports, but commanding officers’ accounts of their plans and operations,—­interesting personal experiences which will record leading events of the war, and possess, at the same time, a historical value not easily to be calculated.

FICTION.

In this line THE CENTURY will maintain its prestige, and furnish the best stories by American writers that can be procured.

MISCELLANEOUS FEATURES.

Under this heading may be included a series of papers on the Cities of Italy by W.D.  Howells, the illustrations being reproduction of etchings and drawings by Joseph Pennell; a series on the New North-West, being an interesting group of papers by E.V.  Smalley, Lieut.  Schwatka, Principal Grant (of Kingston, Ontario), and others, descriptive of little-known regions; papers on French and American art—­sculpture and painting, with some exquisite illustrations.

JOHN BURROUGHS

will write from time to time on outdoor subjects.

Readers of THE CENTURY may feel sure of keeping abreast of the times on leading subjects that may properly come within the province of a monthly magazine.  Its circulation is now about 140,000 monthly, the November number exceeding that figure.  Subscriptions should date from this number, beginning the War Series and Mr. Howell’s Novel.  Price $4.00 a year, 35 cents a number.  All book-sellers and news-dealers sell it and take subscriptions, or remittance may be made to the publishers.

A free specimen copy of THE CENTURY will be sent on request.  Mention this paper

THE CENTURY CO., New York, N.Y.

The BAY STATE MONTHLY and THE CENTURY for $6.00.

* * * * *

SUMMER TERM
OF THE
NEW ENGLAND
CONSERVATORY OF MUSIC
BEGINS APRIL 20, 1885.

NEW CLASSES
Will be formed for beginners as well as for advanced
students in all departments.

MUSIC
Voice, Piano, Organ, Violin, Orchestral
Instruments, Harmony Theory and Tuning.

ART
Drawing, Painting, Portraiture, Modeling,
Wood Carving, and Embroidery.

ORATORY
Vocal Technique, Elocution,
Dramatic and Forensic Art.

LANGUAGES
French, German, and Italian.

ENGLISH BRANCHES
Arithmetic, Algebra, Grammar, Rhetoric,
English Literature, and Latin.

PHYSICAL CULTURE
A well-equipped Gymnasium.

HOME
Elegant accommodations for Lady Students,
$4.50 to $7.50 per week, including light,
heat, elevator, etc.

Page 90

Summer Home and Instruction During July and August.

Classes in Sight Singing, Church Music, Glees, Chorus Work, Analysis of Symphonies, Lectures on Music, Art, and Literature by eminent specialists, concerts, recitals, etc., amounting in all to 125 hours per term, FREE to all regular students in any department.  Send for beautifully illustrated Calendar, free, to

  E.  TOURJEE, Director. 
  FRANKLIN SQUARE,
  BOSTON, MASS.

* * * * *

  FINE BOOK AND JOB PRINTING.

  Reasonable Terms,

  ESTIMATES CHEERFULLY FURNISHED.

  Publishers of
  THE BAY STATE MONTHLY,
  A Massachusetts Magazine.

* * * * *

  Parkhill Manufacturing Co.,

  Fitchburg, Mass., Manufacturers of the celebrated

  “TOILE DU NORD” FABRIC.

  FINE GINGHAMS AND DRESS GOODS. 
  GOODS WARRANTED PERFECT.

  JOHN PARKHILL, President
  ARTHUR H. LOWE, Treasurer.

  ESTABLISHED 1855.

* * * * *

H.A.  GOODRICH & CO.,

Clothiers, Hatters and Furriers.

The Oldest and Largest Establishment of the kind in Fitchburg.

MOTTO:  HONEST GOODS AT HONEST PRICES.

* * * * *

J.J.  ARAKELYAN

NO. 226 FRANKLIN STREET,—­BOSTON.

* * * * *

Book, Newspaper, Magazine, Pamphlet and Catalogue

PRINTER.

Presswork from type or plates a specialty.  Estimates cheerfully furnished.

* * * * *

E.H.  ROLLINS & SON,

CONCORD, N.H., OFFER REGISTERED

10 Per Cent.  County Warrants

IN SUMS FROM $100 TO $500.

* * * * *

MUNICIPAL BONDS, School, Water, Funding and Public Building, paying 6, 7 and 8 per cent.

FARM MORTGAGES upon farms in Kansas, Nebraska, Colorado and Dakota paying 8 per cent.  Our Company will guarantee any of these loans a 7 per cent.

We have now on hand some conservative County Bonds in sums of $100 and $500, which would make a good investment for those desiring to invest a small sum.

“All our securities are taken and examined by members of our house in the west.  Principal and interest of all we sell payable at our office.  If desired on of our firm will visit you.”

All questions promptly answered and papers sent for inspection.

SEND FOR CIRCULAR.

7 BAILEY’S BLOCK, CONCORD, N.H.

FEBRUARY 17, 1875.

* * * * *

H.A.  ESTABROOK,

APOTHECARY

Cor.  Main and Pritchard Sts.,

Page 91

FITCHBURG, MASS.

Specialties:  Physicians’ Prescriptions, Family Medicines, Trusses, Supporters, Etc.

* * * * *

Boston Theatre.

TOMPKINS & HILL, PROPRIETORS.

EUGENE TOMPKINS, MANAGER.

LAWRENCE BARRETT

until March 21.

DENMAN THOMPSON

until April 4.  See daily newspapers.

* * * * *

WANTED.

New England Town Histories in exchange for volumes I and II of the “Bay
State Monthly.”

* * * * *

CONTENTS OF VOLUME I.

Abbott, Josiah Gardner John Hatch George
An Incident of 1686 Mellen Chamberlain
Ansart, Louis Clara Clayton
Arthur, Chester Alan Ben:  Perley Poore. 
Beacon Hill Before the Houses David M. Balfour
Boston Tea-Party
Boston, The First Schoolmaster of Elizabeth Porter Gould
Boston, The Siege of, Developed H.B.  Carrington, U.S.A., LL.D. 
Boston Y.M.C.  Association Russell Sturgis, Jr. 
Boundary Lines of Old Groton Samuel Abbott Green, M.D. 
British Forces in the Revolution
British Losses in the Revolution
Bunker Hill H.B.  Carrington, U.S.A., LL.D. 
Butler, Benjamin Franklin
Chelsea William E. McClintock, C.E. 
Defence of New York, 1776 H.B.  Carrington, U.S.A., LL.D. 
Dungeon Rock, Lynn Frank P. Harriman
Early Harvard Rev. Josiah Lafayette Seward
Esoteric Buddhism.—­A Review Lucius H. Buckingham, Ph.D. 
Reprint of Webster’s Oration, 1800
Family Immigration to New England Thomas W. Bicknell, LL.D. 
First Baptist Church in Massachusetts Thomas W. Bicknell, LL.D. 
From the White Horse to Little Rhody Charles M. Barrows
Fuller, George Sidney Dickinson
Gifts to Colleges and Universities Rev. Charles F. Thwing
Groton, The Boundary Lines of Old Samuel Abbott Green, M.D. 
Groton, Old Stores and Post-Office of Samuel Abbott Green, M.D. 
Groton, Taverns and Stage-Coaches of Samuel Abbott Green, M.D. 
Historical Notes
Washington Elm; Eliot Oak L.L.  Dame
Lancaster in Acadie Hon. Henry S. Nourse
Lovewell’s War John N. McClintock, A.M. 
Lowell
Loyalists of Lancaster Hon. Henry S. Nourse
Massachusetts, Y.M.C.  Associations Russell Sturgis, Jr. 
New England Town-House Prof.  J.B.  Sewall
Ohio Floods George E. Jenks

Page 92

One Summer.—­A Reminiscence Annie Wentworth Baer
Perkins, Captain George Hamilton George E. Belknap, U.S.N. 
Poet of the Bells E.H.  Goss
Railway Mail Service Thomas P. Cheney
Reuben Tracy’s Vacation Trips Elizabeth Porter Gould
Rice, Alexander Hamilton Daniel B. Hager, Ph.D. 
Town and City Histories Robert Luce
Webster, Colonel Fletcher Charles Cowley, LL.D. 
Wilder, Marshall P. John Ward Dean, A.M.

POETRY.

Bells of Bethlehem James T. Fields
His Greatest Triumph Henrietta E. Page
Rent Veil Henry B. Carrington
Song of The Winds Henry B. Carrington
Tuberoses Laura Garland Carr
Yesterday Kate L. Brown

* * * * *

D. LOTHROP & COMPANY’S CHOICE PUBLICATIONS.

BEAUTIFULLY ILLUSTRATED IN ELEGANT BINDINGS.

LOTHROP’S NEW GIFT BOOKS.

The selections offered by D. Lothrop & Co in books of this class, will repay the most careful examination.  In respect of literary and artistic merit, and a choiceness in contents which secures adaptation to the widest range of needs, these books are unrivalled.  Among them may be mentioned: 

[Illustration]

INTIMATIONS OF IMMORTALITY.  FROM RECOLLECTIONS OF EARLY CHILDHOOD.  Wordsworth’s sublime Ode.  It was a happy thought which led to the presentation of this favorite masterpiece of England’s former Poet Laureate, as it here appears with full-page illustrations, by Hassam, Garrett, Lungren, Miss Humphrey, Taylor, St. John Harper and Smedley.  This immortal poem in its setting of beautiful pictures is adorned as with gems. 8vo, cloth, $2.00.  Turkey morocco, $5.00.

IDEAL POEMS. This exquisite volume occupies an enviable place among popular illustrated gift-books, and deservedly so.  From the wide range of English poetry, there have been selected with rare discrimination twelve worthy the title of “Ideal.”  It is not too much to say that those chosen most fitly represent the immortal poems upon which popular judgment has set its seal of approval.  For the illustration of these a dozen celebrated artists have contributed beautiful full-page drawings.  The work of the printer and binder is faultless, and the result is a book which is in every respect gratifying to the taste of the most exacting.  Elegant floral binding, $3.00.  Turkey morocco, $6.00.

Page 93

AMERICA, OUR NATIONAL HYMN, AND OTHER PATRIOTIC POEMS. By Rev. S.F.  Smith, D.D.  For fifty years this peerless hymn has held its place in the hearts of the American people as their most cherished patriotic song.  This superb volume, in which it is enshrined with all the beauty and elegance possible in the art of the bookmaker, fitly commemorates its semi-centennial.  In addition to the hymn “America,” the volume contains twelve new patriotic poems by its author, none of which have hitherto been given to the public save on the great occasions when they have been read to delighted multitudes.  Among the titles of these poems are “The Pilgrims,” “The Flag In Nature,” “The Flag an Emblem,” “Washington,” “Centennial Hymn,” “Lexington 1776-1876,” “Decoration Day,” “The Sleep of the Brave,” “Our Young Patriots,” “Abraham Lincoln,” “The Boys,” “My Native Land.”  Extra cloth, full gilt, $3.00.  Morocco binding, $6.00.

WILD FLOWERS AND WHERE THEY GROW.  The pages of this book will be attractive to all lovers of nature.  The author, Amanda B. Harris, possesses the secret of interpreting nature in a thoroughly natural way.  Mothers will take delight in reading the volume to or with their little ones, in whose lives they will see repeated the unalloyed happiness which came to them in the midst of their own childhood ramblings in fields and meadows.  The illustrations are admirable in design and execution. 8vo, extra cloth, beveled edges, $3.00.  Turkey Morocco, Antique, gilt edges, $6.00.

OUT OF DARKNESS.  Few among American women of to-day bid fair to attain such enviable distinction as that promised to Miss Mary A. Lathbury.  She has not only won high reputation as a writer of hymns and songs, full of poetical fervor and exalted spiritual sentiment, but has also gained high success as an artist in connection with book illustrations.  This elegant volume gives evidence of the author’s unusual gifts.  Its eight poems, interpretations of the inner life, are illustrated by the author with eight masterly full-page drawings, and twenty exquisite vignettes, printed on heavy plate paper.  Quarto, elegant floral covers, $3.00.  Cloth, gilt edges, $3.00.

A ROMANCE IN SONG.  HEINE’S LYRICAL INTERLUDE.  With the appreciation shown by American readers for all that is best in literature, it must be confessed that due attention has yet to be given to the remarkable works of the poet Heine.  Mr. Franklin Johnson has conferred a boon upon the public, and will do much to remedy this seeming neglect, by the pleasing and altogether excellent, scholarly translation of this choice literary gem.  A chapter of autobiography, the most romantic in the life of the poet, in itself full of interest, it is made additionally attractive by chaste and appropriate illustrations furnished by artists of highest note.  Uniform with “Ideal Poems,” 8vo, $3.00.

Page 94

THE KINGDOM OF HOME.  This is one of the books whose material never becomes commonplace, and whose stories and pictures never cease to have a delightsome freshness.  From the moment of its publication its welcome was assured, and it will continue, regardless of the literary novelties and favorites of a day which come and go, to be one of the best and most popular gift-books in all the catalogue of household treasures.  Its illustrations, which extend from full-page engravings to quaint end pieces, and include descriptive pieces of every character, are exceptionally abundant, and surprisingly good.  Full of pleasurable reminders are the stories which are told in picture as well as verse.  We have the old water-wheel making music in the village glen; the old farmhouse with its outlook upon brook and meadow; the little ones repeating their evening prayers.  In brief, all that makes home sacred—­its joys and sorrows, its welcomes and its farewells, its wedding melodies and cradle songs, find expression in the home born and hallowed songs of this volume.  While no anthology can be supposed to satisfy all the rules of criticism, this work, as truly remarked, “stands in a niche by itself distinct from anything yet known to us; and the continuous theme knits part to part in a beautiful whole.  The sunshine of home seems to beam from the large clear attractive pages provided by the publishers.” 8vo, Russia leather, seal grain, $6.00.

[Illustration]

IT IS THE CHRISTMAS TIME.  Is a volume which will be conspicuously attractive among books associated with Christmas.  Among exquisite engravings, it enshrines twelve ideal hymns and poems, time hallowed songs of Christmas, dear to the heart, such as “The Star Song,” by Herrick, the “Carols” of Wordsworth, George MacDonald, and Miss Mulock; Wesley’s “Herald Angels;” ever living hymns by Bishop, Heber, Tate and Watts, and the wondrous Angels’ Songs by Montgomery, Drummond and Keble.  For all who are in true sympathy with the religious sentiment and the deep significance of Christmas, this will be a most welcome book. 8vo, cloth, $2.00.  Turkey morocco, $5.00.

* * * * *

BOOK NOTICES.

CHAUTAUQUA YOUNG FOLKS’ ANNUAL.  Illustrated, Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  Price, $1.50.  We doubt whether in any book of the year prepared for the benefit or entertainment of young readers, another volume can be found which contains within so small a compass so much information about everyday things which can be turned to practical account, as well as that of purely educational value.  It is well known that the house of D. Lothrop & Co. was selected by the Chautauqua Association to publish a course of reading of an instructive character for the clubs and unions formed on the Chautauqua plan throughout the country.  This has been done for two years past, and the papers so prepared have been issued as monthly

Page 95

supplements to WIDE AWAKE.  These, consisting of seven series on distinctly different subjects, have now been brought together into the present annual.  The leading series is entitled “Tales of the Pathfinders,” and is from the pen of Arthur Gilman, M.A.  It deals with the early American pioneers, and presents vivid pictures of some of the more striking incidents in our history.  Another series, by Mrs. Sarah K. Bolton, is made up of “Little Biographies” of distinguished men.  Another, by that eminent traveller and writer, Felix L. Oswald, has for its subject “Days and Nights in the Tropics,” and is full of descriptions of plant and animal life in the warmer regions of South America.  “In Case of Accident” consists of instructions what to do in case of accident or injury when a doctor is not at hand, and is from the hand of an experienced physician.  “Ways to Do Things” teach the boy reader how to construct ferneries, bookcases, how to bind magazines, how to make a toy railway and train, how to make curious kites, how to make and pitch a tent, and a variety of other things.  All this information is for the boys, of course, but the girls will find as much to amuse and interest them in the various articles descriptive of “Anna Maria’s Housekeeping.”  A supplementary series, “What to Do About It,” answers to the needs of both boys and girls.  The volume is capitally illustrated and handsomely bound.

PLEASANT AUTHORS FOR YOUNG FOLKS.  By Amanda B. Harris.  Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  Price, $1.00.  This volume embraces a dozen papers upon English authors, whose writings are to be recommended to the young, and which are of themselves delightful reading for the young and the old alike.  Their hearty appreciation of the subjects written upon give them the charm of sincere feeling.  The writer is in perfect sympathy with the authors she discusses.  She gives enough of personal anecdote and gossip to put young people on the footing of familiar acquaintance with those whose works she would have them read.  There are delicious bits of criticism made simply by telling what she has herself found to admire or enjoy in their books.  One sees just how she has come to have her favorites.  Older readers may learn from her how they can form a refined and discriminating taste, and what pleasure this will give them.  The young cannot fail of cultivating such a taste unconsciously if they read what is here recommended.  Some of the “pleasant authors” mentioned in this book would be thought too heavy for young folks at the present day; but our ideas of juvenile literature have been formed upon too low a standard.  This little work on authors is an admirable example of what such literature ought to be—­a book that any boy or girl of ten can read with profit, and can keep ready at hand for reference and for reperusal through the many years of a long life.  The list includes such names as Scott and Lamb and Jane Austen and Kingsley and Ruskin and Miss Mitford, some of which have been honored now many generations.  The book will do good service for the young by pointing out to them good sources of pure and elevated entertainment.

Page 96

YULE-TIDE.  Illustrated stories by favorite American and English Authors.  Edited by Ella Farman, with a Proem by Henry Randall Waite, Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  Price, $2.00.  The contents of this charming volume no less than its beautiful outside, make a strong and direct appeal to the buyer of books.  It is not often that so much that is varied and choice is brought together in a single collection.  There are short stories by Rose Terry Cooke, George Cary Eggleston, Arthur Gilman, Susan Coolidge, Margaret Sidney, Mrs. A. M. Diaz, and others; poems by Elizabeth Stuart Phelps, Mrs. A.D.T.  Whitney, Clara Doty Bates, Mary D. Brine, Celia Thaxter, Mary E. Blake, Christina Rossetti, A. Mary F. Robinson, and Mrs. Mulock-Craik, with long stories originally published in serial form in WIDE AWAKE,—­“The Silver City,” by Fred A. Ober, and “Old Caravan Days,” by Mary Hartwell Catherwood.  All these are profusely and beautifully illustrated.  The binding is exceedingly tasteful.  The volume is put up in a neat paper box, and makes a handsome and fitting present for the holidays.

AMERICAN EXPLORERS.  The United States has played a late but an honorable part in the work of Polar discovery.  The names of Kane, Hayes, Hall and De Long recall memories of labors and sufferings in the cause which may be placed alongside the best achievements of the navigators of other nations.  The stories of the adventures and hardships of these heroes and martyrs of the Arctic regions are not, however, easily accessible to the general public.  They are either severally published in large and costly volumes, or are still only to be found in the official records of the United States Government.  The scale, as well as the price, of these narratives makes them unsuitable for consultation, more especially by young readers.  Professor Nourse has, therefore, done excellent service in preparing, chiefly from official sources, the records of American Exploration in the Ice Zones, and in giving them a popular form.  The volume embraces notices of the expeditions sent out by Mr. Grinnell, under De Haven and Kane, for the relief of Sir John Franklin; the late Admiral Rodger’s explorations in the seas north of Behring Strait; the voyages of Hayes and Hall up Smith Sound; Schwatka’s remarkable sledge journey of three thousand miles in search of the records and journals of the Franklin Expedition; the disastrous cruise of the Jeannette, and the expeditions sent out by land and sea to the rescue of De Long and his crew.  There are also short accounts of United States’ explorations in the Antarctic regions, and a statement of the object, and position of the Arctic observers under the United States Signal Stations.  One of these stations, as we know, has been placed at Lady Franklin Bay, Smith Sound, in the very forefront of the battle with the forces of the polar ice; for two seasons nothing has been heard of it, and relief ships are at this moment on their way to the north,

Page 97

in the hope of opening communications with Lieutenant Greeley and the other missing men.  The history of American exploration in the ice zones is therefore still in course of being enacted.  So far as it has already gone it is a record of which any nation might be proud.  It could not well have been epitomized with greater skill and knowledge than has been shown by Professor Nourse; and his volume should have a popularity not confined to the United States.—­The Scotsman, Edinburgh, Scotland.

EVENING REST. By J.L.  Pratt.  Young Folks’ Library.  Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  Price 25 cts.

A simple, quiet story, whose character is adequately expressed by the title.  Evening Rest is the name given to a little hamlet in the Blue Ridge region of Pennsylvania, remarkable for the beauty of its surroundings and the lovely character of its people.  Thither goes a young man from the East to visit an uncle whom he has never before seen, and his experiences during the stay make up the contents of the book.  One incident of the story is strongly dramatic in character.  A family party, one of the members being the young man referred to, visit a coal mine.  While passing through one of the narrow passages the guide fires a pistol to show the effects of the echo.  The concussion of the air starts a loose part of the roof overhead and a portion falls in.  The little company is shut up in the earth with little chance of ever seeing the light again.  They have lights, however, and stumble across some tools, and by dint of many hours’ hard labor they are at length able to communicate with their friends outside, who are at last able to rescue them.  The author, throughout the story, dwells much upon the sweet and tender influences of home.  In Evening Rest he creates an ideal household and community, and strives to show how much they have to do with the formation of character.

BABYLAND FOR 1884.  Illustrated.  Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  Price $.75.  Anything more delightful for the babies in the way of a picture or story book cannot possibly be conceived than this bound volume of their special magazine, which has just made its appearance with the most attractive of covers and most bewitching table of contents.  There are songs for mamma to sing, and stories for mamma to tell, and pictures which are better than both, because the little ones can read them for themselves, and there isn’t one but what can be read in twenty different ways.  To sum it all up, it is a regular dollar’s worth of delight, and will go farther towards making the four-year-old heart happy than any other dollar’s worth one can imagine.

CHRISTIE’S CHRISTMAS.  By PANSY (Mrs. G. R. Alden).  Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  Price $1.50.  This charming story will be heartily welcomed by young readers, who will find it one of the brightest and most interesting books of the year.  Christie is a purely original character, and what she said and what she did is faithfully and delightfully chronicled.  While the book is admirably adapted to use in Sunday-school libraries, it is also exceptionally suitable for general reading, and may well have a place beside “The Man of the House,” “The Hedge Fence,” and other popular stories by the same writer, in the home library.

Page 98

ALL THE YEAR ROUND By American Authors and Artists.  Illustrated.  Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  Price $1.50.  Of all the collections of stories for juvenile readers that have come under our notice the present season we have seen nothing to compare with this in point of variety, interest and abundance.  In its beautifully printed pages provision is made for every variety of taste; there are stories for the boys of hunting, and fishing, and camping out; stories of adventures on land and water; stories for the girls of school and play; stories of oldtime life of the days of our grandfathers and grandmothers; stories of eminent men and women, and mingled with choice poems by popular authors.  Altogether it is one of the most charming compilations of the year.

HOW THEY WENT TO EUROPE.  By Margaret Sidney.  Illustrated.  Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  Price $1.00.  Everything that Margaret Sidney writes is sure of an audience, and though most of her books are prepared for the delectation of the young, they have an equal charm for all classes of readers.  Some of her stories, in a household of children, have been literally “read to pieces,” and judging from the frequency with which the tattered leaves are brought out, some delightful sort of flavor hangs round them still.  The title of the present book might be aptly extended so as to read How They went to Europe, and yet didn’t, go to Europe, for the journey made by the little party of tourists is in plan something like The Voyage around My Room, which everybody has read.  Two or three bright girls, who are disappointed because they can’t go abroad with more fortunate relatives, determine to form a club in which they shall, to use a common phrase, “go through the motions” of going; that is, they shall at their regular meetings follow on the map, and by guide books and accounts of travel, the exact route taken by those who are really journeying.  The idea takes, and the club is organized; other members are taken in, and before the next season it has so increased in size as to include the best young people in town and render a change of place of meeting necessary from private parlors to a large public hall.  Lectures and stereopticon exhibitions are added, and some of the more enthusiastic members, after a course of French travel, form a supplementary club for the study of French.  The story is brightly and naturally told and in a way that will be certain to bear fruit in the way of other clubs of the kind, wherever it is read.  Margaret Sidney’s stories have this peculiarity, that aside from their fascinating qualities of dialogue and narrative they leave something to be remembered.  The aim of the author is not obtruded, but its spirit is there and the mind is roused to thought and action.  What child can ever forget that most delightful of juvenile stories, The Five Little Peppers, or the entertaining narrative of What the Seven Did, or the author’s latest of books for young readers, Who Told It to

Page 99

Me, and what better book for boys is there than Half Year at Bronckton, a story whose moral effect upon young and imaginative readers cannot be over estimated. The Pettibone Name, which appeared a year or two ago in the V.I.F. series, was an instance of the author’s power in appealing to readers of mature minds, and gave evidence of unusual power in the line of the better class of fiction.  All these books have made a reputation for the author which will at once give her latest story a prominent place among the books of the season.—­Boston Transcript.

WIDE AWAKE “R.”  Illustrated, Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  Price $1.75.  Of all the annual WIDE AWAKE issues this is by far the most attractive, and when this is said it is hard to conceive what, more can be said in the way of praise.  Its illustrations, which are all drawn expressly for its pages, represent the best work of the most prominent American draughtsmen, while no stronger show of names in the line of contributors has ever been presented by an American magazine.  Among the strong features of the volume is Elizabeth Stuart Phelps’s serial complete, A Brave Girl; Mr. Brooks’ capital wonder-story, In No-Man’s Land; Mr. Talbot’s A Double Masquerade, and Rev. E.E.  Hale’s To-Day Papers.  Either of these would alone be worth the price of the volume, but when added to them are the additional attractions in the way of brilliant short stories, breezy sketches of life indoors and out, chapters of biography and history, bits of description, poems, and essays, the volume becomes, a treasure-house seemingly inexhaustible in variety and contents.  In turning over its pages the eye falls upon such names as Mrs. A.D.T.  Whitney, Nora Perry, Sarah Orne Jewett, Sophie May, Mrs. M.H.  Catherwood, Margaret Sidney, Mrs. Mulock-Craik, Celia Thaxter, Lucy Larcom, and others as well known in the annals of magazine literature.  The volume is elegantly printed and beautifully bound.

HOW TO LEARN AND EARN.  Illustrated.  Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  Price $1.50.  It is not often that one finds between the covers of any single book so much information so pleasantly given upon a special subject as in “How to Learn and Earn.”  The sixteen illustrated essays which make up the contents are descriptive of as many institutions in this country for the instruction of children and young people in the useful arts or professions.  Some of them are institutions under the auspices of the State, like the academy at West Point and the Indian School at Carlisle, Pa.; one described is a school of reform; but most of them are the outcome of private benevolence or charitable and religious endeavor.  Among the more notable of these are the Perkins Institution for the Blind at South Boston, the Boston Chinese Mission School, the cooking schools in various cities, the blind children’s kindergarten, etc.  Among the authors whose contributions are included are Amanda E. Harris, Ella Farman Pratt, Mrs. John Lillie, May Wager Fisher, Margaret Sidney and Mrs. Jessie Benton Fremont.

Page 100

IMITATIONS OF BABYLAND.  The great reputation won during the past eight years by D. Lothrop & Co.’s unique and charming illustrated magazine and annual, BABYLAND, has induced certain publishers to attempt imitations under similar titles.  The public should beware of these inferior imitations.  The publishers deem it proper to inform the public that the only genuine BABYLAND invariably bears the imprint of D. Lothrop & Co.  By noting this fact the dissatisfaction which follows the purchase of inferior imitations will be avoided.

DEAN STANLEY WITH THE CHILDREN.  By Mrs. Frances A. Humphrey.  Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  Price $1.00.  In this tastefully printed volume are brought together five sermons to children, preached by Dean Stanley, prefaced with a biographical sketch by Mrs. Humphrey and with an introduction by Canon Farrar.  Every reader knows what a charming man Dean Stanley was, and how ardently he loved children, and devoted himself to pleasing them.  The sermons here given are full of exquisite tenderness, and form admirable models for discourses of like character.  Canon Farrar says that there was not one sermon ever preached by Dean Stanley which did not contain at least some one bright, and fresh, and rememberable thing.  His metaphors, his anecdotes, the invariable felicity of his diction, his historical, literary and biographical illustrations, his invincible habit of taking men at their best and looking out for the good in everything, the large catholicity which rose above the mean, squabbling of religious parties, the calm of spirit which seemed habitually to breathe in the atmosphere of whatsoever things are true, and pure, and lovely, and of good report, made him a preacher to whom one would rather listen than to any other living man.  Mrs. Humphrey’s sketch not only gives us an excellent idea of the man himself, but also tells us many interesting things about the great English public schools.  The volume is well illustrated.

IT IS THE CHRISTMAS TIME.  By Miss Mulock, with Twelve Ideal Christmas Hymns and Poems.  Illustrated.  Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  Price, $2.50.  Nothing more exquisite in the way of a Christmas presentation book, or one better adapted to the spirit of the holiday season has yet been presented to the public than the volume before us.  Printed in large, clear type, on the heaviest of paper, with broad white margins, and a series of twenty illustrations by famous American and foreign artists, engraved in the highest style of art, it forms a book of exceptional beauty, and one of which the publishers may well be proud.  The opening poem, Miss Mulock’s “Hymn for Christmas Morning,” is followed by Naham Tate’s “While Shepherds watched their Flocks by Night,” a hymn which has held place in the hearts of the people for nearly two hundred years; Wesley’s stirring hymn, “Hark, the Herald Angels Sing;” Herrick’s “Star Song;” Bishop Heber’s “Epiphany”—­

  Brightest and Best of the Sons of the Morning;

Page 101

Keble’s “Christmas Hymn;” The Rev. E.H.  Sears’s “Angel’s Song;” William Drummond’s “The Angels;” George MacDonald’s “Babe Jesus;” James Montgomery’s “Christmas Vision;” Wordsworth’s “Christmas Carol,” and Whittier’s “Christmas Carmen.”  All those diverse in form and expression, breathe the one pure spirit of Christmas tide.

AMERICA.  Our National Hymn.  With Twelve other Patriotic Poems.  Illustrated.  By Rev. S.F.  Smith, D.D.  Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  Price, $3.00.  For the past two or three years there has been a strong demand for a new edition of this unique and elegant volume, which was originally published in 1879.  The publishers have responded to the call by its reissue the present season, the work being extended by the addition of twelve new poems, all upon patriotic themes.  The words of America, were written fifty-two years ago, while the author was a theological student at Andover.  An American gentleman, who had spent some time in Germany, on returning home brought with him a number of books used in the German schools, containing both words and music.  These were presented to Lowell Mason, who placed them in the hands of the young student, asking him to translate anything he might find worthy, or to furnish original words to such music as might suit him.  In the collection was the air—­unknown at that time to Americans—­to which Dr. Smith set the words now so widely known and sung.  There was not the slightest idea on his part that he was producing a national lyric, but it caught the popular taste at once, and every year has fixed it more firmly in the hearts of the people as an expression of patriotic feeling.  It was first sung at a children’s festival at Park Street Church, July 4, 1832, and very soon found its way into district schools, Sabbath-schools, concerts and patriotic gatherings throughout the country.  Some years ago a delegation from the Boston Board of Trade sung it together at the summit of the Rocky Mountains.  It has been used at the celebration by Americans of the national holiday in nearly every country on the globe, and served during the war to brace the hearts and stimulate the courage of our soldiers in camp and hospital and in prison.  The author’s college friends for more than fifty years made it the first song sung at their annual class dinner.

The poems which are added in the present edition include among others, “The Pilgrims,” written some years ago for Forefathers’ Day; “The Flag;” “Washington;” “The Student Soldiers;” “The Sleep of the Brave;” “Decoration Day;” “Abraham Lincoln,” and “My Native Land.”  They are all imbued with the fervent spirit of patriotism and represent a high poetic standard.  The volume is splendidly illustrated by Harry Fenn, Robert Lewis, and other artists of reputation.

MY CURIOSITY SHOP.  Illustrated.  Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  Price, $1.25.  The little boy or girl who finds this book by the bedside Christmas morning, ought to be supremely happy.  From cover to cover it is filled with the most delightful stories and rhymes and pictures, all written and drawn expressly for little readers, and by those who love them, and understand their likes and dislikes.

Page 102

WIDE AWAKE.  Bound volume for 1884 Boston:  D. Lathrop & Co.  Price 4.00.  Newspapers all parts of the country have repeatedly given the first place in American periodical literature for the young to WIDE AWAKE.  Among its contributors are the very best and brightest writers in America and England, and many of its articles are the same that give reputation to Harper’s and the Century.  Indeed, nothing better has ever appeared in either of these periodicals than some of the full page illustrations which have found place in WIDE AWAKE within the past two or three years.  The list of writers who are regularly employed include the best names in our literature.  It is by the liberal outlay of money on the part of the publishers, coupled with the determination to have the best at any price, that WIDE AWAKE has reached its present high position.  The present volume, which includes the twelve numbers of the present year, is, in general excellence, an improvement upon all preceding issues.  It is a library in itself, and will be a source of perennial pleasure to readers of all ages.

OUR LITTLE MEN AND WOMEN. 1884.  Illustrated.  Boston.  D. Lothrop & Co.  Price $1.50.  This beautiful annual comprises the twelve numbers of the year just closing, and will make an admirable present for the little members of the household.  Its stories are just such as they will read with delight, while the illustrations make them double attractive.

A ROMANCE IN SONG.  Heine’s Lyrical Interlude.  Translated by Franklin Johnson, Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  Price $3.00.  The best of the modern German song-writers is unquestionably Heine, and thousands who know and sing his verses even in their translated form can testify to their exceeding sweetness and to their strange insight into the passions and emotions that stir the human heart.  Especially is this true of the sixty brief poems which he published in 1823 under the somewhat singular title of “A Lyrical Interlude.”  What gives them special interest is the fact that they are genuine records of his own feelings and experiences.  Heine was engaged to be married to his cousin, whom he loved deeply and ardently.  She broke her vows and married another, and Heine carried through life an unhealed spiritual wound.  In the translation of these songs Mr. Johnson has been peculiarly successful, while in all cases retaining the original measure of the songs, he has endeavored to make an exact rendering of the thought rather than to be literal.  And yet in some cases he is both, as for instance in the much quoted Die Rose, die Lilie, die Taube, die Sonne, and Nacht lag auf meinen Augen.  The publishers have done their part to make the volume outwardly attractive.  It is printed on heavy paper, is beautifully illustrated and handsomely bound.  Coming at this season it makes an appropriate gift book.

Page 103

ANNA MARIA’S HOUSEKEEPING.  By Mrs. S.D.  Power.  Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  Price $1.00.  Of all the books that have been written about housekeeping there have been few that have treated the subject in a practical, common sense manner, and this is decidedly one of the best of the few.  The suggestions and directions contained in its pages are given in a pointed, straightforward manner, and appeal at once to the good sense of all housekeepers who will save themselves an infinity of trouble and worry and fret by giving them the consideration they deserve.  The twenty-four chapters of the book deal with different subjects, the all-important one, “How to make Housework Easier,” properly taking the lead.  Other chapters which we especially commend to housekeepers are those headed “A Good Breakfast,” “A Bill of Waste,” “A Comfortable Kitchen,” “Blue Mondays,” “Over the Mending Basket,” and “Helps that are Helps.”  There is not a chapter, however, but contains advice which, if heeded, would save ten times the cost of the book in a year, to say nothing of the time and trouble saved.

MATTHEW ARNOLD BIRTHDAY BOOK.  Edited by his daughters, Miss L. and K. Arnold.  Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  Price $1.00.  This beautiful little volume resembles in its general plan other birthday books, the usual blanks being left for autographs.  The selections have been made with great care, and under the direct supervision of Mr. Arnold himself, who contributes besides, an introductory poem, which is reproduced in fac simile.

A DOUBLE MASQUERADE.  By Charles R. Talbot.  Illustrated.  Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  Price $1.25.  Mr. Talbot’s reputation as a writer of brilliant stories for young readers is well established.  Few have been more successful in striking the popular vein.  The Juvenile libraries are rare that do not contain some one or other of his books, and happy the boy or girl who possesses them all.  “A Double Masquerade” is a romance of old Revolutionary times in Boston, in which historical characters take part.  It is a careful study of the events of those days, and the young reader will get a clearer idea from its pages of the struggle between the colonies and Great Britain, and of the men on both sides who were leaders in the Revolutionary movement, than from mere statistical and documentary history.  One of the features of the volume is a description of the battle of Bunker Hill, which a critic has pronounced to be “one of the most graphic and telling accounts ever written of that famous conflict.”  It is splendidly illustrated by Share, Merrill and Taylor.

YOUNG DAYS.  Illustrated.  Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  Price $.75.  This very attractive volume is made up of instructive stories for children, entertaining rhymes and verses, and most delightful pictures.

CAMBRIDGE SERMONS.

Few publications of like character have ever been received with a greater degree of favor, than the volume of sermons by Rev. Alexander McKenzie, D.D., of Shepard Memorial Church, Cambridge, Mass., published under the above title by D. Lothrop & Co.  The following expressions of opinion in letters to the publishers, are indicative of the general sentiment concerning them.

Page 104

Rev. Geo. L. Prentiss, D.D., Professor of Sacred Rhetoric in Union Theological Seminary, New York City, says: 

“The Cambridge Sermons have both refreshed and edified me in a high degree.  They are full of spiritual power and light and sweetness.  I have read them with real delight.”

Rev. Edward B. Coe, D.D., pastor of the Brick Presbyterian Church, New York City, writes: 

“It is a volume which it will do any man good to read, as a broad, fresh, eminently spiritual presentation of Christian truth.  Coming from under the shadow of a great university, these sermons are not scholastic, but in the best sense popular and practical.  They show unusual felicity of statement and illustration, and are thoroughly alive, with a keen sensibility to the thoughts and the wants of living men.  Quickening and suggestive to the mind, they have the rarer power of touching chords of feeling which few preachers reach.”

Rev. Cephas B. Crane, pastor of the First Baptist Church, Boston, says: 

“The excellence of these sermons is manifold.  They are such sermons as the distinguished preacher is in the habit of giving to his people, sermons for instruction and help, and not exceptional sermons for conspicuous occasions.

“They are structural; but the beams and braces are out of sight.  They are living things supported and shaped by their skeletons, not caged in them.  Remarkable for scope and freedom and boldness, they are guided in all their movement by the spirit of the Sacred Word.  They both stimulate thought and invigorate faith.  Fresh and fragrant and breezy, one delights himself in them as in a garden in a June morning.  From their exquisite diction one might almost infer the graceful elocution of their author.  They are sermons to which the reader will often return.” (12mo, $1.50.)

A HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN PEOPLE.

The following brief extracts from the large number of favorable notices of this valuable book show the great cordiality with which it has been received.

“We have nothing as good.”—­N.Y.  Independent.

“The most attractive.”—­Boston Literary World.

“Nothing better.”—­Boston Transcript.

“Valuable as a book of reference.”—­Pittsfield Eagle.

“Its accuracy will stand.”—­Boston Transcript.

“Easy and readable style.”—­Boston Journal.

“Graceful style ...  Marvellously full ...  Animation of the book is a still greater marvel.”—­N.Y.  Independent.

“Will be read in all sections of the country with equal interest and esteem.”—­The South.

“The author writes with entire candor in regard to the history of the secession movement, and yet there is nothing in his history that can properly give offence to the readers in any section of the country.”—­The Capitol, Washington.

Page 105

“The tone of the book is candid and impartial.”—­Boston Journal of Education.

“Probably the most intensely national of American histories.”—­The Star, N.Y.

“The style is cultured, and therefore simple and expressive.”—­Detroit Post and Tribune.

“The chapters form pleasing and finished pictures.”—­The Standard,
Chicago.

“Interesting and instructive.”—­The Gazette, Barre, Mass.

“Admirably written.”—­Boston Herald.

“In the front rank.” Star, N.Y.

“His [the author’s] name is a household word.”—­The Globe, Portland, Me.

“Enough incident and romance.”—­Chicago Inter-Ocean.

“Sustains the already established reputation of the author.”—­Pittsfield Eagle.

“A book of rare interest and value.”—­Herald and Presbyter.

“A noble picture of the grand American movement.”—­N.Y.  Home Journal.

“The cream of the complete history.”—­Inter-Ocean.

“A good book and very readable.”—­Morning Star.

“An interesting volume.”—­Sabbath Recorder.

“Concise, authentic and thoroughly impartial.”—­Ansonia Sentinel.

“Worthy of all commendation.”—­Golden Rule.

“It has a backbone.”—­Boston Herald.

“Pleasing in style, judicious in selection of material, thorough in his investigations, impartial in spirit, the author wins the reader’s sustained attention and cordial approval.”—­Golden Rule, Boston.  Boston, D. Lothrop & Co., Publishers. 12mo, cloth, $1.50; crown 8vo, cloth, gilt top, $2.50.

D. Lothrop & Co. are publishing some excellent juvenile books at low rates.  They are written by the best authors, and are intended to supplant the dime novel and Buffalo Bill style of juvenile books.  These publishers deserve the thanks of parents and guardians.—­Buck’s County Intelligencer, Doylestown, Pa.

THE GOLDEN TREASURY SERIES.  No collections of modern poetry have obtained or held public favor so securely as those included in the Golden Treasury Series, a new edition of which has just been issued by the house of D. Lothrop & Co.  These various volumes made their appearance in England at intervals, the first—­which gave the series its name—­having been compiled by Francis Turner Palgrave, an English author of exquisite taste and judgment. The Ballad Book, compiled and edited by the poet, William Allingham, followed.  Later appeared The Book of Praise, edited by Roundell Palmer, made up of selections from the best English hymn writers, and about the same time a fourth volume, Religious Poems, an admirable selection of poems of religious life and sentiment, was added to the series.  For a time the English edition only was obtainable in this country.  Later the Messrs. Lothrop issued an American edition from new English plates, and have

Page 106

since added to the series Marmion, The Lady of the Lake, Tennyson’s Poems, Lays of Ancient Rome, Pilgrim’s Progress, and Minds and Words of Jesus.  These words which were originally issued at $3.00 a volume are now brought out in popular form, elegantly printed on the best paper, beautifully illustrated and handsomely bound, the price reduced from $3.00 to $1.25 a volume.  The series contains the very cream of English poetical literature, no writer of note from the time of Shakespeare to the present being unrepresented.  For a choice holiday present to a lady, nothing is more fitting or acceptable.

BOYS AND GIRLS’ ANNUAL FOR 1885.  Edited by William Blair Perkins.  Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  Price, $2.50.  This collection of instructive, and interesting stories, sketches, poems, biographies and papers in natural history constitutes in itself an entire library.  The entire make up is of the most perfect character, and it is evident that no pains or expense has been spared to make this volume every way worthy of the enterprising publisher whose name it bears, and the host of merry, happy children, who are destined to delight in its pages.  It is a fitting prelude to the holiday season, and sets a high mark for other publishers to follow.  It is one of the books that we delight to heartily commend, for its intrinsic value is equal to its exquisite beauty.  It is just the book to head the children’s Christmas list.

AESOP’S FABLES.  Illustrated.  Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  Price, $1.00.  These stories, though they were told more than two thousand years ago, and have been printed in hundreds of different editions, still retain their pristine charm, and the children of to-day read them with the same pleasure that they did centuries ago.  The present is a cheap, well-printed edition, profusely illustrated, and the juveniles will find its contents just as enjoyable as if they were enclosed in the costliest covers.

LITTLE FOLKS IN PICTURE AND STORY.  Illustrated.  Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  Price, $1.00.  If the little people of the household do not fall in love with this charming collection of stories and pictures they must be very hard to suit.  It would be hard to imagine a more attractive feast than the publishers have here spread for them, or one so thoroughly adapted to their tastes.  There are stories about cats, stories about dogs, stories about pigs, and stories about almost everything that can be thought of to amuse very little readers, and the pictures are every bit as charming as the stories.

CHAUTAUQUA YOUNG FOLKS’ ANNUAL.  The “Chautauqua idea”—­which is to place educational advantages within easy reach of the multitudes so far as the young are concerned—­is happily realized in the annual publications bearing the above title.

Page 107

A variety of subjects, knowledge of which is of vital importance to the future success of the young, have been treated by famous writers especially selected for the work, and treated in such a manner as to educate, while affording delightful entertainment.  To illustrate in the present volume for 1884, the third of the series, there are delightful lessons in Natural History, and on the care of Flowers and Plants, and instructive facts as to Food and Drink; faithful and suggestive sketches of Noted Men, showing how honorable success has been won in business, literature, science, art, and public life; chapters in History, and a score and more of fascinating stories and sketches relating to a great variety of important subjects.

If it were not for the suggestion of heaviness attached to the name, we might call these volumes table cyclopedia, which in truth they are, full of the most valuable information, but as equally full of fascination and interest for all readers.

Owners of No. 3 of this Chautauqua series will not rest satisfied until they possess Nos. 1 and 2.  No. 1 contains the famous “Stories of Liberty,” in which some of the brightest American writers recount the efforts by which freedom has been won.  In No. 2 can be found the valuable papers by Dr. D.A.  Sargent (of Harvard University) nowhere else published.  Every boy in the land should have copy, and set up his own gymnasium.  Papers on the use of the Microscope, on methods in Housekeeping, and lessons in the Useful Arts also appear in these volumes.

It will be seen that the material in these annuals is of the best, which could not fail to be the case when prepared by such writers as Arthur Gilman, Sarah K. Bolton, Dr. D.A.  Sargent, Benjamin Vaughan Abbott, Margaret J. Preston, Amanda B. Harris, Dr. Felix L. Oswald, Ernest Ingersoll, and others of equal repute.  The present volume contains seven series of articles, with numerous choice illustrations.  Published in quarto size, handsome cloth binding, and sent to any address for $1.50.

YOUNG FOLKS’ STORIES OF FOREIGN LANDS.  Edited by Pansy.  Illustrated.  Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  Price, $1.00.  Little folks who have never been abroad will find ample compensation for their loss if they can only turn over the pages of this beautifully illustrated book of stories of travel.  There is hardly a country but is represented either by picture or poem or story, and the contents will be a source of perpetual pleasure for young readers.

YOUNG FOLKS’ STORIES OF AMERICAN HISTORY AND HOME LIFE.  Edited by “Pansy.”  Illustrated.  Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  Price, $1.00.  The two writers who have done the most to make this charming book of stories what it is, are Mrs. Alden and Margaret Sidney, and what more need be said in its praise?  The title describes the scope and character of the stories, but it gives no idea of the attractive manner in which they are written or illustrated.  When a visit is made by the boys and girls to the bookstores, we advise a careful examination of the volume.

Page 108

ON THE WAY TO WONDERLAND.  Illustrated.  Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  Price, $1.25.  The bright colors of this unique book, and the sound of its rhymes chanted by mamma, will captivate the eye and ear of the babies, whose own book it is.  It contains the stories in rhyme of Wee Willie Winkie, Little Bo-Peep, Goody Two Shoes, The Beggar King, Jack and Jill, and Banbury Cross, all gorgeously illustrated.

THE STORY OF THE MANUSCRIPTS.  In this interesting and scholarly volume Rev. George E. Merrill, D.D., gives the whole story of the preparation and preservation of the various Scriptural books, a record which will be read with interest not only by Biblical scholars, but by many others to whom the main facts are unknown.  The manuscripts were originally written on papyrus, numerous copies being made in the early centuries, but in the various persecutions of the Christians a great number of the manuscripts were wantonly destroyed.  In the reign of Diocletian, in the fourth century, there were nine years of persecution, and few of the original copies were left intact.  Great value attaches to even such manuscript transcripts as were made after the originals, and they are carefully preserved in various libraries all over Europe.  Some of these are upon vellum, showing their great age.  The closing chapter of the book is devoted to a summing up of the opinions of the great critics on the history and credibility of the New Testament manuscripts.

As a record of facts bearing upon the history, authenticity and interpretation of the New Testament Scriptures, this work is invaluable, and no theological library is complete without it.  Information upon the subjects treated equally comprehensive can be found in no other form so easily accessible and at so little cost. 12mo. $1.00.

WIDE AWAKE PLEASURE BOOK, Q. Illustrated.  Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  Price $1.50.  Another volume in the charming set of books for girls and boys, and we might almost say for men and women, for grown people take as much delight in their pages as the younger ones.  It is no disparagement to the former issues to say that the present one surpasses them, for progress is the rule of its publishers, and the endeavor to do things better grows more and more decided every year.  The Pleasure Book for 1884 contains stories by a score of the most popular writers of the day, sketches of life and character, bits of biography and history, narratives of travel, poems, charades, music, puzzles, etc.  Its pages are enriched with hundreds of illustrations, drawn and engraved expressly for its pages, making text and engravings together, one of the choicest juvenile annuals issued by any publishing firm in the country.

Page 109

A FAMILY FLIGHT AROUND HOME.  By Rev. E.E.  Hale and Susan Hale.  Illustrated.  Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  Price, $2.50.  To those who have already made acquaintance with the former books of this series no word of praise of the present volume is necessary.  It is animated by the same spirit, and prepared according to the same plan, and characterized by the same bright, sharp way of putting things.  Although it is not dependent upon either of its predecessors, its characters are the same, and the reader has few new acquaintances to make.  Of course the Horners are the central figures.  The scene opens in Boston, or rather in East Boston, at the wharves of the Cunard Steamship Company, where Mr. Horner and Tom meet Hubert Vaughan, who, the reader will remember, was left behind in Europe at the close of the preceding volume.  On his arrival they proceeded to the Hotel Vendome, where Miss Lejeune is awaiting them, and the next day the party start for Mr. Horner’s old home in Northern Vermont.  Here, and in the country surrounding, the larger part of the summer is spent, the young people making excursions in all directions, taking in Lake Champlain, with all its historical and romantic surroundings:  the Adirondack region, Lake George, and Schroon Lake, besides enjoying themselves nearer home in fishing and camping out.  Into the story of their experience and adventures the authors weave a great deal of interesting local history, and in such a manner as to make a strong impression upon the mind of young readers.  The volume is brought out in the same elegant form as its predecessors, with the same clear handsome pages and same wealth of illustration.  The well-known reputation of the authors, the racy and unconventional style of the narrative and the superb manner in which the publishers have performed their part of the work, places the volume in the very front rank of the choice illustrated books of the season.

ODE:  INTIMATIONS OF IMMORTALITY.  By William Wordsworth.  Illustrated.  Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  Price $2.00.  This beautiful volume challenges comparison with any of the medium priced presentation books of the year.  The poem itself Is one of the most perfect in the language, while the full page illustrations which accompany it represent the most exquisite work of such artists as F.C.  Hassam, Lungren, Miss L.B.  Humphrey, W.L.  Taylor, W. John Harper and Smedley.  Nothing has been left undone to make a perfect book.  The paper is of the finest, the print beautifully clear, and the broad margin and elegant binding make it altogether a volume winch will attract the eye, and satisfy the artistic taste of the book-buying public.

Page 110

MONEY IN POLITICS.  By J.K.  Upton, with an Introduction by Edward Atkinson, Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co. $1.25.  Mr. Upton, as many readers know, was for some years assistant Secretary of the Treasury, and, as a consequence, has a thorough understanding of the subject upon which he writes.  His book is a complete history of American coinage and money issues, the management of national monetary affairs, and the different legal tender acts that have been discussed or passed by Congress.  Mr. Atkinson, in his introduction, says of the book that it gives, in his judgment, the best record of legislation in the United States yet presented in regard to coinage, to legal tender acts, and other matters connected with our financial history.  It shows in the most conclusive manner the futility of all attempts to cause two substances to become, and to remain of the same value or estimation, by acts of legislation.  It gives a true picture of the vast injury to the welfare and to the moral integrity of the people of this country, which ensued from the enactment of the acts of legal tender during the late war, whereby the promise of a dollar was made equal in the discharge of a contract to the dollar itself.  It shows that the mode of collecting a forced loan was the must costly and injurious method of taxation which could have been devised.  It proves in the most conclusive way, the injury which will surely come when by present acts of coinage and of legal tender, our gold coin has been driven from the country, and our standard of value becomes a silver dollar of light weight and of uncertain value.

This book, Mr. Atkinson asserts, will prove to the mind of every thinking man that, if we persist much longer in sustaining the acts of coinage and legal tender which now encumber the statute book, our national credit will be impaired and all our working people, whose wages are paid in money, will be subjected to the most injurious form of special taxation which could be devised; it proves that a considerable portion of their wages will be taken from them under due process of law without power of redress on their part, while the rich and astute advocates of the present system will reap wealth which they nave not earned by taking from the laborer apart of that which is his rightful due.  It is therefore of inestimable importance as giving the general reader a clear understanding of the real condition of things, and educating him into the right method of thinking about these matters, which sooner or later, will have to be settled by the voice of the people.

THE COUNTESS OF ALBANY.  By Vernon Lee.  Famous Women Series, Boston:  Roberts Brothers.  Price $1.00.  In this volume we have a biography of a once famous, now almost forgotten, person.  The Countess of Albany gained her prominence in the political and social world of the latter half of the eighteenth century, not by any greatness of character or of achievement, but solely by favor of Fortune;

Page 111

for it does appear as a compensation for the misery of her domestic life that she was accorded a position in the world gratifying to her nature to hold.  Fate certainly owed the woman destined to live for a few years only, but those years long ones, the wife of that Stuart known as the Pretender, many years in which she could be mistress of herself and the recipient of kindly consideration, if not some measure of posthumous fame.  The book gives us pictures not only of the countess, but of many persons of more or less renown with whom she was associated.  We are introduced to a somewhat distinguished company of civil and ecclesiastical officials, persons of literary and artistic tastes—­men and women yet of historic note.  The pictures are sketched with great power and painted in solid.  The subjects are mostly such as would have delighted a Flemish artist to paint, and they have received true Flemish treatment.  The author displays not a little of Carlyle’s power of characterization.

PLUCKY BOYS.  By the author of “John Halifax, Gentleman,” and other authors.  Illustrated.  Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  Price $1.50.  If there is any book of the season that we can heartily commend to boys of the stirring wide awake kind, it is this.  The eighteen stories of which it consists, are by well-known writers, all lovers of boys and admirers of pluck, truthfulness, and manliness in them.  The various young heroes described represent in their characters some particular quality which entitles them to be classed under the title which the compiler has given the book.  Mrs. Craik’s story is called “Facing the World;” Sophie May tells about “Joe and his Business Experiences;” George Gary Eggleston contributes a sketch called “Lambert’s Ferry;” Kate Upson Clark has a story called “Granny,” and there are others by authors of such reputation as Amanda B. Harris, Sarah Orne Jewett, Mary Wager Fisher, Hope Ledyard, Susan Power, Edith Robinson, and Tarpley Starr.  The volume is bound in holiday style, and will make a capital gift book for that class of young readers for whom it was specially prepared.

* * * * *

NOTES AND COMMENTS.

Of Marion Harland’s latest book, “Cookery for Beginners,” the London Saturday Review says:  “Mrs. Harland’s little book shows its origin by the singular predominance of sweets (which is, speaking roughly, about three to one), and by such odd phrases—­odd, that is to say, to an English ear—­as that the chief merit of a cook is ’the ability to make good bread.’  Alas! if that be so, how many inhabitants of London, England, possess a good cook?  But Mrs. Harland is free from even a rag of national prejudice.  She sternly, and with almost frightful boldness, denies the sacred PIE so much as a place in her book, and she ventures on the following utterance, which we purposely place in italics, and for which we hope that the eagle, whose home is in the settin’ sun, has not already torn out her eyes. ‘The

Page 112

best way,’ says this daring inhabitant of Boston, Mass., ’to manage a boiled egg at the table [she speaks of it, it will be observed, as if it were a kind of wild beast] is the English way of setting it upright in the small end of the eggcup [Great powers! most Britons will cry, what is the large end of an eggcup?], making a hole in the top [note the precision of these indications] large enough to admit the eggspoon, and eating it from the top, seasoning it as you go.’ The courage and genius of Mrs. Harland are not more clearly indicated by this sentence than the deplorable habits of her countrymen.  She ought to be called, not Marion, but Columba.  To desist from folly, however, her little book is a very interesting and valuable one.  Its receipts, though few, are given with singular clearness and in the most practical of manners, and the mechanical value of the book is much increased by the inclusion of a large number of blank pages for additional receipts.”

* * * * *

“The fine grade of religious books published by D. Lothrop & Co., Boston, justifies more than a passing notice.  This firm turns out yearly an immense number of books of the choicest quality, and at all prices to suit the needs of Sunday-schools throughout the land.  It has been the aim of the publishers to employ none but the best writers for these books, realizing it a most important part of Church work to provide for the needs of this large class.  Mingling intellectual strength with deep religious feeling, at the same time the publishers strive to make the books interesting and attractive.  For an untold number of examples prove that children and youth will not read religious or moral teaching presented in a dry manner, and why should they?  Full of life and vigor, and overflowing with intense energy in every part of their nature, these young people require something healthfully to inspire to this force within them.  If they do not find it in the natural avenues of the Sunday-school or the town library, they will elsewhere, in questionable literature—­an indulgence in which results in a feverish taste for excitement.  To help these young people develop into strong men and women, D. Lothrop & Co. have put forth every effort, sparing no expense.  A glance at their Catalogue will give an idea of what they have been doing in this department.”—­The Messenger, Phila.

* * * * *

Of Amanda B. Harris’ last work, the Advance says:  “Pleasant Authors for Young Folks is a delightful little book.  The name of its author is sufficient to attract many readers who have been pleased with her ’Wild Flowers’ and other books and sketches.  These ‘Little Biographies’ of Walter Scott, Charles Lamb, Charles Kingsley, Dr. John Brown, George MacDonald, Dinah Mulock-Craik, John Ruskin, Charlotte Bronte and others, are made up of stories and incidents from the lives of these writers, bits of criticism and gems of extracts, put together as deftly and skilfully and making as fine and polished a whole as a Roman mosaic of the temple of Vesta.  Such a delicious bit of a book as this in the hands of a boy or girl is worth more as an incitement to reading and an education of literary taste than many a library of a thousand volumes.”

Page 113

* * * * *

“Every day we see that there is an absolute necessity for giving good books to our children.  We cannot begin too early to cultivate a taste for healthful literature.  The recent developments in several cities must call the attention of all careless parents to this fact.  The influence of bad books upon children is so apparent as to be startling, and the boy who went armed to school last week in Pittsburg and gave his name to his teacher as ‘Schuykill Jack,’ is only one of a large number of weak-headed boys who have been depraved by reading these stories which they ought never to have seen.  Do not consider it lost or wasted time during which you read to your boy; perhaps no other hours in your life are so wisely used, and it will not be without its fruit, you may be perfectly sure.  Do not always read down to your children:  they appreciate higher and deeper thoughts than you sometimes think they do.”—­New York Evening Post.

* * * * *

A “School of Library Economy” has just been established in Columbia College, to be opened in October, 1886.  The object includes “all the special training needed to select, buy, arrange, catalogue, index, and administer in the best and most economical way any collection of books, pamphlets, or serials.”  The instruction is to be given by “lectures, reading, the Seminar, visiting libraries, problems, and work.”  We shall watch with interest this new species of technical school.

* * * * *

LAW IN EASY LESSONS.

“It is manifest that such a manual as Every Man His Own Lawyer would be a snare to the unwary, because it does not content itself with teaching the reader what to avoid, but professes to guide him in the labyrinthian paths of substantive law and technical procedure.  It is equally clear, however, that a rudimentary acquaintance with the main principles of jurisprudence is indispensable to those who purpose to mingle in active life at all, and discharge the most familiar duties of the citizen.  But law books are not inviting to the general reader—­we may imagine, indeed, that Blackstone has rather lost than gained in the esteem of his professional brethren by the attempt to make his commentaries an exception to the rule—­and the volumes may be counted on the fingers which are at once entertaining and trustworthy compends of legal lore.  To the meagre collection of attractive introductions to this subject an addition has recently been made by BENJAMIN VAUGHAN ABBOTT in a couple of brochures, respectively called The Travelling Law School and Famous Trials, which are published in one volume by D. Lothrop & Co.  The book is ostensibly written for boys, but it may be heartily commended to adult readers of both sexes.  It is surprising how much sound law the author manages to insinuate in the guise of interesting incidents and pleasing anecdotes.  Even they who are sickened by the scent of sheepskin and law calf, and who would as soon think of entering on a course of Calvinistic theology as on a study of jurisprudence, will imbibe through the author’s cheerful narrative a good many useful notions of their legal rights and duties, just as children are persuaded to swallow an aperient in the shape of prunes or figs.

Page 114

“In ‘The Travelling Law School,’ as the name implies, the reader is invited to accompany a party of young students in a tour through several of the Atlantic States, the incidents of the journey suggesting succinct accounts of the main features of Federal, State, and municipal law.  A much larger sum of information can be thus informally conveyed in about a hundred pages than would at first sight be deemed possible; and notwithstanding the suspicion with which lawyers are apt to regard the transmission of knowledge through such a pleasant medium, we are able to vouch in this instance for its accuracy.  We have been particularly struck by the light which the author manages to throw, in a quick, unaffected way, on the characteristic features of the American Constitution.  This he does by illustrations drawn from the organic laws of other countries possessing parliamentary institutions, and his references, on the whole, are singularly exact, though he might perhaps have laid more stress on the centralizing tendencies which survive in the executive branch of the French republican Government.

“The plan followed in ‘Famous Trials’ is to take a given topic, like forgery, confessions, mistaken identity or circumstantial evidence and to illustrate the points best worth remembering by some actual and interesting case in which they were strikingly brought out.

“The instance of mistaken identity described by Mr. Abbott at some length is really much more curious than the Tichborne case, though the affair, having taken place many years ago in France, has been almost totally forgotten.  The true husband’s name was Martin Guerre, a man of fair social position and some property, who, after living happily with his wife Bertrande for about a dozen years, disappeared suddenly, and nothing was heard of him for eight years.  At the end of that time the same Martin Guerre, as all the town people supposed, came back, recognizing his old neighbors and friends, and looking just as he used, except that he had grown stouter and sunburned.  His wife also recognized him as readily as did his neighbors, and gave him an affectionate welcome.  To innumerable questions about occurrences in old times, he returned satisfactory and explicit answers.  To his wife, in particular, he rehearsed incidents of past years that had completely faded from her memory.  When they awoke, for instance, on the morning after his arrival, he asked her to ’Bring me my white breeches trimmed with white silk; you will find them at the bottom of the large beech chest under the linen.’  She had long forgotten the breeches and even the box, but she found them just as he had described.  In the face of such evidence it seemed impossible to doubt that this man was the genuine Martin Guerre.  Yet he proved after all to be an impostor, whose real name was Arnauld Du Tilh.  Yet strange as it may seem, on the impostor’s trial, although confronted with the man whom he was personating, he was able to

Page 115

answer questions about the past life of the Guerre family more minutely and accurately than the rightful claimant.  Being disavowed, however, by the great majority of witnesses, including the wife, on the appearance of her true husband, he was sentenced to death for his fraud.  Before his execution he made a confession, saying that some intimate friends of Martin Guerre, misled by the astonishing resemblance, had accosted him by that name, which gave him the idea of claiming Guerre’s position and property; and that he had gained his intimate knowledge of Guerre’s life partly from Guerre himself, whom he had known slightly in the army, and partly from several common acquaintances.  With this slender outfit of material he came within an ace of effecting his design, thanks to an exceptionally tenacious and ready memory.”—­Extract from notice in “New York Daily Sun,” of “The Travelling Law School.” D. Lothrop & Co. $1.00.

* * * * *

AMERICAN BOOKS IN ENGLAND.

The cordial reception awarded to the best class of American books in England, is indicated by the following notices from the Oldham Evening & Weekly Chronicle of October 4: 

“FIVE LITTLE PEPPERS AND HOW THEY GREW.  By Margaret Sidney.  Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  This gorgeously got up and profusely and beautifully illustrated volume is one of engrossing interest.  All the characters are skilfully drawn, the events are interestingly marshalled, and the plot most naturally developed.  For humour and pathos, for sympathy yet fidelity, for loftiness of tone yet simplicity of style, this charming volume has few superiors.  Here and there it reminds us of Mark Twain, anon of Dickens, and often of George Eliot, for the authoress has many of the strong points of all these writers.  Such wholesome and bracing literature as this may well find its place in all our homes.  It is a tale of a high order, and is a real study of life.  It is fresh, breezy, bracing.  It is strengthening and enthralling.”

“CAMBRIDGE SERMONS. By Rev. Alexander McKenzie.  Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  This neatly and strongly got up volume consists of sixteen fresh, vigorous, chatty, colloquial sermons.  The author has the solidity of the Scotch teacher, and the polish and beauty of the English preacher combined with the freedom, the raciness, interest, and the freshness of the American pulpit orator.  These discourses are orations which were delivered extemporaneously and taken down by a shorthand writer.  Hence they are homely, yet eloquent; natural, yet cultivated, and come right home to the hearts of the readers.  No one could tire reading these sermons.  They are as racy as a magazine article, as instructive as a lecture, and as impressive and lofty as a message from God.  They are thoroughly American for their fearlessness, their living energy, and their originality.  Sermons of this high order are sure to be in demand.”

* * * * *

Page 116

GOOD READING.

A glance at the way reading is generally taught in our schools will convince any impartial observer that this subject is made the driest and dreariest of all studies.  In our graded schools, children generally read, on an average, an hour a day during the eight or nine years’ course, at the rate of less than one book a year.  The average child easily learns by heart in a few weeks all there is in the first three books, after that the constant repetitions are in the highest degree monotonous.  There is nothing to attract his attention or stimulate his love for reading.  The selections filling fourth, fifth and sixth readers are too often far above the mental grasp of the pupil, and are also of so fragmentary a nature as to be almost unintelligible to the average student.  Word pronouncing, and that alone, is the only refuge of the teacher.

There can be no excuse on account of the cost, for the money now thrown away, and worse than thrown away, upon useless spelling books and mind-stupefying grammars, would purchase a rich supply of the best reading matter the English language affords for every school in the land.

I have tried this experiment, and to my mind it is no longer an experiment.  I have seen the children of the poorest and most ignorant parents taking from the library works upon history, travels, biography, and the very best fiction, exhibiting in their selection excellent taste, and showing from their manner how much they love such books.  They would no more choose bad reading than they would choose bad food when wholesome is provided for them.  Shameful neglect, I repeat, and not innate depravity, drives our children into by-ways and forbidden paths.  Let no one preach long sermons on the depraved tendencies of the young until he has tried this simple, cheap, and practical way of avoiding an unnecessary evil.—­F.W.  Parker.

* * * * *

The Golden Text Calendar, arranged by A.C.  Morrow, editor of The Illustrator of the International Sunday-school lessons, with designs by Mary A. Lathbury, is specially adapted as a holiday gift.  Beautifully lithographed and printed in nine colors.  It contains the Golden Text for every Sunday, and more than fifteen hundred quotations from the best authors.  The background of the calendar is of sprays of apple blossoms.  To the right of the pad the passing of time is represented by the flight of birds and an angel bearing an hour-glass.  To the left, a young girl, with light flowing hair, stands beneath the branches of a tree, gathering pink and yellow hollyhocks.  The design is worthy of the artist, and the literary selections reflect credit upon the editor.  Price, $1.00.

* * * * *

Page 117

BABYLAND.  The Boston Daily Globe says:  “One need not concern herself about the ‘Chatterbox,’ or any of the annuals made up in England for American youth, when there are better books, in adaptability of matter to age, in engravings, paper and press-work, close by her at home.  The mother may find a number of annuals published in this country which will suit her taste and purpose much better, and she ought always to give them the preference.  BABYLAND for 1884 is in all respects a desirable publication for the youngest readers.  Its songs and stories, its speaking pictures and its general attractiveness always win the smiles of little folks.”

* * * * *

An interesting and suggestive little treatise on the “Care and Feeding of Infants,” has been published by Doliber, Goodale & Co., Boston, who will send a specimen copy free to any address.

* * * * *

“AN ADMIRABLE BOOK.”

The Literary World, in a critical review of one of D. Lothrop & Co.’s recent publications, The Travelling Law School, says:—­“Mr. B.V.  Abbott’s object, in the second volume of the Business Boys’ Library, is to give a series of first lessons on forms of government and principles of law.  This is done by means of a very slight framework of imagination, a large amount of anecdote and illustration, a singularly lucid explanatory style, and a fullness of knowledge that ‘backs’ the narrative with manifest strength. The Travelling Law School is a fictitious body, taken about from place to place; all the objects and experiences encountered on the journey being examined in their legal aspects and relations, and their functions as such pointed out.  Things that one can own are discriminated from things that are common property; Boston, New York, and Washington are differentiated in their civil and political bearings; the laws of the streets and the railroads, of money and the banks, of wills, evidence, fraud, and so forth and so on, are expounded by means of ‘famous trials’ and otherwise in an ingenious, always entertaining, and thoroughly instructive manner.  We do not see why a course of instruction along the line of such topics as these would not be a wise feature in many schools of the higher grade, for which Mr. Abbott’s book would be an admirable text-book.  The study of such a book would be in the nature of a recreation, so full is it of matters of living interest, while of its practical value there could be only one opinion.  Structurally it is in two parts, the second of which, entitled ‘Famous Trials,’ is separately paged.” 12mo, $1.00.

* * * * *

A STANDARD GIFT BOOK.

Page 118

A new edition of Arthur Oilman’s The Kingdom of Home is announced by the publishers, and will form a strong attraction for holiday book-buyers.  No poetical anthology has been received by the general public with such favor as this, and the reason is not far to seek.  It contains the choicest poems on home subjects ever brought together, and the merits of its selections and pictures will keep it perennially in demand as one of the best gift books in the long catalogue of household treasures.  The illustrations are abundant and exquisite.  There are full page pictures, tiny ones, panel ones, head pieces, end pieces; some woven into the text, some the key-note of the stanzas, some of broad suggestions, some of quaint conceit.  All subjects that bring up home associations are pictorially told in what, as to the rule, is the best of engraving.  The old water-wheel is there, making music in the village glen; the limpid stream winding near the farmhouse; the spinning-wheel, “merrily, noisily, cheerily whirring;” the baby of the home saying her evening prayer, and John asleep beneath the summer boughs.  Everything that clusters about the fireside, breathes in farewells, sings in marriage and throbs in love, finds embodiment.  The idea of home comprises everything we hold dear—­wife, children, friends; the roof that covers us, and the things we have learned to love about us.  It lies at the very foundation of religion, and our ideal of heaven is simply a home.  It is the love of home which strengthens us to endure toil, privation and suffering, and thousands in all ages have met death willingly to sustain the sanctity of their hearthstones.  There is not a poet who has lived since the dawn of historic times who has not sung its praises, and from the vast amount of literature which has thus grown up, the contents of the present work have been selected.  The compiler has shown rare judgment in the performance of his task, he justly says that the treatment of this subject has not been confined to the great poets.  “It is not the poetry of the intellect, but of the heart; and many who have been eloquent on no other theme, have sung the praises of home in a way that has touched the hearts of thousands.”  The collection, therefore, includes not only the productions of the masters, but those of many a minor poet as well.  The paper is beautifully white and clear, the margin liberal, and the binding at once chaste and elegant.  It will make a book for the household; “one not for a day, but for all time.” 8mo, Russia leather, seal grain, $6.00.

* * * * *

A SPECIAL LETTER.

As an indication of the great interest aroused by the matter of one of the recent publications of D. Lothrop & Co., while it was passing through the WIDE AWAKE magazine in serial form, we print the following letter written from BROOKLINE, Mass., and dated Oct. 6, 1884, and signed “A well wisher.”

    DEAR WIDE AWAKE: 

Page 119

We have read with great interest the “Anna Maria Housekeeping Talks,” and think you could not do a better work than to publish them in a cheap form, so as to be within the reach of almost any one, and so ladies could buy them for their servants to read, It cannot fail of success, it seems to me.  The “talks” are too good to have their light “hid under a bushel,” and ought to be in the hands of every one who has a house in charge, whether servant or mistress.

In accordance with the general desire expressed in this and similar letters, the publishers have presented the papers in an attractive 16mo volume, published at $1.00.  The subjects treated of embrace directions for the table and kitchen departments, the general arrangement and adornment of rooms, matters of dress and domestic economy, and numberless small details which every young girl will desire to be posted upon, and which even trained housekeepers are often grateful for being reminded of.

* * * * *

LOTHROP’S ILLUSTRATED POEMS.

Among selections of the choicest works of best authors, in this department, are George Eliot’s story of HOW LISA LOVED THE KING, and her splendid hymn, O MAY I JOIN THE CHOIR INVISIBLE; Tennyson’s MAUD, AND OTHER POEMS, also THE BROOK, AND OTHER POEMS; Adelaide Procter’s beautiful poem THE LOST CHORD; the favorite Christian songs, THE NINETY AND NINE, and JESUS, LOVER OF MY SOUL; and the popular song, THE OLD OAKEN BUCKET.  Each volume in this Series is furnished in elegant cloth bindings, or fringed floral bindings at $1.50 each.

LOTHROP’S POPULAR LIBRARY EDITIONS.

Book lovers whose critical judgment extends to the binding as well as to the contents of a volume, will find something quite to their taste in Lothrop’s new list of Illustrated Library Editions, which includes a selection of favorites presented in a form most acceptable to gift-makers, and very desirable for library use.  The illustrations are by notable artists, and admirably suited to the text.  In this class may be mentioned among others the volumes named below, which are published in 8vo form, extra cloth, in morocco, full gilt, at the wonderfully low prices indicated.

POETS’ HOMES. The desire of multitudes to know something of the home life of the poets whose verses have become familiar in every household, will find gratification in the attractive one-volume edition of the delightful sketches edited by R.H.  Stoddard, Arthur Gilman, and others, under the title of POETS’ HOMES.  It contains appreciative chapters upon Bryant, Longfellow, Whittier, Trowbridge, Lowell, Homes, Bayard Taylor, Mr. and Mrs. Piatt, Stedman, Aldrich, and other poets of reputation.  The homes of these poets are described in charming sketches, many of which are accompanied by portraits and other illustrations.  Cloth, $4.00, Morocco, $8.00.

Page 120

HAYNE’S POEMS. The welcome accorded to the first edition of the “Poetical Works of Paul H. Hayne,” has led to the publication of a new edition.  The critical estimate of Mr. Hayne’s works, favorable from the outset, accords him a place among the few American writers whose works are likely to have a permanent place in public favor.  As has been appreciatively said, “He is a songster of the Southern groves, and having built a nest in the wild wood (referring to his country home at Copse Hill), he is content in the companionship of his mate and his young, warbling to nature and to nature’s God.  If his notes reach beyond his sylvan hall, and fall upon ears without its wall, and plaudits of approval come in return, he trills responsively a grateful melody, and resumes his solo as he would do had no encore greeted him.”  Cloth, $4.00, Morocco, $7.00.

In the same attractive bindings, are the following complete Works of FAMOUS POETS at uniform prices, extra cloth, full gilt, $3.00.  Morocco, full gilt, $6.00.

WILLIAM SHAKESPEARE. Edited, with a critical Biography, by William Michael Rossetti.  With an essay on the Chronology of Shakespeare’s Plays, by Edward Dowden, LL.  D. A History of the Drama in England to the Time of Shakespeare, by Arthur Gilman, M.A.  A Critical Introduction to each Play, by Augustus W. Von Schlegel.  An Essay on Shakespeare’s Indebtedness to the Bible, a List of early editions to Shakespeare’s Plays; an Index to noteworthy Scenes; an Index to all the Characters; a List of the Songs in the Plays; an Index to familiar Quotations, and a carefully prepared Glossary, Shakespeare’s Will, etc.  The above illustrative matter makes this the best-furnished one-volume edition in the market.

LORD BYRON, with portrait, correspondence, and notes, by Sir John Gilbert, W.J.  Linton and others.

ROBERT BURNS. With portrait, correspondence and notes, edited by Allan Cunningham.

GOETHE. Translated in the original metres by Edgar Alfred Browning, C.B.

JEAN INGELOW. Including “The Shepherd Lady.” 400 pages.

LAY OF THE LAST MINSTREL, MARMION, and LADY OF THE LAKE.

Lord Macaulay’s LAYS OF ANCIENT ROME. With IVRY and the ARMADA. With illustration by Wequelin.

OWEN MEREDITH (Robert, Lord Lytton).  “Lucille,” “The Apple of Life,” “The Wanderer,” etc.

JOHN MILTON. With Memoir, Introduction and Notes, by David Masson, M.A., LL.  D.

THOMAS MOORE. Unabridged.  With explanatory notes.

ADELAIDE A. PROCTER. There are, in this volume, gems of as noble and perfect poetry as in any language.—­London Athenaeum.

JOHANN C.F.  VON SCHILLER. The finest one-volume edition of the works of this favorite poet.

SIR WALTER SCOTT. Including introduction and notes.

Page 121

PERCY BYSSHE SHELLEY. “No poet was ever warmed by a more genuine or unforced inspiration.”

ALFRED TENNYSON. Including all the latest poems.  Illustrated by Gustave Dore, W. Holman Hunt and others.

LOTHROP’S GOLDEN TREASURY SERIES.

This series presents a selection of books, remarkable for the rare and enduring value of their contents, and made additionally attractive by the form in which they are published.  The volumes are of the semi-square shape which offers such excellent opportunities for the best effects in simple but elegant typography and binding, and the results will be in the highest degree satisfactory to all lovers of handsome books.  The series takes its name from the book first upon the list.

THE GOLDEN TREASURY, edited by Francis Turner Palgrave, consists of selections made with rare discrimination from the very best of English songs and lyrical poems.

IN THE BOOK OF PRAISE, Sir Roundell Palmer, with a just appreciation of their merits and a devout sympathy with their spirit, has brought together, from the range of English hymns, those which are worthy of a permanent place in public favor.

THE BALLAD BOOK, edited with no less painstaking care, and excellence in judgment, by William Allingham, includes an unsurpassed selection of the representative ballads which have won fame and favor for the bards of Britain.  In no other form is so rare and pleasing a collection of British ballads to be found.

Of the volume which includes those masterpieces of Sir Walter Scott, MARMION, LADY OF THE LAKE, AND THE LAY OF THE LAST MINSTREL, no explanatory words are necessary.  These poems in the future, as in the past, will hold undisputed place among the gems of classic literature.

The popularity of England’s Poet Laureate makes it equally unnecessary to more than present the title of the next volume upon the list, THE COMPLETE WORKS OF TENNYSON.

Lord Macaulay’s LAYS OF ANCIENT ROME, IVRY, and the ARMADA, is another volume upon which comment is needless.

RELIGIOUS POEMS is an admirable selection, reflecting the life and sentiments of the Christian believer.

IN THE MIND AND WORDS OF JESUS, by Rev. T.R.  Macduff, we have a masterly interpretation of the thoughts and utterances of the Divine Teacher, so full of deep insight, of spirituality, and helpfulness, as to seem little less than inspired.

This series of standard books would be incomplete without the name of Bunyan and his PILGRIM’S PROGRESS, which concludes the list.

Each volume is beautifully illustrated and printed on the finest paper.  To their other excellent features is added a price which cannot fail to make them popular.  Vellum, cloth, $1.25 each.

LOTHROP’S SPARE MINUTE SERIES.

Page 122

“The significance of the name of this series is seen from the fact that THOUGHTS THAT BREATHE, for instance, has 300 pages, and contains 273 separately numbered and independent extracts.  Thus a person can read one or more of these at a time, and put the book down without breaking the train of thought.” 6 vols, 12mo, $5.00. 6 vols, imitation half calf. $7.50. 6 vols, full imitation calf. $9.00.

RIGHT TO THE POINT. From the writings of Theodore L. Cuyler, D.D., selected by Mary Storrs Haynes.  With an introduction by Rev. Newman Hall.

Pithy paragraphs on a wide range of subjects, not one of which but will be found to contain some terse, sparkling truth worthy of thought and attention.  A spare ten minutes devoted to such reading can never be wasted.

THOUGHT THAT BREATHE. From the writings of Dean Stanley.  Introduction by Rev. Phillips Brooks.  The numerous admirers on this side of the water of the late eloquent English churchman, will be grateful for this volume, which contains some of his best utterances. 16mo, cloth, $1.00.

CHEERFUL WORDS. From George MacDonald.  Introduction by James T. Fields.

THE MIGHT OF RIGHT. From Rt.  Hon. Wm. E. Gladstone.  Introduction by John D. Long.

TRUE MANLINESS. From Thomas Hughes.  Introduction by James Russell Lowell.

LIVING TRUTHS. From Charles Kingsley.  Introduction by W.D.  Howells.

LOTHROP’S CHOICE NEW EDITIONS OF FAMOUS S.S.  BOOKS IN SETS.

Bronckton Series.” SO AS BY FIRE, by Margaret Sidney.  A bright story full of life and interest, as are all the writings by this popular author.

HALF YEAR AT BRONCKTON, by the same author.  Earnest, yet lively, this is just the book for all boys old enough to be subjected to the temptations of school life.

The other books of this series, “Tempter Behind,” by John Saunders, “For Mack’s Sake,” by S.J.  Burke, and “Class of ’70,” by Helena V. Morrison, are all worthy of a place in every Sunday-school library.

Amaranth Library. 4 vols., 12mo, illust. $6.00
Books by the author of Andy Luttrell. 6 vols., 12mo, illust. 7.50
Julia A. Eastman’s Books. 6 vols., 12mo, illust. 7.50
Ella Farman’s Books. 9 vols., large 16mo, illust. 10.00
Pansy Series. 4 vols. 3.00
Mudge (Rev. Z.A.) Works. 3 vols. 3.75
Porter (Mrs. A.E.) Books. 5 vols. 6.25
Capron (M.J.) Books. 4 vols. 6.00
Mrs. E.D.  Kendall’s Books. 3 vols., 12mo, illust. 3.75
Our Boy’s Library. 5 vols., illust. 6.25
Our Girls’ Library. 5 vols., illust. 6.25
Snow Family Library. 5 vols., illust.

Page 123

5.00
Sturdy Jack Series. 6 vols., 12mo, illust. 4.50
To-day Series.  New and of extraordinary excellence. 6 vols.,
    illust. 7.50
Child Life Series. 26 vols., illust.  Each 1.00
Hill Rest Series. 3 vols., 16mo, illust. 3.75
Uncle Max Series. 8 vols., illust. 6.00
Yensie Walton Books. 5 vols., 12mo, illust. 7.50

LOTHROP’S YOUNG FOLKS’ LIBRARY.

Nothing at once so good and cheap is anywhere to be found.  These choice 16mo volumes of 300 to 500 pages, clear type, carefully printed, with handsome and durable covers of manilla paper, and embracing some of the best stories by popular American authors, are published at the low price of 25 cents per volume, and mailed postpaid.  One number issued each month.  No second edition will be printed in this style.  The regular edition is issued in cloth bindings at $1.25 to $1.75 per volume.  Among the numbers already published at 25 cents each as above are

1.  Tip Lewis and his lamp, by PANSY. 2.  Margie’s Mission by MARIE OLIVER. 3.  Kitty Kent’s Trouble, by JULIA A. EASTMAN. 4.  Mrs. Hurd’s Niece, by ELLA FARMAN PRATT, editor of WIDE AWAKE. 5.  Evening Rest, by REV.  J.L.  PRATT.

Other equally charming stories will follow each month.  The Library is especially commended to Sunday-school superintendents or those interested in securing choice Sunday-school books at lowest prices.  Attention is called to the necessity of early orders, as when the present editions are exhausted, no more copies of the several volumes can be had at the same price.

LOTHROP’S STANDARD BOOKS FOR YOUTHS.

Admirable books in history, biography and story.

Fern Glen Series. 31 vols., illust.  Each 1.25
Young Folks’ Series. 33 vols., illust.  Each 1.50
Popular Biographies. 18 vols., illust.  Each 1.50
Young Folks’ Histories, by MISS YONGE and others. 10 vols.,
     illust.  Each 1.50
Yonge’s Historical Stories. 4 vols., illust.  Each 1.25
The $1000 Prize Books.  A fresh edition in new style of
     binding. 16 vols., 12mo. 24.50
The new $500 Prize Series.  A fresh edition in new style of
     binding. 13 vols., 12mo. 16.75
The Original $500 Prize Series.  A fresh edition in new style
     of binding. 8 vols., 12mo. 12.00

LOTHROP’S TEMPERANCE LIBRARY.

No Sunday-school library is complete without some well-chosen volumes showing the evils of intemperance, the great curse which good men and women are everywhere endeavoring to remove.

Page 124

D. Lothrop & Co. publish among others the following admirable temperance books.

The only way Out.  By J.W.  Willing. $1.50
John Bremm.  By A.A.  Hopkins. 1.25
Sinner and Saint. by A.A.  Hopkins 1.25
The Tempter Behind.  By John Saunders. 1.25
Good Work.  By Mary D. Chellis. 1.50
Mystery of the Lodge.  By Mary D. Chellis. 1.50
Finished or Not.  By the author of “Fabrics.” 1.50
Modern Prophets.  By Pansy and Faye Huntington. 1.50
May Bell.  By Hubert Newbury. 1.50

TEMPERANCE REFORMATION, The, and Its Claims upon the Christian Church.  By Rev. James Smith, of Scotland. 8 vo. $2.50.

Sunday-school teachers and superintendents will find the above books admirably adapted to the purpose of teaching great moral lessons, while they are also full of pleasure and interest to young readers.

LOTHROP’S POPULAR LOW-PRICE LIBRARIES.

Among attractive and valuable Libraries issued in sets at prices which place them not only beyond competition, but within the easy reach of all, are

Best Way Series. 3 vols., illust. $1.50
Half Hour Library, by PANSY. 8 vols., illust. 3.20
Little People’s Home Library. 12 vols., illust. 3.00
Little Pansy Series. 10 vols., illust.  Cloth, $4.00; boards. 3.00
Little May’s Picture Library. 12 vols., illust. 2.40
Mother’s Boys and Girls, by PANSY. 12 vols., illust. 3.00
Rainy Day Library. 8 vols., illust. 4.00
Spring Blossom. 12 vols., illust. 3.00
Stories from the Bible, 1st and 2d Series.  Each .15
Twisty Clover Series. 6 vols., illust. 1.20
Happy Thought Library. 6 vols., large 18mo, illust. 3.00
Little Neighbor Series. 6 vols., large 18mo, illust. 1.50
May and Tom Library. 5 vols., 18mo, illust. 3.00
Sunny Dell Series. 6 vols., 18mo, illust. 3.60
Side by Side library. 3 vols., 16mo, illust. 1.80

LOTHROP’S POPULAR PANSY BOOKS.

The works of this popular author are universally acknowledged to be among the very best of all books for Sunday-school reading.  Earnest, hopeful, practical, full of the spirit of Christian faith and courage, they are also in the highest degree interesting.

COMPLETE LIST OF THE PANSY BOOKS.

Each volume, 12mo, $1.50.

Chautauqua Girls at Home.

Divers Women.

Echoing and Re-echoing.

Endless Chain (An).

Ester Ried.

Ester Ried Yet Speaking.

Four Girls at Chautauqua.

Page 125

From different Standpoints.

Hall in the Grove (The).

Household Puzzles.

Julia Ried.

King’s Daughter (The).

Links in Rebecca’s Life.

Mrs. Solomon Smith Looking On.

Modern Prophets.

Man of the House (The).

New Graft on the Family Tree (A).

Pocket Measure (The).

Ruth Erskine’s Crosses.

Randolphs (The).

Sidney Martin’s Christmas.

Those Boys.

Three People.

Tip Lewis and his Lamp.

Wise and Otherwise.

Each volume, 12mo, $1.25.

Cunning Workmen.

Dr. Deane’s Way.

Grandpa’s Darlings.

Miss Priscilla Hunter and My Daughter Susan.

Mrs. Deane’s Way.

What she Said.

Each volume, 12mo, $1.00.

Five Friends.

Mrs. Harry Harper’s Awakening.

Next Things.

Pansy’s Scrap Book.

Some young Heroines.

Each volume, 12mo, 75 cents.

Getting Ahead.

Mary Burton Abroad.

Pansies.

Six little Girls.

That Boy Bob.

Two Boys.

Each volume, 16mo, 75 cents.

Bernie’s White Chicken.

Docia’s Journal.

Helen Lester.

Jessie Wells.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Hedge Fence (A)., 16mo, 60c.

Side by Side, 16mo, 60c.

Pansy’s Picture Book. 4to, boards, 1.50; cloth 2.00

The little Pansy Series. 10 vols., boards, 3.00; cloth 4.00

Mother’s Boys and Girls Library. 12 vols., quarto, boards. 3.00

PANSY’S NEW BOOKS.

Among the new books by this favorite author, which Sunday-school superintendents and all readers of her previous books will wish to order, are

A HEDGE FENCE.  A story that will be particularly pleasing to boys, most of whom will find in its hero a fair representation of themselves. 16mo, 60 cents.

AN ENDLESS CHAIN.  From the introduction, on the first page, of the new superintendent of the Packard Place Sabbath-school, to the end, there is no flagging of interest in this bright, fresh, wholesome story.  Illustrated, 12mo, $1.50.

SIDE BY SIDE.  Short illustrated stories from Bible texts for the help of boys and girls in their everyday duties. 16mo, cloth, 60 cents.

CHRISTIE’S CHRISTMAS.  No more charming little heroine can be found than the Christie of this volume, and the story of her journey to spend Christmas, with the great variety of characters introduced, all of them original and individual in their way, is perfectly novel and interesting.

As a guide to teachers, rich in suggestions and directions for methods of teaching, etc., there is nothing better than PANSY’S SCRAP BOOK. 12mo.  Cloth, Illustrated $1.00.

Page 126

In fact all of Pansy’s books have some special charm or attraction which makes them a power for good wherever read.

LOTHROP’S SELECT SUNDAY-SCHOOL LIBRARIES.

Every book in these marvellously cheap libraries will bear the closest criticism.  Each is fresh and interesting in matter, unexceptionable in tone and excellent in literary style.  These libraries as a whole, considering their character and cost have no superiors.

Select Sunday-school Library, No. 12, 20 vols., $5.00 net. " " " No. 9, 50 vols., 25.00 net. " " " No. 10, 12 vols., 5.00 net. " " " No. 11, 20 vols., 10.00 net.  Pansy’s Primary Library, 30 vols. 7.50 net.  Select Primary Sunday-school Library, 36 vols.,
  in extra cloth binding. 5.50 net.

LOTHROP’S BOOKS FOR SUPERINTENDENTS.

BIBLE READER, THE.  By Rev. H.V.  Dexter, D.D. 16mo, .50.

BIBLE LESSONS FOR SUNDAY-SCHOOL CONCERTS AND ANNIVERSARIES.  By Edmund Clark. 18 numbers 5 cts. each.  Bound in 16mo. vol, cloth, $1.00.

BIBLE PICTURES.  By Rev. Geo. B. Ide, D.D. 12mo, $2.00.

FIFTY YEARS WITH THE SABBATH-SCHOOL.  By Rev. Asa Bullard, D.D. 12mo, cloth, $1.25.

HELP FOR SUNDAY-SCHOOL CONCERTS.  By A.P. and M.T.  Folsom. 16mo, $1.00.

SELF-GIVING.  A story of Christian missions.  By Rev. W.F.  Bainbridge. 12mo, cloth, illustrated, $1.50.

ROCK OF AGES.  By Rev. S.F.  Smith, D.D.  A choice collection of religious poems. 18mo, cloth, gilt edges, $1.25.

STUDY OF NAHUM (A).  By Professor Thos.  H. Rich, 16mo, $.40.

STORY OF THE PRAYERS OF CHRISTIAN HISTORY (The).  By Hezekiah Butterworth. 12mo, illustrated, $1.50.

WALKS TO EMMAUS.  By Rev. Nehemiah Adams.  Charming specimens of sermon literature. 12mo, $1.00.

WARS OF THE JEWS.  By Flavius Josephus.  Translated by William Whiston, M.A. 8vo, cloth, plain, $1.00.  Extra cloth, gilt top, fully illustrated, $1.50.

WORK OF THE HOLY SPIRIT [The]; or, The New Birth.  By Prof.  Austin Phelps, D.D. 16mo, $1.25.

LOTHROP’S BOOKS FOR ANNIVERSARIES AND CONCERTS.

It is often a difficult matter to determine what to use for Sunday-school anniversaries, etc.  To those in doubt, we would suggest the use of the following capital aids: 

BIBLE LESSONS FOR SUNDAY-SCHOOLS, CONCERTS AND ANNIVERSARIES.  By Edmund Clark. 18 numbers, 5 cents each.  Bound in one 16mo volume, cloth, $1.00.

HELP FOR SUNDAY-SCHOOL CONCERTS.  By A.P. and M.T.  Folsom.  A choice collection of poems. 16mo, $1.00.

ENTERTAINMENTS.  By Lizzie W. Champney.  For concerts, exhibitions, church festivals, etc. 15mo, Illustrated. $1.00.

A THOUSAND OTHER CHOICE BOOKS.

Page 127

The above, and a thousand other choice books which cannot be mentioned here, mention, make up a list from which superintendents and teachers can easily select a VALUABLE LIBRARY at a low price.  Send for full catalogue, mailed free, and for special terms to those ordering any number of volumes.  Any book sent postage paid on receipt of price.

D. LOTHROP & CO.

FRANKLIN AND HAWLEY STREETS, BOSTON.

* * * * *

WE HAVE NOTHING AS GOOD.”—­N.Y.  Independent.

* * * * *

Arthur Gilman’s History of the American People.

The publishers embrace the opportunity afforded by the publication of the SIXTH THOUSAND of this important work to bring together a few extracts from the large number of commendatory reviews that it has been favored with.  They exhibit a singular unanimity of opinion.

* * * * *

“On its own ground, and for its clearly defined purpose, we have nothing as good, are not likely to have.  It begins a long step back of the beginning, with Plato’s Atlantis, tells the story of Columbus, Cabot and the other explorers, or the Aborigines, of the French and Spanish settlements, and so finds its way to the English colonies, the war for independence, and down through the long history to the recent events of President Arthur’s administration.  Considering the general brevity of the book, it is marvellously full; and considering the long story to be told, crowded with fact and detail; the graceful style, warm coloring and general lifelike animation of the books is a still greater marvel.

“Mr. Gilman writes with a happy pen which never fumbles for a word, and has the knack of saying a thing accurately, concisely and gracefully.  He lights up his pages with items gleaned from rare sources.  He puts in telling and characteristic facts.  He is good in topography, and makes a skilful and judicious use of local antiquarian lore.  He is an intelligent reporter of debates, who knows how to condense the strong and vital points of a long history.  He is neither shy nor timid in expressing his opinion on controverted questions, but carries such a happy art in his boldness that it will never lose him a reader.  His account of the constitutional debate and of the political situation at the close of the Revolutionary War, and the brief touches in the subsequent development of political history, are done well.  Working very much on the general lines and methods of Mr. Green, in his history of the English people, he notes the progress of the arts of life, of literature, education and social life, and in discussing political affairs, brings, them up to the high standard of independent liberalism. The book is well manufactured, with good paper and open, clear type.”—­New York Independent.

Page 128

“Mr. Gilman has rehearsed the interesting and wonderful story of the people of these United States in a clear and concise way, and has enlivened the narrative by extracts from letters, diaries, newspapers and other contemporary writings....  The book opens with a condensed and accurate account of the early voyages of discovery and exploration, beginning with that of Columbus; and among the subjects presented with a reasonable degree of fulness may be enumerated the efforts towards union form 1637 to the adoption of the Constitution, and the nature and influence of the Virginia and Kentucky resolutions of 1798 and 1799....  The growth of the feeling of nationality is well brought out....  The slavery struggle is well described....  The last chapter in the book, on the ‘Era of Progressive National Life,’ is exceptionally well written....  The most agreeable portions of the volume, however, are those wherein the habits and manners of the past are described....  The books contains very many (173) wood-cuts which have been selected with great care and god judgment....  An excellent index closes the book, and the publishers are to be congratulated on the mechanical excellence of the volume.  In fine, it is the most attractive one-volume History of the United States that we have seen.”—­Boston Literary World.

“Mr. Gilman aims at something more than a literary production.  He is by training and instinct an educator.  This story of the people’s life will foster a genuine love of country by the wholesome method of instruction....  The contents are succinctly massed; the statements embody facts, not speculations.  It is a book that will be popular and it is written for popular acceptance, yet its accuracy will stand.  Nothing better exists as a compendium of our country’s history, if in a compendium we desire not figures and facts only, but the flesh and blood reality of living history.”—­Boston Transcript.

“This work sustains the already established reputation of the author.  The extreme care with which the facts have been collated, and the attention shown to the latest results of investigation and discussion even in minor matters, make it very valuable as a book of reference.”—­Berkshire Co.  Eagle.

“The author shows rare tact and wisdom.”—­Chicago Inter-Ocean.

“Bring out on the canvas a noble picture of the grand American movement.”—­New York Home Journal.

“The chapters form pleasing and finished pictures, one by one, of the various stages in our national career.  It is a good book for out-loud reading at the home fireside.”—­Chicago Standard.

“Probably the best history of the United States that has appeared in a single volume.”—­Detroit Post and Tribune.

“Fascinating.”—­Cleveland Leader.

“Thoroughly interesting.”—­Portland Globe.

“The social and political history of the people of America is told with point and brevity, and yet with a wealth of incident and ease of style that ensure interest and charm to the narrative....  It is the most interesting compendious history that we have ever read.”—­Outing and The Wheelman.

Page 129

“By far the best history of our country ever published in one volume.  In fact there is more in it than there is in any large history, except, perhaps, Bancroft and Hildreth, and even in these the majority of readers can never get the facts so nicely arranged and so neatly formulated.... I say without any reserve that there is no other history of the United States comparable with this.”—­J.W.  Heston, Pres’t Pennsylvania State College.

* * * * *

12mo, cloth, illustrated, $1.50; Crown, 8vo, cloth, illustrated, gilt top, $2.50.

D. LOTHROP AND COMPANY, PUBLISHERS, FRANKLIN STREET, BOSTON MASS.

* * * * *

BIOGRAPHICAL AND RELIGIOUS.

Baptism in Fire (The).

By REV.  O.E.  SMITH.  A very thoughtful book, stimulating and suggestive.  It meets a long recognized want of some work on the Holy Spirit which should take account of the deeper manifestations of its power. 16mo, cloth. $1.25.

Cambridge Sermons.

By ALEXANDER MCKENZIE, D.D.  Fresh living thought from the pen of one of the most eloquent American divines. 12mo, extra cloth, $1.50.

Gethsemane: 

Or, Meditations and Prayers on the Last Hours of the Sufferings and Death of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.  Translated from the German of CHARLOTTE ELIZABETH NEBELIN. Large 16mo, $1.25.

Helps and Hindrances to the Cross

By MRS. LESLIE.  Its helpful lessons are incorporated in a charming story. 12mo, illustrated, $1.25.

How to Conduct Prayer Meetings,

By REV.  LEWIS O. THOMPSON.  A practical book of great value. 12mo, $1.25.

Light at Evening Time.

Or, Jewels from God’s Word.  Very large type.  Introduction by THEODORE L.
CUYLER, D.D. Quarto, cloth binding,$150; leather, $2.50.

Lord’s Day Rescued (The).

By ALEXANDER SESSIONS, with introduction by HENRY M. DEXTER, D.D. 16mo, cloth, $.60.

Living Truths. (SPARE MINUTE SERIES.)

From CHARLES KINGSLEY.  Edited by E.E.  Brown, with an introduction by W.D.  Howells. 12mo, cloth, gilt top, $1.00.

Life of Edward Norris Kirk, D.D.

By DAVID O. MEARS, D.D.  A limited edition on large paper. 432 pages, 8vo, $2.50.

Not of Man, but of God.

By REV.  JACOB M. MANNING, D.D., pastor of the Old South Church, Boston.  Invaluable and timely sermons on the evidences of Christianity, the ripe work of this eminent scholar and distinguished preacher. 12mo, extra cloth, $1.25.

Our Sabbath Evening.

By A.A.  HOPKINS. square, 16mo, $1.25.

Prayer-Meeting and its Improvement (The).

By REV.  LEWIS O. THOMPSON.  It gives most wise and helpful suggestions. 16mo, $1.25.

Page 130

Right to the Point.

From the writings of Theodore L. Cuyler, D.D.  Selected by MARY STORRS HAYNES, with an introduction by REV.  NEWMAN HALL, LL.B.  Sixth volume of the Spare Minute Series, 12mo, $1.00.

Seven Words from the Cross.

By REV.  WM. H. ADAMS. 12mo, $1.00.

Still Hour; OR, COMMUNION WITH GOD.

By PROF.  AUSTIN PHELPS, D.D. New edition, cloth extra, 60 cents.  Dark
Leatherette binding, gilt edges, $1.00.  Seal grain leather
, $1.50.

Story of the Manuscripts.

With fac-simile illustrations of the various New Testament Manuscripts. 
By REV.  GEORGE E. MERRILL, 12mo, cloth, $1.00.

Life of Oliver Wendell Holmes.

By E.E.  BROWN, author of “Life of Washington,” “Life of Garfield,” etc.  Aside from the interest attached to the name of the subject it is a biography of unusual merit.  It has also the approval of Doctor Holmes, who has furnished the author with much valuable material. 12mo, $1.50.

Life Of Charles XII.  KING OF SWEDEN.

By M. DEVOLTAIRE.  With portrait. 12mo, extra cloth, $1.50.

Life of Nelson.

By ROBERT SOUTHEY.  With illustrations by Birket Foster.  Clear and concise; a manual for the young sailor, this book will interest all who admire the great naval hero. $1.50.

Life of Paul.

By D.H.  TAYLOR.  A most readable as well as accurate presentation of the life of the illustrious Apostle. 12mo, cloth, illustrated, $1.50.

Life of Queen Victoria.

By GRACE GREENWOOD.  The author says n her preface, “I have long felt that the wonderful story of the life of the Queen of England—­of her example as a daughter, wife and mother, and as the honored head of English society—­could but have, if told simply, yet sympathetically, a happy and ennobling influence on the hearts and minds of my young country women.”  That she has fulfilled her task in the most graceful and fascinating manner all will admit who read the pages of this delightfully interesting life. 12 me, cloth, illustrated, $1.50.

* * * * *

NEW BOOKS FOR YOUNG PEOPLE.

IN CLOTH BINDINGS, FULLY ILLUSTRATED.

A Book about Baby, AND OTHER POEMS IN COMPANY WITH CHILDREN.

By MRS. S.M.B.  PIATT.  Mrs. Piatt is acknowledged the poet of Motherhood and Childhood, and the sweetest and happiest of her verses lies between these two dainty covers. Small Quarto, illustrated, $1.00.

Achor.

By MRS. S.R.  GRAHAM CLARK.  A story of great interest, and characterized by marked freshness and originality. _\12mo, cloth_, $1.50.

AEsop’s Fables Versified.

By MRS. CLARA DOTY BATES, author of “Classics of Babyland,” “Child Lore,” etc.  With seventy-two full-page illustrations by Garrett, Lungren, Sweeney, Barnes, and Hassam.  Mrs. Bates has here done for the Immortal old Fables the same fortunate service which some years ago she did for the old nursery tales, knowing that graceful rhyme and jingle are great aids both to memory and imagination.  The illustrations for this handsome volume have never been surpassed in grace and vigor. $3.00.

Page 131

Boy’s Workshop (A).

By A BOY AND HIS FRIENDS.  With an introduction by Henry Randall Waite.  A fascinating little volume full of practical ideas for the benefit of boys who are getting their first training in the use of tools.  Its directions are explicit and trustworthy from the buying of the first hammer to the construction of a cabinet.  Its chapters are not wholly confined to carpentry, but give detail instruction in other matters dear to the boyish heart, such as the making of bows and arrows, preserving “collections,” and making anglers’ flies, etc., etc.  It will prove an admirable help in the direction of industrial training. $1.00.

Children’s Etiquette.

By SHIRLEY DARE. 16mo, paper, $.50; cloth, $1.00.

Daisy Green Stories (The).

By MRS. SUSIE BISBEE.  All fond mothers will be greatly interested in the quaint sayings and child-like adventures of the little “Daisy” of this book. 16mo, cloth, $.80.

Dean Stanley with the Children.

By MRS. FRANCES A. HUMPHREY.  Very fully illustrated.  This choice volume contains Dean Stanley’s famous Christmas Sermons to children, a beautiful account of the Dean’s own life as a boy at home, and at Rugby, his relations with other boys, and also much entertaining matter relating to the celebrated English schools at Rugby and Westminster, and to the Abbey itself.  It is illustrated with portraits, views of various Abbey interiors, sketches of Westminster and Rugby boys, and other fine engravings, historical and modern.  It also gives as an introduction to the five charming sermons a fine chapter by Canon Farrar, regarding the Dean in the pulpit, as both writer and orator, with a touching account of the delivery of his last sermon, 12mo, $1.00.

Double Masquerade (A).

By REV.  CHAS. R. TALBOT.  Illustrated by Share, Merrill, and Taylor.  A stirring romance of the American Revolution, with illustrations made from careful studies of old Boston.  The portion describing the battle of Bunker Hill, as seen by the boys, has been said to be one of the most graphic and telling accounts ever written of that famous conflict. Extra cloth, 12mo, $1.25.

Hedge Fence (A).

By PANSY.  Here is a story of the haps and mishaps of the typical boy whose purposes are good, but whose impetuosity plunges him into all kinds of mischief, as the boy himself expresses it, “before he knows it.”  One of the boys of this book, ruefully reflecting on the results of a boyish scrape, wishes for something like a hedge fence to keep him from running into trouble.  In a manner which will be delightfully entertaining and helpful to all boys (and girls for that matter), Pansy tells us how the hero of her story found a hedge which stood between him and mischief.  The book will benefit and please every boy who reads it, or to whom it is read. 16mo, 60 cents.

History of the United States in Rhyme.

Page 132

By EGBERT C. ADAMS, author of “The History of England in Rhyme,” “On Board the Rocket,” etc.  Attractively written.  It will assist all young people to fix important events of American history in their memory. 16mo, cloth, 60 cents.

How They went to Europe.

By MARGARET SIDNEY.  Gives numberless suggestions for the entertaining of young people on the long winter evenings, stimulating them in the idle hours, and drawing them within the sweet, healthful atmosphere of home. 16mo, illustrated, $1.00.

Milly’s Little Wanderer.

By MRS. SUSIE A. BISBEE, author of “Daisy Green Stories.”  The scene of this story is laid in the most picturesque of New England surroundings, and the book abounds in sprightly incidents, while holding steadily to its moral and spiritual purpose. 12mo, $1.25.

New Year’s Tangles, AND OTHER STORIES.

By PANSY.  Very fully illustrated.  Fresh, instructive, and entertaining, 12mo, 256 pages, $1.00.

Old Caravan Days.

By MRS. MARY HARTWELL CATHERWOOD.  With 36 illustrations by H. Pruett Share.  A graphic record of other days long before the time of Western railroads, giving the exciting adventures and experiences of a family moving to Illinois, drawn faithfully to the life. 12mo, cloth, $1.25.

Our Business Boys.

A little pocket volume for every cash boy, every young clerk, and every trade-learner in the land. 16_mo_, $.60.

Pleasant Authors.

By AMANDA B. HARRIS.  Biographies of Sir Walter Scott, Charles Lamb, Leigh Hunt, Dr. John Brown, Mary Russell Mitford, etc.  For young people.  Fourth volume of the Reading Union Library.  An admirable guide for young people, to whatever is best and most enjoyable in standard English literature.  It should be in every family. Illustrated, 16mo, $1.00.

Plucky Boys.  BUSINESS BOYS’ LIBRARY.

By the author of “John Halifax, Gentleman,” and other authors.  “A pound of pluck is worth a ton of luck.”—­President Garfield.  Spirited narratives, and for the most part true ones, of boys who have conquered obstacles and become successful business men; or of other plucky young fellows who have shown fearlessness and “fight” in situations of danger, and also self-sacrifice in order to save the lives of others. $1.50.

Robinson Crusoe.

By DANIEL DEFOE.  An edition de luxe, printed on exquisite paper, with 16 illustrations by Thomas Stothard, R.A., with an introduction by Austin Dobson.  Fac-simile of the frontispiece and title-page of the original edition, original prefaces. 555pp.  Extra cloth binding, $1.25. Half calf, $2.50. Morocco, full gilt, $3.00.

Side by Side.

By PANSY, author of “The Man of the House,” “Mrs. Solomon Smith Looking On,” “The Hall in the Grove,” “Mary Burton Abroad,” etc.  Illustrated stories from Bible texts for the help of boys and girls in their school and home duties. 16mo, cloth, illustrated, $.60.

Page 133

Soldier and Servant.

By ELLA M. BAKER.  “Soldier and Servant” is a motto bequeathed to the heroine by the mother who died when she was a babe, and which she early adopts, carrying its sentiment into all of the acts of her after life, the story of which will most assuredly furnish wholesome stimulus to every girl who reads it.  There are touches of humor, and graphic descriptions worthy of comparison with passages in Tom Brown’s Schooldays at Rugby. 16_mo_, $1.25.

Story of Puff.

By MRS. C.M.  LIVINGSTON.  It was truly said of the first edition of this little volume, that no more captivating story of bird-life was ever written, and that passages in it were worthy of comparison with those found in “Rab and his Friends.”  It is the autobiography of a canary bird, and every lover of the bird kind will read it with enthusiastic pleasure.  New edition. 16mo, cloth, fully illustrated, $.60.

Sweet Girl Goldie, A WONDER STORY of BUTTERFLY TIME.

A holiday novelty, cut shape of butterfly, with twelve color designs by Miss L.B.  Humphrey.  This really original and charming novelty imitates in outside appearance a large, handsome tropic butterfly; but, on parting the wings, we find between, on a dozen leaves shaped like the wings, the gracefully told story—­a prose poem in fact—­of “Girl Goldie” and her strange adventures with the butterflies.  Miss L.B.  Humphrey, the popular illustrator and winner of the Prang’s Christmas Card Prizes, has designed the wing covers and the twelve exquisite illustrations in colors. $1.25.

Tales of the Pathfinders.

By ARTHUR GILMAN.  Illustrated by Robert Lewis.  Romantic chapters from history detailing the experiences of some of those who left the Old World to find and possess the New.  An important volume. $1.00.

The Triple E.

By MRS. S.R.  GRAHAM CLARK.  A charming story with strange incident and involved plot attracting lovers of romance, and with firm ideals of character wrought out in the struggles and self-denials of daily life. $1.50.

Travelling Law School (The), AND FAMOUS TRIALS.

By BENJAMIN VAUGHAN ABBOTT, LL.  D. A series of easy talks to a party of young folks concerning law, also delineating the differing functions of national, state, city, and town governments, and illustrating legal principles by accounts of a dozen famous trials. $1.00.

William the Silent, AND THE NETHERLAND WAR.

By MARY BARRETT.  Withmaps and engravings. 12mo, illustrated, $1.50.

Young Folks’ History of the Netherlands.

By ALEX.  YOUNG.  A concise history of Holland and Belgium, 1 vol., 16mo, cloth, $1.50. Half Russia, $2.00.

* * * * *

STANDARD AND MISCELLANEOUS.

AEsop’s Fables.

By REV.  T. JAMES, M.A.  Illustrated by J. Tenniel. 12mo, $1.00. Boards, $.50.

Page 134

Afterthoughts of Foreign Travel, IN HISTORIC LANDS AND CAPITAL CITIES. 
BY SULLIVAN HOLMAN MCCOLLESTER.

A book of rare excellence.  One of the few in the great flood of books of travel that are worth reading.  Fourth edition. 12mo, cloth, $1.50.

Anna Maria’s Housekeeping.

By MRS. S.D.  POWER.  During the appearance the past two years of these papers in WIDE AWAKE, the editors were besieged by letters from housekeepers, both old and young, asking for their publication in permanent form.  On the one hand they have been declared by trained housewives to be the most helpful and complete domestic literature, and on the other hand, men and women of letters have warmly praised their literary excellence.  The publishers, therefore, confidently offer the volume to the public as a standard work upon practical domestic economy. Housekeeper’s Library, 16mo, extra cloth,$1.00.

An Hour with Miss Streator.

By PANSY.  An intensely interesting little monograph which will be a genuine inspiration to all faithful teachers, while to the thoughtless disparagers of such toilers it will bear most useful lessons. Paper, 6 cents.

American Explorations in the Ice Zones.

Early American Voyages made in search of the Northwest Passage.  Explorations in the Arctic Zone by Lieut.  DeHaven, Dr. Kane, Commodore Rodgers, Capt.  Hall, Lieut.  Schwatka and Lieut.  DeLong; Wrangel Land as first reported by Capt.  Long, and a brief account of the U.S.  Expedition to the Antarctic seas under Capt.  Wilkes.  Compiled from official and other sources by PROF.  J.E.  NOURSE, U.S.N.  We have in this volume the work of a scientist and scholar, and at the same time a book of thrilling interest.  It contains all that the public desire to know concerning the subject of which it treats, and must be, for years to come, regarded as the standard work upon Arctic affairs. 8mo, extra cloth, illustrated,$3.00. With circumpolar map,$3.50. Half calf, $6.00.

Bremen Lectures.

On Fundamental, Living, Religious Questions by various eminent European Divines.  Translated by REV.  D. HEAGLE, with an Introduction by REV.  ALVAH HOVET, D.D., President of Newton Theological Institution.  Of this volume, as touching some of the great religious questions of the day, the translator well says it would be difficult to find another work wherein is included in so brief compass so much of that which with the present helps from science and thought, should be said on these several themes. Third edition. 12mo, $1.50.

China.

By ROBT.  K. DOUGLAS, of the British Museum, and Professor of Chinese at King’s College, London, with revisions by Yan Phou Lee.  The latest addition to Lothrop’s Library of Entertaining History, and a work which is not only graphic and interesting in style and matter, but which bears the marks of authenticity and scholarship on every page. 12mo, cloth, $1.50.

Page 135

Classic Tales.

By MARIA EDGEWORTH. 12mo, cloth,$1.25.

Christie’s Christmas.

By PANSY.  Christie is one of those delightfully lifelike, naive and interesting characters which no one so well as Pansy can portray, and in the study of which every reader will find delight and profit. 12mo, fully illustrated,$1.50.

Cookery for Beginners.

By MARION HARLAND, author of “Common Sense in the Household,” etc.  Plain, practical lessons for girls and young housekeepers of small means.  Its directions are to be relied upon, and its results are invariably delicate, wholesome, and delicious. 16mo, $1.00.

Double Story (A).

By GEORGE MACDONALD.  This standard fairy story still retains its popularity in the world of readers, and edition follows edition.  It is a favorite gift book from mother to daughter, and well deserves a place on every family book shelf.  New edition, with full-page illustrations by Miss L.B.  Humphrey. $1.00.

Endless Chain (An).

BY PANSY.  Every one who takes up this new story will have an irresistible inclination to read the next page, and the next, and so on until the finis.  It is a peculiarity of “Pansy’s” books that they have the freshness as well as the healthfulness of the sea winds in June, and are as natural and acceptable and wholesome.  This is the explanation of their marvellous popularity; and the explanation itself is explained by the fact that Mrs. Alden derives the inspiration for all of her work from a cheerful, living, trustful faith in the Master to whose service she consecrates her best efforts. Illustrated, 12mo, $1.50.

Far From Home.

From the German of Johannes Van Derval, translated by Kathrine Hamilton. 
The latest and one of the most pleasing volumes of the famous V.I.F. 
Series.  Translated by the niece of Professor Spencer F. Baird, Director
Smithsonian Institute, Washington, D.C. 12mo, cloth, $1.25.

Health and Strength Papers for Girls.

By Mary J. Safford, M.D., of the Boston University, and Mary E. Allen, of the Boston Ladies’ Gymnasium.  The two professors of Physical Science have together prepared a valuable book of counsel for mothers, teachers, and all who have the guardianship of young girls.  Its advice is plain, its suggestions provoke reflection and action, and its influence in the family will be lasting. $.60.

Helpful Thoughts FOR YOUNG MEN.

By T.D.  Woolsey, D.D.  LL.  D. 16mo, cloth, $.60.

How to Learn and Earn.  HALF HOURS IN SOME HELPFUL SCHOOLS.

Graphic accounts of schools where the unfortunate are taught useful trades, or where interesting specialties in industry are to be learned. 12mo, cloth. 100 illustrations. $1.50.

Interrupted.

By Pansy.  All that has been said of the previous books of that favorite author, is true of this.  It is a book whose high purpose is to impress wholesome truths, and is admirably kept in view without any sacrifice of that which makes a story attractive to the young. $1.50.

Page 136

Margie’s Mission.

By Marie Oliver, author of “Ruby Hamilton,” “Seba’s Discipline,” etc.  This is a book which will fascinate and at the same time instruct and benefit every boy or girl who reads it.  Its characters are delightfully sketched and have a refreshing air of genuineness. 400 pages, fully illustrated, cloth, $1.50, paper, $.25.

Paul and Virginia.

By Bernardin De ST. Pierre, with a memoir and illustrations by La Lanze.  A beautiful edition from new plates, exquisitely printed on choice paper. 12mo, $1.25; Half calf, $2.50; Morocco, full gilt, $3.00.

Through a Microscope.

By Samuel Wells and Mary Treat.  With illustrations.  A little book by two practical microscopists, which should accompany every microscope put into the hands of girl or boy. 16mo, $.60.

Truro—­Cape Cod; OR, LANDMARKS AND SEAMARKS.

By Shebnah Rich.  This valuable contribution to colonial history is the result of long and careful preparation, thorough research and excellent judgment. 8vo, cloth, gilt, 77 illustrations, $3.00.

Vicar of Wakefield.

By Oliver Goldsmith.  With illustrations by Wm. Mulready, R.A.  A new and very beautiful edition, elegantly printed on plate paper. 12mo, $1.25, half calf, $2.50, morocco, full gilt, $3.00.

* * * * *

Standard Editions of Standard Works.

Dickens’ Complete Works.

15 vols., popular edition, $18.75, 15 vols., standard edition, $22.50. 15 vols., half calf, $37.50.

Dictionary of the Bible.

By William Smith, LL.  D. 8vo, illustrated, $2.00. Large edition with history of Jewish nation, $4.00.

George Eliot’s Complete Works.

8 vols., popular edition, $10.00. 8 vols., sunshine edition, $12.00. 8 vols., half calf, $20.00.

Rawlinson’s Seven Great Monarchies of the Ancient Eastern World, OR, THE
HISTORY, GEOGRAPHY, and ANTIQUITIES OF CHALDEA, ASSYRIA, BABYLON, etc.

By GEO. RAWLINSON, M.A., Camden Professor of Ancient History in the University of Oxford. 3 vols.  Maps and illustrations.  Extra cloth binding, bevelled boards, $4.50. Half calf, $9.00.

Rollins’ Ancient History.

4 vols., 12mo, cloth, $6.00; 4 vols., 12mo, half calf, $10.00.

Self Help Series.

By Samuel Smiles, Character, Thrift, Duty, Self Help. 4 vols, 12mo, $6.00.

Thackeray’s Complete Novels.

11 vols., popular edition, $13.75. 11 vols., sunshine edition, $16.50. 11 vols., half calf, $27.50.

Washington Irving’s Works.

6 vols., standard edition, $9.00. 6 vols., half calf, $18.00.

Waverley Novels (Sir Walter Scott).

Page 137

12 vols., popular edition, $15.00. 12 vols., standard edition, $18.00. 12 vols., half calf, $30.00.

* * * * *

THE POPULAR “PANSY” BOOKS.

No writer has achieved a more enviable reputation than “Pansy.”  Her style is unique, and the strong, healthy, natural spirit, breathed through all her writings, ennobles the mind—­making the manly more strong, and the womanly more true.

AN ENDLESS CHAIN.  One of the most attractive books on the lists for Sabbath school and family reading. 12mo, illustrated 1.50

A NEW GRAFT ON THE FAMILY TREE.  This story moves you alternately to laughter and tears, while it is so brimful of the sweetness of evangelical religion that its influence cannot fail to be beneficent. 12mo, illustrated 1.50

BERNIE’S WHITE CHICKEN.  To which is added
“The Diamond Bracelet.”  A prize missionary story.
10mo .75

CHAUTAUQUA GIRLS AT HOME (The).
12mo, illustrated 1.50

CHRISTIE’S CHRISTMAS.  The story of a charming
girl’s journey to spend Christmas 1.50

CUNNING WORKMEN.  A story of rare interest and value to all interested in Sabbath school work. 12mo, illustrated 1.25

DIVERS WOMEN.  By Pansy and Mrs. Livingston.
12mo 1.50

DOCIA’S JOURNAL; or, God is Love.  Admirably
calculated to enforce a great truth. 16mo .75

DR. DEANE’S WAY, and other stories.  By Faye
Huntington and Pansy.  The authors’ names are sufficient
guarantee for its value and interest. 12mo, illustrated 1.50

ECHOING AND RE-ECHOING.  By Faye Huntington. 
The great truths spoken by the minister, Echoed
and Re-echoed by the people 1.50

ESTER RIED. We stand face to face with real everyday characters and situations, and are shown the actual struggles through which victorious souls must go. 12mo, illustrated 1.50

ESTER RIED “YET SPEAKING.”  Fully equal
to “Ester Ried.” 12mo, illustrated 1.50

FIVE FRIENDS.  A story which is in its way a delightful
character study. 12mo, illustrated 1.00

FOUR GIRLS AT CHAUTAUQUA.  Girl life and
character portrayed with rare power. 12 mo, illustrated 1.50

FROM DIFFERENT STANDPOINTS.  By Pansy and Faye Huntington.  An impressive and fascinating story. 12mo, illustrated 1.50

GETTING AHEAD.  Choice stories in large clear type
for children.  Very fully illustrated. 12mo .75

GRANDPA’S DARLINGS.  Many a “darling” will be delighted with this charming story.  It has lessons for both old and young. 12mo, illustrated 1.25

HALL IN THE GROVE (The).  A worthy companion
volume for “Chautauqua Girls at Home.” 12mo, cloth 1.50

HELEN LESTER.  To which is added “Nannie’s Experiment.” 
A premium was awarded for its style and
adaptation to our young people. 16mo, illustrated .75

HOUSEHOLD PUZZLES. 12mo, illustrated 1.50

Page 138

HALF HOUR LIBRARY for young readers.  Illustrated. 
Large octavo. 8 vols 3.20

INTERRUPTED. Pansy’s latest story.  It has all the
charm of this most popular author’s fascinating style 1.50

JESSIE WELLS; or How to save the Lost.  Equally
interesting and practical. 16mo .75

JULIA RIED. There is a wondrous freshness and vitality appearing on every page.  The insight into character and the power to make it unfold itself are very noticeable. 12mo illustrated 1.50

KING’S DAUGHTER (The).  As a book for girls who are just coming forward to take the high trusts of life, few equal this in merit. 12mo, illustrated 1.50

LINKS IN REBECCA’S LIFE.  The heroine,
Rebecca, is intensely human, and her hard fought battles
inspire enthusiasm in the reader. 12mo, illustrated 1.50

MARY BURTON ABROAD.  A book which is as instructive
as it is entertaining. 16mo .75

MRS. SOLOMON SMITH LOOKING ON.
12mo, cloth 1.50

MAN OF THE HOUSE (The). 12mo, cloth 1.50

MISS PRISCILLA HUNTER AND MY
DAUGHTER SUSAN.  The two stories in one attractive
volume. 12mo, cloth, illustrated 1.25

MODERN PROPHETS.  By Pansy and Faye Huntington
The cause of temperance is sustained with rare
power, tact and interest 1.50

MOTHER’S BOYS AND GIRLS’ LIBRARY. 
So popular as to need no commendation. 12 vols., quarto,
boards 3.00

MRS. DEANE’S WAY.  By Faye Huntington.  The value and happiness of trusting in God happily exemplified. 12mo. illustrated 1.25

MRS. HARRY HARPER’S AWAKENING.  A
missionary story which enforces its own lessons 1.00

NEXT THINGS.  “An unusually interesting book.”
12mo, fully illustrated 1.00

NEW YEAR’S TANGLES.  A bright story for the
holidays. 12mo, 256 pages 1.00

PANSY’S SCRAP BOOK. (Former title, The Teacher’s
Helper.) 12mo, cloth, illustrated 1.00

PANSY’S PICTURE BOOK.  A new, large and very beautiful picture book.  Large clear type and nearly one hundred illustrations. 4to, boards, 1.50; cloth 2.00

PANSIES.  A new book of stories, with numerous illustrations. 12mo, illustrated .75

PANSY’S PRIMARY LIBRARY.  Nothing for
young readers surpasses this collection. 30 vols 7.50

POCKET MEASURE (The).  This new story will find
thousands of delighted readers, 12mo, 575 pp. illustrated 1.50

RANDOLPHS (The).  The characters so interesting in
“Household Puzzles” again appear in this most welcome
volume. 12mo, illustrated 1.50

RUTH ERSKINE’S CROSSES.  A sequel to the story of the “Chautauqua Girls.”  Too much cannot be said in praise of the insight it gives into the true way of studying and using the Word of God. 12mo, cloth, illustrated 1.50

SIDNEY MARTIN’S CHRISTMAS.  A charming
story book. 12mo, illustrated 1.50

SIX LITTLE GIRLS.  A story in large print. 12mo,
cloth, illustrated .75

Page 139

SOME YOUNG HEROINES. 12mo, cloth, illustrated 1.00

SIDE BY SIDE.  Books full of helpful inspiration. 12mo,
cloth, illustrated .60

THAT BOY BOB.  For young readers.  By Faye Huntington
and Pansy. 12mo, cloth, illustrated .75

THE LITTLE PANSY SERIES. 10 vols., boards,
3.00; cloth 4.00

THOSE BOYS.  By Faye Huntington.  A noble book
for the older boys. 12mo 1.50

THREE PEOPLE.  An intensely interesting and effective
temperance story. 12mo, illustrated 1.50

TIP LEWIS AND HIS LAMP.  A story of school
life for boys. 12mo, illustrated 1.50

TWO BOYS.  A short story fully illustrated. 12mo, cloth,
illustrated .75

WISE AND OTHERWISE.  Some of the finest character-painting
is to be found in this book. 12mo, illustrated 1.50

WHAT SHE SAID.  The two stories “What she said and What she Meant,” and “People who haven’t time and can’t afford it,” are here put in one volume. 12mo, cloth, illustrated 1.25

D. LOTHROP & CO., Publishers, Franklin and Hawley Sts., Boston.

* * * * *

THE CELEBRATED $1000 AND $500 PRIZE BOOKS.

The $1000 Prize Books.  A fresh edition in new style of binding.

16 vols. 12mo $24.50

The New $500 Prize Series.  A fresh edition in new style of binding.

13 vols. 12mo $16.75

The Original $500 Prize Series.  A fresh edition in new style of binding.

8 vols. 12mo $12.00

[EXTRACTS FROM OPINIONS OF THE CRITICS.]

The Original $500 Prize Stories.

Andy Luttrell.  Price, $1.50.

Andy Luttrell is remarkable for its exceeding interest, and impressive illustrations of evangelical truth and Christian experience.—­The Morning Star.

Shining Hours. $1.50.

“Shining Hours” is by a young clergyman, whose name is withheld from the public, but it is a book of great beauty, and promises greater things in the future.—­Boston Traveller.

Master and Pupil.  Price, $1.50.

It sets forth, through the medium of an admirably told story, the true spirit and the high work of education in our public schools.—­Rev. Dr. Day.

May Bell.  Price, $1.50.

In this interesting temperance story, filial love and devotion are strongly exhibited.  “Even Christ pleased not himself,” is the key-note.

Sabrina Hackett.  Price, $1.50.

It is one of those rare offsprings of genius which occasionally delight the lovers of a simple and pure literature.—­Albany Journal.

Aunt Matty.  Price, $1.50.

It sets forth the beauty, the power, and the beneficence of a true evangelical faith, approved by the intellect, and welcomed by the heart.

Light from the Cross.  Price, $1.50.

Contradictions.  Price, $1.50.

They certainly are very attractive stories, and having won golden rewards for those who wrote them, we trust they will gain for them the far more glorious result of “winning many souls to righteousness.”—­The Presbyterian.

Page 140

* * * * *

The Committee of Examiners, Rev. Drs. HEMAN LINCOLN, J.E.  RANKIN, and G.T.  DAY, commend the

New $500 Prize Series,

Now complete in 13 volumes, as more valuable and attractive than any books of their class heretofore examined.

Short-Comings and Long-Goings.  Price, $1.25

Full of sparkle and glow, and throbbing in every paragraph with intense life.  It teaches the highest lessons of duty and religion with equal quietude and effect.—­Rev. Dr. Day.

Lute Falconer.  Price, $1.50.

A story of rare interest, touching deeper chords of life.  It will be read with enthusiasm, and laid down with an appreciation of its high office.

Hester’s Happy Summer.  Price, $1.25.

It is rare to find a story of such sweetness and beauty.  The pathos Is tender and all pervading, and steals into the heart with a refining power.—­Heman Lincoln, D.D.

One Year of My Life.  Price, $1.25.

The author is a finished writer, with a large knowledge of books and of life, a keen insight into character, and a style of rare purity and grace.

Building-Stones.  Price, $1.25.

A successful attempt to teach Bible truths in a manner both interesting and instructive.

Susy’s Spectacles.  Price, $1.25.

It was a friend that taught this wayward little girl to use these spectacles, and they proved a perfect blessing to her, and, step by step, led her up to a Christian life.—­The Advance.

The Flower by the Prison.  Price, $1.25.

The style is cultivated and rich, well adapted to bring out the deeper life of the soul.

Trifles.  Price, $1.25.

“Trifles” may strike the key-note in some young life, and save the reader from a ruinous failure.—­Examiner and Chronicle.

The Judge’s Sons.  Price, $1.50.

An admirable book to put into the hands of boys exposed to temptations and in danger of going astray.—­Rev. Dr. Lincoln.

Daisy Seymour.  Price, $1.25.

“Daisy Seymour” shows, interestingly and impressively, the value of religion in the development and elevation of youthful character.

Olive Loring’s Mission.  Price, $1.25.

The rest gained faith, and the beauty and power of true piety, beautifully and impressively set forth.

The Torch-Bearers.  Price, $1.25.

Full of examples of love and self-denial, it teaches not only what one Christian woman may do, but how powerful is the influence of children for good if they are rightly taught.

The Trapper’s Niece.  Price, $1.25.

A story of Western life, illustrating the gradual separation of the good and bad elements as civilization advances, and the power of religion to unite and improve a community.—­Rev. Dr. Rankin.

Page 141

* * * * *

The $1000 Prize Series.

Pronounced by the Examining Committee, Rev. Drs. Lincoln, Rankin and Day, superior to any similar series.

Striking for the Right.  Price, $1.75.

Here are beautiful sentiments whose price is above gold.  The book is bright and witty and wise.  Our boys and girls will read it and inwardly digest, and talk it over to their genuine profit, as we can testify by family experience.—­Springfield Republican.

Walter Macdonald.  Price, $1.50.

Walter Macdonald is deservedly popular.  Not a few strange and striking events are wrought into the intensely interesting narrative, and the motive underlying all is high and Christian.

The Wadsworth Boys.  Price, $1.50.

It is not sensational, but thoughtful, pleasant, and wholesome; truly exalting whatever is noble, and putting under ban whatever is mean, though seemingly respectable.—­Episcopal Register.

Silent Tom.  Price, $1.75.

The story is startling, and told with great power.  It is a picture of the life of our time, and will hold readers with a magnetism they cannot resist.

The Blount Family.  Price, $1.50.

In style it is unusually discriminating and careful, and it abounds with scenes of domestic life, which are so striking, yet so true to human nature that they seem to bring the reader into close companionship with the characters of the narrative.—­Youth’s Companion.

The Marble Preacher.  Price, $1.50.

Representing the elements of a true Christian character, and the method of their development.  The literary art and moral tone are excellent.

Evening Rest.  Price, $1.50.

It is a work of rare originality and beauty; the pictures of real life have a curious charm.

Margaret Worthington.  Price $1.50

The story is told in a quiet, self-contained, yet very interesting way; the characters are clearly conceived, and develop themselves naturally and effectually, and religion appears at once humanely practical and divinely attractive.

Coming to the Light.  Price, $1.50.

This is a story of school-life, fresh, healthy, and sparkling; the danger of yielding to temptations and the need of decision of character are lessons taught in an effective way.

Ralph’s Possession.  Price, $1.50.

With very charming pictures of home-life, it is chiefly a revelation of the deeper heart-life.—­Watchman and Reflector.

Sunset Mountain.  Price, $1.50.

Excellent in its direct teaching and indirect suggestions.

The Old Stone House.  Price, $1.50.

It is just such a book as wide-awake and intelligent young people will never tire of, or nod over, and while they are entertained they will be lifted.—­Boston Daily Journal.

Page 142

Golden Lines.  Price, $1.50.

To any one who loves the Lord Jesus, and wishes to be more like him, this will prove a book of rare interest.

Luck of Alden Farm.  Price, $1.50.

One of the most successful books for the young, by one of the best religious writers of the day.—­Zion’s Herald.

Glimpses Through.  Price, $1.50.

A beautiful story, presenting noble views of sickness, death, and the future world.

Grace Avery’s Influence.  Price, $1.50.

It is a book that will strongly call to a life that has both nobility and beauty in it.

* * * * *

YOUNG FOLKS’ SERIES. 12mos for young folks, at $1.50 each. 33 vols.  A carefully selected list of books.  Each volume illustrated and bound in English cloth, with attractive black and gold stamps.  The best books to meet the demand for popular 12mos yet offered.

Island Home. 
Myths and Heroes. 
Zina or Morning Mists. 
Captive in Patagonia. 
Silver Sands. 
Battles Lost and Won. 
Agnes and Her Neighbors. 
African Adventurers. 
Noble Workers. 
Southern Explorers. 
Pioneers of the New World. 
Plymouth and the Pilgrims. 
Stella and the Priest. 
Paul and Virginia. 
Vicar of Wakefield. 
Fabrics. 
Knights and Sea Kings. 
Noble Printer. 
Will Phillips. 
Sister Eleanor’s Brood. 
Peter’s Strange Story. 
Bloomfield. 
Old Schoolfellows. 
Stories of Success. 
Men of Mark
Soldiers and Patriots. 
Sure; or, It Pays. 
Violet Douglass. 
Classic Tales. 
Robinson Crusoe. 
More Ways than One. 
Their Children. 
First Explorers of North America.

YONGE’S HISTORICAL STORIES.

4 vols., 12mo. $5.00

The Little Duke. 
The Prince and the Page. 
Lances of Lynwood. 
Golden Deeds.

YOUNG FOLKS’ BIOGRAPHIES.  Each volume 12mo, full illustrate 4 vols. $6.00.

Life of Washington.  By E.E.  Brown. 
William the Silent.  By Mary Barrett. 
Life of Paul.  By D.H.  Taylor. 
Queen Victoria.  By Grace Greenwood.

YOUNG HEROINE LIBRARY.  By PANSY. 5 vols. 12mo, cloth, illustrated. $5.00

Some young Heroines. 
Five Friends. 
Pansy’s Scrap Book. 
Next Things. 
Mrs. Harry Harper’s Awakening.

YOUNG VOYAGER’S LIBRARY, THE. 12 vols. 18 mo. $2.40

* * * * *

LOTHROP’S SELECT SUNDAY-SCHOOL LIBRARIES.

Every book in these marvellously cheap libraries will bear the closest criticism.  Each is fresh and interesting in matter, unexceptionable in tone and excellent in literary style.  These libraries as a whole, considering their character and cost, have no superior.

Select Sunday-school Library, No. 12, 20 vols., $ 5.00 net. " " " No. 9, 50 vols., $25.00 net. " " " No. 10, 12 vols., $ 5.00 net. " " " No. 11, 20 vols., $10.00 net. 
Pansy’s Primary Library, 30 vols., $7.50

Page 143

Select Primary Sunday-school Library, 36 vols., in extra cloth binding, $5.50.

* * * * *

MARGARET SIDNEY’S BOOKS.

FIVE LITTLE PEPPERS AND HOW THEY GREW. $1.50.

“A charming work....  The home scenes in which these little Peppers are engaged are capitally described....  Will find prominent place among the higher class of juvenile presentation books.”—­Religious Herald.

“One of the best told tales given to the children for some time....  The perfect reproduction of child-life in its minutest phases catches one’s attention at once.”—­Christian Advocate.

“A good book to place in the hands of every boy and girl.”—­Chicago Inter-Ocean.

SO AS BY FIRE. $1.25.

“Will be hailed with eager delight, and found well worth reading.—­Christian Observer.

“An admirable Sunday-school book.”—­Arkansas Evangel.

We have followed with intense interest the story of David Folsom....  A man poor, friendless, and addicted to drink;.... the influence of little Cricket:  ... the faithful care of aunt Phebe; all steps by which he climbed to higher manhood.—­Woman at Work.

WHO TOLD IT TO ME.

Double chromo cover, fully illustrated, $1.25.  Extra cloth binding, $1.75.

THE PETTIBONE NAME. $1.25.

“It ought to attract wide attention from the simplicity of its style, and the vigor and originality of its treatment.—­Chicago Herald.

“This is a capital story illustrating New England life.”—­Inter-Ocean, Chicago.

“The characters of the story seem all to be studies from life.—­Boston Post.

“To be commended to readers for excellent delineations, sparkling style, bright incidents and genuine interest.”—­The Watchman.

“The book is in every way well done.”—­Illustrated Christian Weekly.

HALF YEAR AT BRONCKTON. $1.25.

A live boy writes:  “this is about the best book that ever was written or ever can be.”

“This bright and earnest story ought to go into the hands of every boy who is old enough to be subjected to the temptations of school life.”

WHAT THE SEVEN DID.

Quarto, board cover, designed by J. Wells Champney, $1.75.  Extra cloth, $2.25.

THE GOLDEN WEST.

Quarto, board cover, $1.75.  Extra cloth binding, $2.25.

* * * * *

POPULAR BIOGRAPHIES.

Each volume 12mo, illustrated.  Price, $1.50.

Page 144

CHARLES XII.  King of Sweden.  By M. DEVOLTAIRE. 
DICKENS, CHARLES.  By PHEBE A. HANAFORD. 
FRANKLIN, BENJAMIN:  His Struggles and Triumphs.  By REV.  JEREMIAH CHAPLIN. 
GREELEY, HORACE:  His Life and Editorial Success. 
  By WILLIAM L. CORNELL, D.D. 
GARFIELD, JAMES A. By E.E.  BROWN.  Steel portrait and illustrations. 
HEROES OF AFRICAN DISCOVERY.  By REV.  GEORGE T. DAY. 
LONGFELLOW, HENRY W. By W. SLOANE KENNEDY. 
LAWRENCE, AMOS:  Extracts from his Diary and Correspondence. 
  By his son, WILLIAM R. LAWRENCE, M.D. 
LINCOLN, ABRAHAM:  His Life and Public Services.  By PHEBE A. HANAFORD. 
LIVINGSTONE, DAVID (Life and Explorations of).  By JOHN S. ROBERTS. 
NELSON, LORD.  By ROBERT SOUTHEY. 
PUTNAM, ISRAEL:  Major-general in the Continental Army.  By I.N.  TARBOX. 
  With maps. 
PEABODY, GEORGE:  His Life and Princely Benevolence.  By PHEBE A. HANAFORD. 
SUMNER, CHARLES.  By J. and J.D.  CHAPLIN. 
  With introduction by HON.  WILLIAM CLAFLIN. 
TAYLOR, BAYARD:  His Life, Travels and Literary Career. 
  By COL.  RUSSELL H. CONWELL. 
WHITTIER, JOHN G. By W. SLOANE KENNEDY. 
WEBSTER, DANIEL:  His Life and Character.  By Joseph BANVARD, D.D. 
WILSON, HENRY:  His Life and public Services.  By REV.  ELIAS NASON.

[Illustration:  Verse inside the illustration: 

  Said Tom, “I’ve little time
    For luxuries like these;
  But get your lantern, Pussy Grey,
    And hurry about it, please,
  For I’ve found a door ajar,
  And I think our chances are
    Good for a bit of cheese.”

  “Ah, Tom,” cried Pussy Grey,
    “I fear you’re a wicked one! 
  But wait, I’ll light my lantern quick
    And put my ulster on!”
  The twirl of a furry paw
  Was all the firelight saw,
    And the thieving friends were gone.

  Not the noise of one footfall
    Was made by their twice four,
  As they sped along in silent stealth
    And reached the dairy door. 
  It was open the merest crack,
  And they pushed the hinges back,
    And crept along the floor.

From AEsop’s Fables, Versified.]

AESOP’S FABLES, VERSIFIED.

By MRS. CLARA DOTY BATES, versifier of “Classics of Babyland,” and “Child Lore.”  With seventy-two full-page illustrations by Garrett, Lungren, Sweeney, Barnes, and Hassam.  Mrs. Bates has here done for the immortal old Fables the same fortunate service which some years ago she did for the old nursery tales.  The illustrations for this volume have never been surpassed in novelty, grace and vigor. Cloth, $3.00.

* * * * *

CHOICE BOOKS IN SETS.

ANY VOLUME SOLD SEPARATELY.

ONCE UPON A TIME STORIES. 3 vols. $4.50.

Pansy’s Picture Book. 
Mother’s Boys and Girls. 
Once Upon a Time Play Stories.

Page 145

OUR CLUB LIBRARY. 4 vols. $5.00.

Their Club and Ours. 
A Double Masquerade. 
Old Caravan Days. 
From the Hudson to the Neva.

POPULAR BIOGRAPHIES. 18 vols.  Just added.  Life of Nelson.  Life of
Charles XII. 12mo, illustrated. $1.50 each.

READING UNION LIBRARY. 7 vols. $7.00.

A Boy’s Workshop.  By a Boy and his Friends.  Edited by
Henry Randall Waite. 
Old Ocean.  By Ernest Ingersoll. 
Door Yard Folks.  Amanda B. Harris. 
Magna Charta Stories.  Arthur Gilman and others. 
Great Composers.  Hezekiah Butterworth. 
The Travelling Law School.  Benjamin Vaughan Abbott
Pleasant Authors.  Amanda B. Harris

YENSIE WALTON BOOKS. 12mo, cloth, Illust. $1.50 each. 5 vols. $7.50

Yensie Walton. 
Yensie Walton’s Womanhood. 
Our Street. 
The Triple E.
Achor.

FIRELIGHT STORIES. 6 vols. cloth. $3.00.  The largest and most fully illustrated books in cloth binding ever issued for the price.

The Sawing Match.  By Ada Carleton. 
Picnic Days.  By George B. Bartlett. 
Uncle Archie’s Cane.  By M.E.W.S. 
How Dot heard the “Messiah.”  By Hezekiah Butterworth. 
The Mirage Man.  By Theodora R. Jenness. 
Rob’s Father.  By Eleanor Putnam.

LOTHROP’S LIBRARY OF ENTERTAINING History.  Edited by Arthur Gilman, M.A.  Each vol. to have 100 illustrations.  These histories are designed to furnish in a succinct but interesting form, such descriptions of the lands treated as shall meet the wants of those busy readers who cannot devote themselves to the study of detailed and elaborate works, but who wish to be well informed in historical matters. 6 vols, 12mo, $9.00.

History of the American People.  By The Editor. 
India.  By Fannie Roper Feudge. 
Egypt.  By Mrs. Clara Erskine Clement. 
China.  By Robert K. Douglas. 
Spain.  By Prof.  James Herbert Harrison. 
Switzerland.  By Miss Harriet D.S.  McKenzie. 
Other volumes in preparation.

MARIE OLIVER STORIES. 4 vols., 12mo, cloth, illustrated, $6.00.

Margie’s Mission. 
Ruby Hamilton. 
Old and New Friends. 
Seba’s Discipline.

TO-DAY SERIES. 6 vols., cloth. $7.50.

To-days and Yesterdays.  By Carrie Adelaide Cooke. 
The Lord’s Pursebearers.  By Hesba Stratton. 
From June to June.  By Carrie Adelaide Cooke. 
A Fortunate Failure.  By Caroline B. LeRow. 
Milly’s Little Wanderer.  By Mrs. Susie A. Bisbee. 
Soldier and Servant.  By Ella M. Baker.

CHRISTMAS HEARTH LIBRARY. 5 vols. $2.50 Each volume illustrated from original designs.

Who ate the Pink Sweetmeat?  By Susan Coolidge, and other
Christmas Stories. 
The Cow with Golden Horns.  By Mary E. Wilkins, and other
stories. 
Little Luckie.  By Rose Hawthorne Lathrop, and other stories. 
The Washington’s English Home.  By Rose Kingsley, and
other stories of Biography. 
The Bear Family.  By Ernest Ingersoll, and stories in Natural
History.

Page 146

YOUNG FOLKS’ HISTORIES.  By Charlotte M. Yonge. 6 vols., cloth, $9.00. 
Imitation half calf, $9.50; half Russia, $12.00.

Rome. 
Germany. 
France. 
Greece. 
England. 
Bible.

YOUNG FOLKS’ LIBRARY.  Issued monthly in strong manilla paper bindings at twenty-five cents per volume. $3.00 per year.  Each volume represents some favorite American author.  These volumes contain from 300 to 500 16mo pages, clear type, carefully printed.

GEORGE MACDONALD’S LATER BOOKS. 4 vols., 16mo, $6.00.

Donald Grant. 
Weighed and Wanting. 
Imagination. 
Warlock o’ Glenwarlock.

HILL REST SERIES. 3 vols., 16mo, $3.75

Hill Rest. 
Keenie’s To-morrow. 
Onward.

HOUSEKEEPER’S LIBRARY.  Extra cloth bindings, uniform, black and red stamps. 4 vols. $4.00.

Anna Maria’s Housekeeping.  By Mrs. S.D.  Power. 
Cookery for Beginners.  By Marion Harland. 
Twenty-six Hours a Day.  By Mary Blake. 
Domestic problems:  Work and Culture in the Household.  By
Mrs. A.M.  Diaz.

HONOR BRIGHT SERIES.  By Magnus Merriweather. 3 vols, 16mo. $3.75.

Honor Bright. 
Royal Lowrie. 
Royal Lowrie’s last year at St. Olaves.

PEACE ISLAND SERIES. 6 vols., 12mo, cloth. $4.50.  Six to ten full-page illustrations in each volume.

Jo Lambert’s Ferry.  By George Cary Eggleston.  With other
stories of the frontier and early settlers. 
Dolly’s Kettledrum.  By Nora Perry.  With other stories for
girls. 
Nellie’s Heroes.  By Harriet Beecher Stowe.  With other
Heroic stories. 
Lost in Pompeii.  By H.H.  Clark, U.S.N.  With other
stories of Adventure. 
Peace Island.  By Eliot McCormick.  With other
stories for boys. 
Katy’s Birthday.  By Sara O. Jewett.  With other stories by
famous authors.

MIDWINTER TALES. 8 vols., 16mo, cloth, ill. $3.20.

Christmas Charity. 
Black and Grey Prince. 
Child Life in Labrador. 
A Confederate Christmas. 
Artist and Bear. 
How the Boys woke Him. 
Mrs. McAllister’s Company.

SPARE MINUTE SERIES.  “The significance of the name of this series is seen from the fact that ‘Thoughts that Breathe,’ for instance, has 300 pages, and contains 273 separately numbered and independent extracts.  Thus a person can read one or more of these at a time, and put the book down without breaking the train of thought.” 6 vols., full imitation calf. $9.00

Thoughts that Breathe.  From Dean Stanley.  Introduction by Phillips Brooks.  Cheerful Words.  From George MacDonald.  Introduction by James T. Fields.  The Might of Right.  From Rt.  Hon. Wm. E. Gladstone.  Introduction by John D. Long.  True Manliness.  From Thomas Hughes.  Introduction by James Russell Lowell.  Living Truths.  From Charles Kingsley.  Introduction by W.D.  Howells.  Right to the Point.  From Rev. Theodore L. Cuyler, D.D.  With a sketch of his life.  By Mary Storrs Haynes.  With an introduction by Rev. Newman Hall, LL.D.

Page 147

* * * * *

POETS’ HOMES.

[Illustration:  From POETS’ HOMES.]

Pen and Pencil Pictures of American Poets and their Homes.  By R.H.  STODDARD, ARTHUR GILMAN and others.  New, complete edition, 8vo, extra cloth, gilt edges, $4.00; imitation crushed levant, gilt edges, $5.00; full Turkey morocco, $8.00.

This is a collection of charming “pen and pencil sketches of American poets and their homes.”  The names of Holmes, Whitman, Miller, Phelps, Bryant, Perry, Emerson, Hayne, O’Reilly and Smith are loved by many who will be delighted to find them thus associated and honored.  A poet’s home is a place of interest, for of it, as much as of the soul, is the poem born.  The home-life, the simple elegance and open hospitality are part of the beauty of the flowing numbers.  In this work the exact illustrations add much to the vividness of the description.  The volume is worthy a place in any collection.—­Central Baptist.

* * * * *

[Illustration:  From ROCKY FORK.]

ROCKY FORK

By Mary Hartwell Catherwood.

Cloth, $1.50.

A notably fresh and charming story of boy and girl school-life at the
West in the early days.

Thirty-six pictures by George F. Barnes.

Rocky Fork is the name of the place where Bluebell, the heroine of our story, lived.  It was a country place, and she went to a country school, and had all that belongs to a country life.  She was a good, brave and lovable girl.  No one can imagine what an interesting and adventurous time she had, unless they read Rocky Fork.  We wish that all our little friends could get a chance to read it, for it is a charming story.—­Presbyterian, New Orleans.

* * * * *

Only $3.00 a Year.  WIDE AWAKE. 25 cts. a number.

The best, the largest, the most entertaining, the most beautifully illustrated, and the widest in range, of all magazines for young people.  It is the official organ of the C.Y.F.R.U., and, as heretofore, will publish the Required Readings, and all needed information for members of the Union.  The magazine proper will be even more brilliant and valuable than before during the next year.

Ideal literature and ideal art for young people and the family, for entertainment, for the healthful training of the body and the liberal education of the mind, fill this magazine each month from cover to cover.  It has won recognition from the American and English press as the largest and best, the most beautiful and original, and the most ably edited magazine of its class in the world.  It gives each month original music by eminent composers.

“WIDE AWAKE is the wonder of all the wonderfully beautiful children’s magazines and books of America.  Without dispute the largest, handsomest, most artistic and best young people’s periodical ever issued.  There is no juvenile magazine published in the country so carefully edited.”—­Boston Transcript.

Page 148

“A treasury of good morals.”—­N.Y.  Tribune.

“At the head of juvenile periodicals stands WIDE AWAKE all the time.”—­Phil.  Inquirer.

“A whole family library in itself.”—­Putnam Patriot.

“Unsurpassed in skilful adaptation to young folks’ needs.”—­Chicago Standard.

* * * * *

LOTHROP’S

POPULAR ILLUSTRATED MAGAZINES.

[Illustration]

THE PANSY.

Edited by Mrs. G.R.  Alden (Pansy).

_$1.00 a year; 10 cts. a number._

For both week-day and Sunday reading, THE PANSY holds the first place in the hearts of the children, and in the approval of earnest-minded parents.

Among pictorial periodicals especially designed for Boys and Girls, it stands royal leader, and as a Christian Home Magazine for young folks, it is without question the best and most attractive magazine in the world.  Pansy’s own bright, quick-seeing spirit inspires all her contributors.  Very fully illustrated.

Chautauqua Young Folks’ Journal.

75 cts. a year; 7 cts. a number.

This new periodical is intensely interesting to both old and young, as well as practical.  It contains the Course of the C.Y.F.R.U.  Readings (issued also in WIDE AWAKE) and additional features of varied interest.  Beginning with the December issue, the CHAUTAUQUA YOUNG FOLKS’ JOURNAL gives a fine illustrated historical serial story.  It is a stirring tale of old Knickerbocker New York, and its accounts are as true as they are exciting.  It is written by Elbridge S. Brooks, and is entitled, “In Leisler’s Time.”  Send for a circular giving full information about the C.Y.F.R.U.  Reading Course.

Our Little Men and Women.

_$1.00 a year; 10 cents a number._

For the youngest readers no magazine approaches this in number and beauty of illustrations (each volume containing 75 full-page pictures) and in the peculiar fitness of the accompanying text.  It is especially adapted for use as Supplementary Reading in schools.  It is always bright, always fresh and attractive.

BABYLAND.

50 cents a year; 5 cents a number.

The only Periodical of its kind in the world.

As for seven years past, this exquisite magazine for the nursery is still unrivalled in its monthly merry-making for the wee folks.  Large pages, large pictures, large type.  Each month its pictures are more enticing, its stories are sweeter, its jingles gayer.

Splendid premiums for new subscriptions.  Agents wanted.  Liberal pay.  Send stamps for specimen copies.  Circulars free.  Address

D. LOTHROP & CO., Publishers, Franklin and Hawley Sts., Boston.

Page 149

* * * * *

AMERICAN EXPLORATIONS IN THE ICE ZONES

[Illustration:  From American Explorations in the Ice Zones.]

Early American Voyages made in search of the Northwest Passage.  Explorations in the Arctic Zone by Lieut.  DeHaven, Dr. Kane, Commodore Rodgers, Capt.  Hall, Lieut.  Schwatka and Lieut.  DeLong; Wrangel Land as first reported by Capt.  Long, and a brief account of the U.S.  Expedition to the Antarctic seas under Capt.  Wilkes. An account of the Greeley Party, and the recent rescue of the survivors. Compiled from official and other sources by PROF.  J.E.  NOURSE, U.S.N.  We have in this volume the work of a scientist and scholar, and at the same time a book of thrilling interest. 8vo, extra cloth, illustrated,$3.00. With circumpolar map, $3.50. Half calf, $6.00.

* * * * *

RAINY-DAY PLAYS.

The merry doings of a family of children, related by Mrs. Frances A.
Humphrey, and pictured by “Boz.” Printed in colors.  Price, 50 cts.

[Illustration:  From Rainy-Day Plays.]

* * * * *

DOLL ROSY’S DAYS.

The daily make-believe life of a little girl and her doll, told in twelve verselets by Mrs. Clara Doty Bates, and twelve pictures by Hassam. Printed in colors.  Price 50 cts.

[Illustration:  Doll Rosy]

* * * * *

JANUARY PUBLICATIONS

OF

D. LOTHROP & COMPANY.

INTERRUPTED. Pansy’s new story, will be ready in a few days.  It has all the charm of this most popular author’s fascinating style, grown riper each year, and possessing more of the peculiar power by which she adapts herself to her varied audience.  More than a hundred thousand of Pansy’s books are sold every year.  Extra cloth. 12mo, $1.50.

MONEY IN POLITICS.  By Hon. J.K.  Upton, late assistant secretary of the United States Treasury.  Extra cloth, gilt top. 12mo, $1.25.  This volume presents a complete history of money, or the circulating medium, in the United States, from the colonial days to the present time.  Mr. Edward Atkinson, in his introduction, pronounces it the most valuable work of the kind yet published.

THE GRAY MASQUE AND OTHER POEMS. By Mary Barker Dodge. $1.25.  The reputation of this author has been already made.  Her name will be recognized in connection with some of the choicest bits of poetry contributed to periodical literature in recent years, such as “Indian Summer,” “My Baby,” “The Frozen Crew,” etc., all of which, and many new poems of equal excellence, are offered to the public in this unusually attractive volume.

THE ARNOLD BIRTHDAY BOOK.  Edited by his daughters.  With an autograph introductory poem by Edwin Arnold, and choice quotations from his poems for every day.  The many admirers of the “Light of Asia” will gladly welcome this graceful souvenir of the author, which is handsomely illustrated and daintily finished. $1.25.

Page 150

LIFE OF REV.  WARREN H. CUDWORTH.  By His Sister. 380 pp. $1.50.  A simple and remarkably interesting biography of one of the most useful and saintly of Christian men.  It will be welcomed and read with satisfaction by all who knew this earnest, noble minister of the gospel, and to those who never saw him, it will be full of suggestive thoughts.

THE EVOLUTION OF DODD.  By William Hanley Smith. (In press.) Extra Cloth. 12mo, $1.00.  This remarkable book is destined to create as great a stir, in its way, as “Ginx’s Baby,” although written in an entirely different style.  It treats of phases of young life as seen through the spectacles of a keen-eyed man, sharp enough to let none of the intricacies of the newer systems of education evade him.  It should be read by every parent, teacher, and public school officer in this or any other country.  While for pure amusement in watching Dodd’s evolution, it is one of the richest books of the season.

BACCALAUREATE SERMONS. By Rev. A.P.  Peabody, D.D.  LL.D. 12mo, $1.25.  The sermons contained in this volume, delivered before the graduating classes of Harvard University, it is safe to say are not excelled by any productions of their kind.  They are not only rarely appropriate, as discourses addressed to educated young men upon the threshold of active life, but are models of logical thought, and graceful rhetoric worthy the study of all ministers.

IN CASE OF ACCIDENT.  By Dr. D.A.  Sargent.  Illustrated.  Boston:  D. Lothrop & Co.  Price 60 cents.  This little handbook is worth its weight in gold, and should be found on the most convenient shelf of every family library.  The author is connected with the Harvard College Gymnasium, and the contents of the volume are made up of practical talks delivered before the ladies’ class of the gymnasium.  His aim is to give such practical information as will aid to self-preservation in times of danger, and to teach a few of the simplest methods of meeting the common accidents and emergencies of life.  The illustrations are numerous and excellent.

RED LETTER STORIES.  Price 60 cents.  Madame Johanna Spyri is pronounced by competent critics the best living German writer for children.  Miss Lucy Wheelock of the Chauncy Hall School, Boston, has gracefully translated some of her most charming tales, under the above title.  This delightful volume, prettily bound and illustrated, is one of the best selling books of the season.

HOW SUCCESS IS WON. (Little Biographies.  Third Series.) By Mrs. Sarah K. Bolton.  Price $1.00.  This is the best of the recent books of this popular class of biography; all its “successful men” are Americans, and with two or three exceptions they are living and in the full tide of business and power.  In each case, the facts have been furnished to the author by the subject of the biography, or by family friends; and Mrs. Bolton has chosen from this authentic material those incidents which most fully illustrate the successive steps, and the ruling principles, by which success has been gained.  A portrait accompanies each biography.

Page 151

LIFT UP YOUR HEARTS. 25 cents.  Helpful thoughts for overcoming the world, compiled and arranged by Rose Porter.  A vest pocket volume, in dainty, flexible covers, printed in sepia.  Bound in cloth.

D. LOTHROP & CO., Publishers, Franklin and Hawley Sts., Boston.